QuickWho: Check-in [9d3bffdaa3]

Many hyperlinks are disabled.
Use anonymous login to enable hyperlinks.

Overview

Comment:	Add more directories
Timelines:	family \| ancestors \| descendants \| both \| trunk
Files:	files \| file ages \| folders
SHA1:	9d3bffdaa3ce4d9aed823d684513a3ca05867d04
User & Date:	kevin 2016-04-02 02:17:47

Context

2016-04-02
02:28		Update help, image files check-in: adac992a96 user: kevin tags: trunk
02:17		Add more directories check-in: 9d3bffdaa3 user: kevin tags: trunk
2016-04-01
02:39		Initial commit check-in: 188064c329 user: kevin tags: trunk

Changes

Hide Diffs Unified Diffs Ignore Whitespace Patch

Added changelog.txt.

>
>

1
2

* Improvements to Sparkle update engine.
* Minor bug fixes.

Added pybwidget-0.1.2_1.7.0/BWidget-1.7.0/BWman/ArrowButton.html.

>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>

<HTML>
<HEAD><TITLE>ArrowButton</TITLE></HEAD>
<BODY BGCOLOR=white>
<DL><DT><I><A HREF="#descr">NAME</A></I></DT>
<DD><B>ArrowButton</B>
 - Button widget with an arrow shape.
</DD></DL>
<DL>
<DT><I>CREATION</I></DT>
<DD><A HREF="#descr"><B>ArrowButton</B></A> <I>pathName</I> ?<I>option value...</I>?</DD>
</DL>
<DL>
<DT><I>STANDARD OPTIONS</I></DT>
<DD><TABLE CELLSPACING=0 CELLSPACING=0 BORDER=0>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-activebackground">-activebackground</A></TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-activeforeground">-activeforeground</A></TR>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-background">-background or -bg</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-borderwidth">-borderwidth or -bd</A></TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-disabledforeground">-disabledforeground</A></TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-foreground">-foreground or -fg</A></TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-highlightbackground">-highlightbackground</A></TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-highlightcolor">-highlightcolor</A></TR>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-highlightthickness">-highlightthickness</A></TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-relief">-relief</A></TR>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-repeatdelay">-repeatdelay</A></TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-repeatinterval">-repeatinterval</A></TR>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-takefocus">-takefocus</A></TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-troughcolor">-troughcolor</A></TR>
</TR>
</TABLE></DD>
</DL>
<DL>
<DT><I><A HREF="#wso">WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS</A></I></DT>
<DD><TABLE CELLSPACING=0 CELLSPACING=0 BORDER=0>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-armcommand">-armcommand</A></TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-arrowbd">-arrowbd</A></TR>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-arrowrelief">-arrowrelief</A></TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-clean">-clean</A></TR>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-command">-command</A></TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-dir">-dir</A></TR>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-disarmcommand">-disarmcommand</A></TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-height">-height</A></TR>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-helptext">-helptext</A></TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-helptype">-helptype</A></TR>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-helpvar">-helpvar</A></TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-ipadx">-ipadx</A></TR>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-ipady">-ipady</A></TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-state">-state</A></TR>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-type">-type</A></TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-width">-width</A></TR>
</TR>
</TABLE></DD>
</DL>
<DL>
<DT><I><A HREF="#wc">WIDGET COMMAND</A></I></DT>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#cget"><B>cget</B></A>
 <I>option</I>
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#configure"><B>configure</B></A>
 ?<I>option</I>? ?<I>value</I> <I>option</I> <I>value</I> ...?
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#invoke"><B>invoke</B></A>
</DD>
</DL>
<BR><HR WIDTH="100%"><BR>
<B><A NAME="descr"></A>DESCRIPTION</B><BR>
<P>

ArrowButton can be of two types following <B>type</B> option:
for <B>button</B> type, it is standard button with an arrow drawn on it;
for <B>arrow</B> type, it is an arrow like scrollbar's arrow.
</P>
<BR><HR WIDTH="50%"><BR>
<B><A NAME="wso">WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS</A></B><BR>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-armcommand"><B>-armcommand</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies a Tcl command to associate with the ArrowButton when mouse button 1 is pressed
over the ArrowButton. When <B>repeatdelay</B> or <B>repeatinterval</B> option is positive
integer, this command is repeatedly called if mouse pointer is over the button and until
mouse button 1 is released.
</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-arrowbd"><B>-arrowbd</B></A></DT>
<DD>

When ArrowButton <B>type</B> is <I>arrow</I>, specifies the border width of the
arrow. Must be 1 or 2.

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-arrowrelief"><B>-arrowrelief</B></A></DT>
<DD>

When ArrowButton <B>type</B> is <I>arrow</I>, specifies the relief of the arrow.
Must be <B>raised</B> or <B>sunken</B>.

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-clean"><B>-clean</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies a level of quality, between 0 and 2, for the arrow.
If 0, the arrow is drawn with its maximum width and height.
If 1, the base of arrow is arranged to be odd to have same edges.
If 2, the base of arrow is arranged to be odd and the orthogonal to be (base+1)/2 to
have 'straight' diagonal for edges.
</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-command"><B>-command</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies a Tcl command to associate with the ArrowButton.  This command
is typically invoked when mouse button 1 is released over the ArrowButton
window.
</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-dir"><B>-dir</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies the direction of the arrow: <B>top</B>, <B>bottom</B>, <B>left</B>
or <B>right</B>.
</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-disarmcommand"><B>-disarmcommand</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies a Tcl command to associate with the ArrowButton when mouse button 1 is released.
This command is called even if pointer is not over the ArrowButton, and always before
the command specified by <B>command</B> option.
It is typically used in conjuntion with <B>armcommand</B>, <B>repeatdelay</B> and
<B>repeatinterval</B>.
</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-height"><B>-height</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies a desired height for the ArrowButton. The value is in screen units.
</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-helptext"><B>-helptext</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Text for dynamic help. If empty, no help is available for this widget.
See also <A HREF="DynamicHelp.html">DynamicHelp</A>.
</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-helptype"><B>-helptype</B></A></DT>
<DD>
Type of dynamic help. Use <I>balloon</I> or <I>variable</I>.
See also <A HREF="DynamicHelp.html">DynamicHelp</A>.
</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-helpvar"><B>-helpvar</B></A></DT>
<DD>
Variable to use when <B>helptype</B> option is <I>variable</I>.
See also <A HREF="DynamicHelp.html">DynamicHelp</A>.
</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-ipadx"><B>-ipadx</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies a minimun pad between the ArrowButton border and the right and left side
of the arrow. The value is in screen units.
</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-ipady"><B>-ipady</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies a minimun pad between the ArrowButton border and the top and bottom side
of the arrow. The value is in screen units.
</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-state"><B>-state</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies one of three states for the ArrowButton: <B>normal</B>, <B>active</B>,
or <B>disabled</B>.
<DL><DT>If ArrowButton <B>type</B> is <I>button</I>:</DT>
<DD>In normal state the ArrowButton is displayed using the
<B>foreground</B> and <B>background</B> options. The active state is
typically used when the pointer is over the ArrowButton. In active state
the ArrowButton is displayed using the <B>activeforeground</B> and
<B>activebackground</B> options. In disabled state the <B>disabledforeground</B> and
<B>background</B> options determine how the ArrowButton is displayed.
</DD>
<DT>If ArrowButton <B>type</B> is <I>arrow</I>:</DT>
<DD>Only colors of arrow change. The background of ArrowButton is always
displayed using <B>troughcolor</B> option.
In normal state the ArrowButton is displayed using the <B>background</B> option. The active
state is typically used when the pointer is over the ArrowButton. In active state
the ArrowButton is displayed using the <B>activebackground</B> option. In disabled state
the ArrowButton is displayed with a dark stipple.
</DD>
</DL>
Disabled state means that the ArrowButton
should be insensitive: the default bindings will refuse to activate
the widget and will ignore mouse button presses.
</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-type"><B>-type</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Determines the type of the ArrowButton: <B>button</B> for standard button look, or
<B>arrow</B> scrollbar's arrow look.
</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-width"><B>-width</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies a desired width for the ArrowButton. The value is in screen units.
</DD>
</DL>
<HR WIDTH="50%"><BR>
<B><A NAME="wc">WIDGET COMMAND</A></B><BR>
<DL><DT><A NAME="cget"><I>pathName</I> <B>cget</B></A>
 <I>option</I>
</DT><DD>

Returns the current value of the configuration option given by <I>option</I>.
<I>Option</I> may have any of the values accepted by the creation command.
</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="configure"><I>pathName</I> <B>configure</B></A>
 ?<I>option</I>? ?<I>value</I> <I>option</I> <I>value</I> ...?
</DT><DD>

Query or modify the configuration options of the widget. If no <I>option</I> is specified,
returns a list describing all of the available options for <I>pathName</I>.
If <I>option</I> is specified with no <I>value</I>, then the command returns a list
describing the one named <I>option</I> (this list will be identical to the corresponding
sublist of the value returned if no <I>option</I> is specified). If one or
more <I>option-value</I> pairs are specified, then the command modifies the given widget
option(s) to have the given value(s); in this case the command returns an empty string.
<I>Option</I> may have any of the values accepted by the creation command.
Read-only options are not be modified.

</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="invoke"><I>pathName</I> <B>invoke</B></A>
</DT><DD>

If ArrowButton <B>state</B> is not disabled, this invoke the commands of the button.
ArrowButton is redisplayed with active color and sunken relief, and
<B>armcommand</B> is called. Then ArrowButton is redisplayed with
normal color and its defined relief, and <B>disarmcommand</B> then <B>command</B>
are called.
<P><B>invoke</B> is called when ArrowButton has input focus and user press the space bar.
</DD></DL>
</BODY></HTML>

Added pybwidget-0.1.2_1.7.0/BWidget-1.7.0/BWman/BWidget.html.

>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>

<HTML>
<HEAD><TITLE>BWidget</TITLE></HEAD>
<BODY BGCOLOR=white>
<IMG SRC="constr.gif" WIDTH="40" HEIGHT="40"> Under construction ...<BR>
<DL><DT><I><A HREF="#descr">NAME</A></I></DT>
<DD><B>BWidget</B>
 - Description text
</DD></DL>
<DL>
<DT><I><A HREF="#wc">COMMAND</A></I></DT>
<DD>BWidget::<A HREF="#XLFDfont"><B>XLFDfont</B></A>
 <I>cmd</I>
 ?<I>arg...</I>?
</DD>
<DD>BWidget::<A HREF="#assert"><B>assert</B></A>
 <I>exp</I>
 ?<I>msg</I>?
</DD>
<DD>BWidget::<A HREF="#badOptionString"><B>badOptionString</B></A>
 <I>type</I>
 <I>value</I>
 <I>list</I>
</DD>
<DD>BWidget::<A HREF="#bindMouseWheel"><B>bindMouseWheel</B></A>
 <I>widget</I>
</DD>
<DD>BWidget::<A HREF="#classes"><B>classes</B></A>
 <I>class</I>
</DD>
<DD>BWidget::<A HREF="#clonename"><B>clonename</B></A>
 <I>menu</I>
</DD>
<DD>BWidget::<A HREF="#focus"><B>focus</B></A>
 <I>option</I>
 <I>path</I>
</DD>
<DD>BWidget::<A HREF="#get3dcolor"><B>get3dcolor</B></A>
 <I>path</I>
 <I>bgcolor</I>
</DD>
<DD>BWidget::<A HREF="#getname"><B>getname</B></A>
 <I>name</I>
</DD>
<DD>BWidget::<A HREF="#grab"><B>grab</B></A>
 <I>option</I>
 <I>path</I>
</DD>
<DD>BWidget::<A HREF="#inuse"><B>inuse</B></A>
 <I>class</I>
</DD>
<DD>BWidget::<A HREF="#library"><B>library</B></A>
 <I>class</I> ?<i>class ...</i>?
</DD>
<DD>BWidget::<A HREF="#lreorder"><B>lreorder</B></A>
 <I>list</I>
 <I>neworder</I>
</DD>
<DD>BWidget::<A HREF="#parsetext"><B>parsetext</B></A>
 <I>text</I>
</DD>
<DD>BWidget::<A HREF="#place"><B>place</B></A>
 <I>path</I>
 <I>w</I>
 <I>h</I>
 ?<I>arg...</I>?
</DD>
<DD>BWidget::<A HREF="#write"><B>write</B></A>
 <I>filename</I> ?<i>mode</i>?
</DD>
<DD>BWidget::<A HREF="#wrongNumArgsString"><B>wrongNumArgsString</B></A>
 <I>string</I>
</DD>
</DL>
<BR><HR WIDTH="100%"><BR>
<B><A NAME="descr"></A>DESCRIPTION</B><BR>
<P>
Description text
</P>
<HR WIDTH="50%"><BR>
<B><A NAME="wc">COMMAND</A></B><BR>
<DL><DT><A NAME="XLFDfont">BWidget::<B>XLFDfont</B></A>
 <I>cmd</I>
 ?<I>arg...</I>?
</DT><DD>
Description text
</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="assert">BWidget::<B>assert</B></A>
 <I>exp</I>
 ?<I>msg</I>?
</DT><DD>
Description text
</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="badOptionString">BWidget::<B>badOptionString</B></A>
 <I>type</I>
 <I>value</I>
 <I>list</I>
</DT><DD>
Return a proper error string for a <i>value</i> of <i>type</i> that doesn't
match <i>list</i>.
</DD></DL>

<DL><DT><A NAME="bindMouseWheel">BWidget::<B>bindMouseWheel</B></A>
 <I>widget</I>
</DT><DD>
    Bind the given <i>widget</i> with the standard mouse wheel bindings.
</DD></DL>

<DL><DT><A NAME="classes">BWidget::<B>classes</B></A>
 <I>class</I>
</DT><DD>
    Returns a list of classes needed by the given <i>class</i>.
</DD></DL>

<DL><DT><A NAME="clonename">BWidget::<B>clonename</B></A>
 <I>menu</I>
</DT><DD>
Description text
</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="focus">BWidget::<B>focus</B></A>
 <I>option</I>
 <I>path</I>
</DT><DD>
Description text
</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="get3dcolor">BWidget::<B>get3dcolor</B></A>
 <I>path</I>
 <I>bgcolor</I>
</DT><DD>
Description text
</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="getname">BWidget::<B>getname</B></A>
 <I>name</I>
</DT><DD>
Description text
</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="grab">BWidget::<B>grab</B></A>
 <I>option</I>
 <I>path</I>
</DT><DD>
Description text
</DD></DL>

<DL><DT><A NAME="inuse">BWidget::<B>inuse</B></A>
 <I>class</I>
</DT><DD>
    Returns true or false if the given <i>class</i> is being used by the
    current running program.
</DD></DL>

<DL><DT><A NAME="library">BWidget::<B>library</B></A>
 <I>class</I>
 ?<i>class ...</i>?
</DT><DD>
    Returns a string of code that contains all the libraries needed to
    use the widgets given by <i>class</i>.  Each class's code and the
    code of its dependent classes is appended to the string and returned.
    This is mostly useful for saving BWidgets to another project.
</DD></DL>

<DL><DT><A NAME="lreorder">BWidget::<B>lreorder</B></A>
 <I>list</I>
 <I>neworder</I>
</DT><DD>
Description text
</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="parsetext">BWidget::<B>parsetext</B></A>
 <I>text</I>
</DT><DD>
Description text
</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="place">BWidget::<B>place</B></A>
 <I>path</I>
 <I>w</I>
 <I>h</I>
 ?<I>arg...</I>?
</DT><DD>
Used to position and resise the widget specified by
<I>path</I>. <I>w</I> and <I>h</I> are used to specify the requested
width and height of the <I>path</I> widget for use by <B>wm
geometry</B>. The placement of the widget relative to other widgets or
the screen is controlled by additional arguments:
<DL>
 <DT><B>at</B> <I>x</I> <I>y</I></DT>
 <DD>Place the widget specified by the <I>path</I> argument at screen
 position x,y. See <B>wm geometry</B> for information about window
 placement values.</DD>

 <DT><B>center</B> <I>?widget?</I></DT>
 <DD>Place the <I>path</I> widget centered against <I>widget</I> or against the
 root widget if <I>widget</I> is not given.</DD>

 <DT><B>left</B> <I>?widget?</I></DT>
 <DT><B>right</B> <I>?widget?</I></DT>
 <DD>Place the <I>path</I> widget either left or right of the
 reference widget (or the root widget if <I>widget</I> is not
 specified). If the reference widget's position is such that the newly
 placed window might be obscured then the opposite side will be tried.</DD>

 <DT><B>above</B> <I>?widget?</I></DT>
 <DT><B>below</B> <I>?widget?</I></DT>
 <DD>As for left/right above, this option causes the widget to be
 placed either above or below the reference widget with the opposite
 placement being attempted if the newly placed widget will not be visible.
</DL>
</DL>

<DL><DT><A NAME="write">BWidget::<B>write</B></A>
 <I>filename</I>
 ?<i>mode</i>?
</DT><DD>
    Writes the currently used set of BWidget class code to the given
    <i>filename</i>.  All the code necessary to run the BWidgets
    currently in use is written to the file.  This is mostly useful
    for saving BWidget code to another project as a single file instead
    of the entire BWidget package.
</DD></DL>

<DL>
<DT><A NAME="wrongNumArgsString">BWidget::<B>wrongNumArgsString</B></A>
 <I>string</I>
</DT>
<DD>
    Returns a standard error string for the wrong number of arguments.
    <i>string</i> is appended to the standard string.
</DD>
</DL>

</BODY></HTML>

Added pybwidget-0.1.2_1.7.0/BWidget-1.7.0/BWman/Button.html.

>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>

<HTML>
<HEAD><TITLE>Button</TITLE></HEAD>
<BODY BGCOLOR=white>
<DL><DT><I><A HREF="#descr">NAME</A></I></DT>
<DD><B>Button</B>
 - Button widget with enhanced options
</DD></DL>
<DL>
<DT><I>CREATION</I></DT>
<DD><A HREF="#descr"><B>Button</B></A> <I>pathName</I> ?<I>option value...</I>?</DD>
</DL>
<DL>
<DT><I>STANDARD OPTIONS</I></DT>
<DD><TABLE CELLSPACING=0 CELLSPACING=0 BORDER=0>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-activebackground">-activebackground</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-activeforeground">-activeforeground</A></TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-anchor">-anchor</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-background">-background or -bg</A></TD>
</TD>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-bitmap">-bitmap</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-borderwidth">-borderwidth or -bd</A></TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-cursor">-cursor</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-disabledforeground">-disabledforeground</A></TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-font">-font</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-foreground">-foreground or -fg</A></TD>
</TD>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-highlightbackground">-highlightbackground</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-highlightcolor">-highlightcolor</A></TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-highlightthickness">-highlightthickness</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-image">-image</A></TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-justify">-justify</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-padx">-padx</A></TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-pady">-pady</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-repeatdelay">-repeatdelay</A></TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-repeatinterval">-repeatinterval</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-takefocus">-takefocus</A></TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-text">-text</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-textvariable">-textvariable</A></TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-wraplength">-wraplength</A></TD>
</TABLE></DD>
</DL>
<DL>
<DT><I><A HREF="#wso">WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS</A></I></DT>
<DD><TABLE CELLSPACING=0 CELLSPACING=0 BORDER=0>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-armcommand">-armcommand</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-command">-command</A></TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-default">-default</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-disarmcommand">-disarmcommand</A></TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-height">-height</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-helptext">-helptext</A></TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-helptype">-helptype</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-helpvar">-helpvar</A></TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-name">-name</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-relief">-relief</A></TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-state">-state</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-underline">-underline</A></TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-width">-width</A></TD>
</TABLE></DD>
</DL>
<DL>
<DT><I><A HREF="#wc">WIDGET COMMAND</A></I></DT>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#cget"><B>cget</B></A>
 <I>option</I>
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#configure"><B>configure</B></A>
 ?<I>option</I>? ?<I>value</I> <I>option</I> <I>value</I> ...?
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#invoke"><B>invoke</B></A>
</DD>
</DL>
<BR><HR WIDTH="100%"><BR>
<B><A NAME="descr"></A>DESCRIPTION</B><BR>
<P>

Button widget extends the Tk button with new options.
<A HREF="DynamicHelp.html">DynamicHelp</A> options,
a new relief style, callback for <B>arm</B>/<B>disarm</B>, and
<B>repeatdelay</B>/<B>repeatinterval</B> options has been added.
</P>
<BR><HR WIDTH="50%"><BR>
<B><A NAME="wso">WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS</A></B><BR>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-armcommand"><B>-armcommand</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies a Tcl command to associate with the Button when mouse button 1 is pressed over the
Button. When <B>repeatdelay</B> or <B>repeatinterval</B> option is positive integer,
this command is repeatedly called if mouse pointer is over the Button and until mouse
button 1 is released.
</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-command"><B>-command</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies a Tcl command to associate with the Button.  This command
is typically invoked when mouse button 1 is released over the Button
window.
</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-default"><B>-default</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies one of three states for the default ring: <B>normal</B>, <B>active</B>,
or <B>disabled</B>. In active state, the button is drawn with the platform specific
appearance for a default button. In normal state, the button is drawn with the platform
specific appearance for a non-default button, leaving enough space to draw the default
button appearance. The normal and active states will result in buttons of the same size.
In disabled state, the button is drawn with the non-default button appearance without
leaving space for the default appearance. The disabled state may result
in a smaller button than the active state.
</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-disarmcommand"><B>-disarmcommand</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies a Tcl command to associate with the Button when mouse button 1 is released.
This command is called even if pointer is not over the Button, and always before
the command specified by <B>command</B> option.
It is typically used in conjuntion with <B>armcommand</B>, <B>repeatdelay</B> and
<B>repeatinterval</B>.
</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-height"><B>-height</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies a desired height for the Button.
If an image or bitmap is being displayed in the Button then the value is in
screen units;
for text it is in lines of text.
If this option isn't specified, the Button's desired height is computed
from the size of the image or bitmap or text being displayed in it.
</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-helptext"><B>-helptext</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Text for dynamic help. If empty, no help is available for this widget.
See also <A HREF="DynamicHelp.html">DynamicHelp</A>.
</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-helptype"><B>-helptype</B></A></DT>
<DD>
Type of dynamic help. Use <I>balloon</I> or <I>variable</I>.
See also <A HREF="DynamicHelp.html">DynamicHelp</A>.
</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-helpvar"><B>-helpvar</B></A></DT>
<DD>
Variable to use when <B>helptype</B> option is <I>variable</I>.
See also <A HREF="DynamicHelp.html">DynamicHelp</A>.
</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-name"><B>-name</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies a standard name for the button. If the option <B>*<I>name</I>Name</B> is
found in the resources database, then <B>text</B> and <B>underline</B> options
are extracted from its value.

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-relief"><B>-relief</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies the 3-D effect desired for the widget. Acceptable values are standard values for
button relief (<B>raised</B>, <B>sunken</B>, <B>flat</B>, <B>ridge</B>, <B>solid</B>, and <B>groove</B>) and <B>link</B>, which specifies that button relief is <B>flat</B> when pointer
is outside the button and <B>raised</B> when pointer is inside.
</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-state"><B>-state</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies one of three states for the Button:  <B>normal</B>, <B>active</B>,
or <B>disabled</B>.  In normal state the Button is displayed using the
<B>foreground</B> and <B>background</B> options.  The active state is
typically used when the pointer is over the Button.  In active state
the Button is displayed using the <B>activeforeground</B> and
<B>activebackground</B> options.  Disabled state means that the Button
should be insensitive:  the default bindings will refuse to activate
the widget and will ignore mouse button presses.
In this state the <B>disabledforeground</B> and
<B>background</B> options determine how the Button is displayed.
</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-underline"><B>-underline</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies the integer index of a character to underline in the label of the button.
0 corresponds to the first character of the text displayed, 1 to the next character,
and so on.
<BR>The binding <B>&lt;Alt-<I>char</I>&gt;</B> is automatically set on the toplevel
of the Button to call Button::<B>setfocus</B>.

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-width"><B>-width</B></A></DT>
<DD>

If an image or bitmap is being displayed in the Button then the value is in
screen units;
for text it is in characters.
If this option isn't specified, the Button's desired width is computed
from the size of the image or bitmap or text being displayed in it.
</DD>
</DL>
<HR WIDTH="50%"><BR>
<B><A NAME="wc">WIDGET COMMAND</A></B><BR>
<DL><DT><A NAME="cget"><I>pathName</I> <B>cget</B></A>
 <I>option</I>
</DT><DD>

Returns the current value of the configuration option given by <I>option</I>.
<I>Option</I> may have any of the values accepted by the creation command.
</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="configure"><I>pathName</I> <B>configure</B></A>
 ?<I>option</I>? ?<I>value</I> <I>option</I> <I>value</I> ...?
</DT><DD>

Query or modify the configuration options of the widget. If no <I>option</I> is specified,
returns a list describing all of the available options for <I>pathName</I>.
If <I>option</I> is specified with no <I>value</I>, then the command returns a list
describing the one named <I>option</I> (this list will be identical to the corresponding
sublist of the value returned if no <I>option</I> is specified). If one or
more <I>option-value</I> pairs are specified, then the command modifies the given widget
option(s) to have the given value(s); in this case the command returns an empty string.
<I>Option</I> may have any of the values accepted by the creation command.
Read-only options are not be modified.

</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="invoke"><I>pathName</I> <B>invoke</B></A>
</DT><DD>

If Button <B>state</B> is not disabled, this invoke the commands of the Button.
Button is redisplayed with active color and sunken relief, and
<B>armcommand</B> is called. Then Button is redisplayed with
normal color and its defined relief, and <B>disarmcommand</B> then <B>command</B>
are called.
<P><B>invoke</B> is called when Button has input focus and user press the space bar.
</DD></DL>
</BODY></HTML>

Added pybwidget-0.1.2_1.7.0/BWidget-1.7.0/BWman/ButtonBox.html.

>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>

<HTML>
<HEAD><TITLE>ButtonBox</TITLE></HEAD>
<BODY BGCOLOR=white>
<DL><DT><I><A HREF="#descr">NAME</A></I></DT>
<DD><B>ButtonBox</B>
 - Set of buttons with horizontal or vertical layout
</DD></DL>
<DL>
<DT><I>CREATION</I></DT>
<DD><A HREF="#descr"><B>ButtonBox</B></A> <I>pathName</I> ?<I>option value...</I>?</DD>
</DL>
<DL>
<DT><I><A HREF="#wso">WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS</A></I></DT>
<DD><TABLE CELLSPACING=0 CELLSPACING=0 BORDER=0>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-background">-background or -bg</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-default">-default</A></TR>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-homogeneous">-homogeneous</A></TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-orient">-orient</A></TR>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-padx">-padx</A></TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-pady">-pady</A></TR>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-spacing">-spacing</A></TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-state">-state</A></TR>
</TABLE></DD>
</DL>
<DL>
<DT><I><A HREF="#wc">WIDGET COMMAND</A></I></DT>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#add"><B>add</B></A>
 ?<I>option value...</I>?
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#cget"><B>cget</B></A>
 <I>option</I>
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#configure"><B>configure</B></A>
 ?<I>option</I>? ?<I>value</I> <I>option</I> <I>value</I> ...?
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#delete"><B>delete</B></A>
 <I>index</I>
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#index"><B>index</B></A>
 <I>index</I>
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#insert"><B>insert</B></A>
  <i>index</i> ?<I>option value...</I>?
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#invoke"><B>invoke</B></A>
 <I>index</I>
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#itemcget"><B>itemcget</B></A>
 <I>index</I>
 <I>option</I>
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#itemconfigure"><B>itemconfigure</B></A>
 <I>index</I>
 ?<I>option</I>? ?<I>value</I> <I>option</I> <I>value</I> ...?
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#setfocus"><B>setfocus</B></A>
 <I>index</I>
</DD>
</DL>
<BR><HR WIDTH="100%"><BR>
<B><A NAME="descr"></A>DESCRIPTION</B><BR>
<P>

ButtonBox layouts Button horizontally or vertically.
Some commands take an <I>index</I> as argument indicating on which
Button it work. This index may be specified in any of the following forms:
<P>
<DL COMPACT>
<DT>
<I>number</I>
<DD>
Specifies the Button numerically, where 0 corresponds
to the first added Button, 1 to the next, and so on.
<DT>
<B>end</B> or <B>last</B>
<DD>
Indicates the last item added.
<DT><B>default</B>
<DD>
Indicates the default Button.

<DT>
<i>name</i>
<DD>
Indicates the button whose <b>-name</b> option is <i>name</i>.

<DT>
<i>text</i>
<DD>
Indicates the button whose <b>-text</b> option is <i>text</i>.
</DL>

</P>
<BR><HR WIDTH="50%"><BR>
<B><A NAME="wso">WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS</A></B><BR>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-background"><B>-background</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies a default background color for all added buttons and for the frame.

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-default"><B>-default</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies the default button of the button box. The value is an integer
referencing the n-th added button, starting from 0.
If this value is -1 (the default), all button wil be drawn with their -default
option set to disabled, and this value can not be changed. <BR>If this value is 
not -1, the associated button is drawn with -default option set to active and
the others are drawn with -default option set to normal. The value can be changed
by configure.

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-homogeneous"><B>-homogeneous (read-only)</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies wether or not buttons must have the same width for horizontal layout.

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-orient"><B>-orient (read-only)</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies the orientation of the button box. If this option is <B>horizontal</B>
(the default), buttons are added from top to bottom. 
If this option is <B>vertical</B>, buttons are added from left to right.

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-padx"><B>-padx</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies a default value for the -padx option of all added buttons.

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-pady"><B>-pady</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies a default value for the -pady option of all added buttons.

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-spacing"><B>-spacing</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies the default spacing between buttons. This value can be changed before each
call to <B>add</B>.

</DD>
</DL>

<DL><DT><A NAME="-state"><B>-state</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies a state for all the buttons in the button box.  Can be any state supported by buttons.

</DD>
</DL>

<HR WIDTH="50%"><BR>
<B><A NAME="wc">WIDGET COMMAND</A></B><BR>
<DL><DT><A NAME="add"><I>pathName</I> <B>add</B></A>
 ?<I>option value...</I>?
</DT><DD>

Add a button to the button box.
<P>
See <A HREF="Button.html"><B>Button</B></A> for description of options.
</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="cget"><I>pathName</I> <B>cget</B></A>
 <I>option</I>
</DT><DD>

Returns the current value of the configuration option given by <I>option</I>.
<I>Option</I> may have any of the values accepted by the creation command.
</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="configure"><I>pathName</I> <B>configure</B></A>
 ?<I>option</I>? ?<I>value</I> <I>option</I> <I>value</I> ...?
</DT><DD>

Query or modify the configuration options of the widget. If no <I>option</I> is specified,
returns a list describing all of the available options for <I>pathName</I>.
If <I>option</I> is specified with no <I>value</I>, then the command returns a list
describing the one named <I>option</I> (this list will be identical to the corresponding
sublist of the value returned if no <I>option</I> is specified). If one or
more <I>option-value</I> pairs are specified, then the command modifies the given widget
option(s) to have the given value(s); in this case the command returns an empty string.
<I>Option</I> may have any of the values accepted by the creation command.
Read-only options are not be modified.

</DD></DL>

<DL><DT><A NAME="delete"><I>pathName</I> <B>delete</B></A>
 <I>index</I>
</DT><DD>

Delete the button at <i>index</i> from the button box.

</DD></DL>

<DL><DT><A NAME="index"><I>pathName</I> <B>index</B></A>
 <I>index</I>
</DT><DD>

Return the numerical index corresponding to the item.

</DD></DL>

<DL><DT><A NAME="insert"><I>pathName</I> <B>insert</B></A>
 <I>index</I> ?<I>option value...</I>?
</DT><DD>

Insert a new button into the button box before the given index.

</DD></DL>

<DL><DT><A NAME="invoke"><I>pathName</I> <B>invoke</B></A>
 <I>index</I>
</DT><DD>

Invoke the Button given by <I>index</I>.

</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="itemcget"><I>pathName</I> <B>itemcget</B></A>
 <I>index</I>
 <I>option</I>
</DT><DD>

Returns the current value of a configuration option for the item.
<I>Option</I> may have any of the values accepted by the item creation command.

</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="itemconfigure"><I>pathName</I> <B>itemconfigure</B></A>
 <I>index</I>
 ?<I>option</I>? ?<I>value</I> <I>option</I> <I>value</I> ...?
</DT><DD>

This command is similar to the <B>configure</B> command, except that it applies to the
options for an individual item, whereas <B>configure</B> applies to the options for
the widget as a whole. <B>Options</B> may have any of the values accepted by the 
item creation widget command. If options are specified, options are modified as indicated
in the command and the command returns an empty string. If no options are specified,
returns a list describing the current options for the item.
Read-only options are not be modified.

</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="setfocus"><I>pathName</I> <B>setfocus</B></A>
 <I>index</I>
</DT><DD>

Set the focus to the Button given by <I>index</I>.

</DD></DL>
</BODY></HTML>

Added pybwidget-0.1.2_1.7.0/BWidget-1.7.0/BWman/ComboBox.html.

>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>

<HTML>
<HEAD><TITLE>ComboBox</TITLE></HEAD>
<BODY BGCOLOR=white>
<DL><DT><I><A HREF="#descr">NAME</A></I></DT>
<DD><B>ComboBox</B>
 - ComboBox widget
</DD></DL>
<DL>
<DT><I>CREATION</I></DT>
<DD><A HREF="#descr"><B>ComboBox</B></A> <I>pathName</I> ?<I>option value...</I>?</DD>
</DL>
<DL>
<DT><I><A HREF="ArrowButton.html">OPTIONS from <B>ArrowButton</B></A></I></DT>
<DD><TABLE CELLSPACING=0 CELLPADDING=0 BORDER=0>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-background or -bg</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-disabledforeground</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-foreground or -fg</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-state</TD>
</TR>
</TABLE></DD>
</DL>
<DL>
<DT><I><A HREF="Entry.html">OPTIONS from <B>Entry</B></A></I></DT>
<DD><TABLE CELLSPACING=0 CELLPADDING=0 BORDER=0>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-command</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-disabledforeground</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-dragenabled</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-dragendcmd</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-dragevent</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-draginitcmd</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-dragtype</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-dropcmd</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-dropenabled</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-dropovercmd</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-droptypes</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-editable</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-entrybg (see <B>-background</B>)</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-entryfg (see <B>-foreground</B>)</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-exportselection</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-font</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-helptext</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-helptype</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-helpvar</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-highlightbackground</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-highlightcolor</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-highlightthickness</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-insertbackground</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-insertborderwidth</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-insertofftime</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-insertontime</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-insertwidth</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-justify</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-selectbackground</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-selectborderwidth</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-selectforeground</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-show</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-state</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-takefocus</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-text</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-textvariable</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-width</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-xscrollcommand</TD>
</TR>
</TABLE></DD>
</DL>
<DL>
<DT><I><A HREF="#wso">WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS</A></I></DT>
<DD><TABLE CELLSPACING=0 CELLSPACING=0 BORDER=0>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-autocomplete">-autocomplete</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-bwlistbox">-bwlistbox</A></TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-expand">-expand</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-height">-height</A></TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-hottrack">-hottrack</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-images">-images</A></TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-listboxwidth">-listboxwidth</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-modifycmd">-modifycmd</A></TD>
<TD></TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-postcommand">-postcommand</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-values">-values</A></TD>
</TR>
</TABLE></DD>
</DL>
<DL>
<DT><I><A HREF="#wc">WIDGET COMMAND</A></I></DT>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#bind"><B>bind</B></A>
 ?<I>arg...</I>?
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#cget"><B>cget</B></A>
 <I>option</I>
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#configure"><B>configure</B></A>
 ?<I>option</I>? ?<I>value</I> <I>option</I> <I>value</I> ...?
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#get"><B>get</B></A></DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#getlistbox"><B>getlistbox</B></A></DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#getvalue"><B>getvalue</B></A></DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#icursor"><B>icursor</B></A>
<I>index</I>
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#post"><B>post</B></A></DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#setvalue"><B>setvalue</B></A>
 <I>index</I>
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#unpost"><B>unpost</B></A></DD>
</DL>
<BR><HR WIDTH="100%"><BR>
<B><A NAME="descr"></A>DESCRIPTION</B><BR>
<P>

ComboBox widget enables the user to select a value among a list given by
the <B>values</B> option.  The list of possible values can be popped by
pressing the ArrowButton or by clicking in the entry when <B>editable</B>
value of the ComboBox is <B>false</B>.<BR> If <B>editable</B> value of the
ComboBox is <B>true</B> and the entry has the focus, the user can press the
top and bottom arrow keys to modify its value. If the current value exactly
match a value in the list, then the previous (for top arrow key) or then
next (for bottom arrow key) value in the list is displayed.  If the current
value match the beginning of a value in the list, then this value is
displayed.  If the current value doesnt match anything, then the first
value is displayed.

</P>
<BR><HR WIDTH="50%"><BR>
<B><A NAME="wso">WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS</A></B><BR>
<DL>
    <DT><A NAME="-autocomplete"><B>-autocomplete</B></A></DT>
    <DD>
    Specifies whether or not the combobox should attempt to auto-complete
    the value in the entry field as the user types.  If true, the combobox
    will fill in a value that it finds in its value list as the user types
    into the entry.
    </DD>
</DL>

<DL>
    <DT><A NAME="-bwlistbox"><B>-bwlistbox</B></A></DT>
    <DD>
    Specifies that the combobox should use a BWidget listbox in its drop
    down instead of the standard Tk option.  This option is enabled by
    default if the <b>-images</b> option is not empty.
    </DD>
</DL>

<DL><DT><A NAME="-expand"><B>-expand</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies the value expansion behavior for the window. It must be
<B>none</B> (default) or <B>tab</B>. If <B>tab</B> is specified, then
a Tab binding is added to attempt to expand the current value based on
the other values in <B>-values</B>.
</DD>
</DL>

<DL><DT><A NAME="-height"><B>-height</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies the desired height for the window, in lines. If zero or less,
then the desired height for the window is made just large enough to hold
all the elements in the listbox.
</DD>

<DL>
    <DT><A NAME="-hottrack"><B>-hottrack</B></A></DT>
    <DD>
    The selection in the drop down listbox will follow the mouse cursor
    as it moves.
    </DD>
</DL>

<DL>
    <DT><A NAME="-images"><B>-images</B></A></DT>
    <DD>
    A list of images that correspond to the <b>-values</b> option.  Each
    image will be drawn next to its value in the drop down.  This option
    enables the <b>-bwlistbox</b> by default as it is needed to display
    images.
    </DD>
</DL>

<DL>
    <DT><A NAME="-listboxwidth"><B>-listboxwidth</B></A></DT>
    <DD>
    Specifies the width of the listbox in the drop down.  Defaults to the
    same size as the combobox.
    </DD>
</DL>

</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-modifycmd"><B>-modifycmd</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies a Tcl command called when the user modify the value of the ComboBox by selecting it in the listbox or pressing arrow key.
</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-postcommand"><B>-postcommand</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies a Tcl command called before the listbox of the ComboBox is mapped.
</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-values"><B>-values</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies the values to display in the listbox of the ComboBox.
</DD>
</DL>
<HR WIDTH="50%"><BR>
<B><A NAME="wc">WIDGET COMMAND</A></B><BR>
<DL><DT><A NAME="bind"><I>pathName</I> <B>bind</B></A>
 ?<I>arg...</I>?
</DT><DD>

Set bindings on the entry widget.

</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="cget"><I>pathName</I> <B>cget</B></A>
 <I>option</I>
</DT><DD>

Returns the current value of the configuration option given by <I>option</I>.
<I>Option</I> may have any of the values accepted by the creation command.
</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="configure"><I>pathName</I> <B>configure</B></A>
 ?<I>option</I>? ?<I>value</I> <I>option</I> <I>value</I> ...?
</DT><DD>

Query or modify the configuration options of the widget. If no
<I>option</I> is specified, returns a list describing all of the available
options for <I>pathName</I>.  If <I>option</I> is specified with no
<I>value</I>, then the command returns a list describing the one named
<I>option</I> (this list will be identical to the corresponding sublist of
the value returned if no <I>option</I> is specified). If one or more
<I>option-value</I> pairs are specified, then the command modifies the
given widget option(s) to have the given value(s); in this case the command
returns an empty string.  <I>Option</I> may have any of the values accepted
by the creation command.  Read-only options are not be modified.

</DD></DL>

<DL><DT><A NAME="get"><I>pathName</I> <B>get</B></A>
</DT><DD>

Returns the current contents of the entry.

</DD></DL>

<DL><DT><A NAME="getlistbox"><I>pathName</I> <B>getlistbox</B></A>
</DT><DD>

Returns the path to the listbox in the drop down.

</DD></DL>

<DL><DT><A NAME="getvalue"><I>pathName</I> <B>getvalue</B></A>
</DT><DD>

Returns the index of the current text of the ComboBox in the list of values,
or -1 if it doesn't match any value.

</DD></DL>

<DL><DT><A NAME="icursor"><I>pathName</I> <B>icursor</B></A>
 <I>index</I>
</DT><DD>

Arrange for the insertion cursor to be displayed just before the
character given by <i>index</i>.  Returns an empty string.

</DD></DL>

<DL><DT><A NAME="post"><I>pathName</I> <B>post</B></A>
</DT><DD>

Post the drop down.

</DD></DL>

<DL><DT><A NAME="setvalue"><I>pathName</I> <B>setvalue</B></A>
 <I>index</I>
</DT><DD>

Set the text of the ComboBox to the value indicated by <I>index</I> in the list of values.
<I>index</I> may be specified in any of the following forms:
<P>
<DL COMPACT>
<DT>
<B>last</B>
<DD>
Specifies the last element of the list of values.
<DT><B>first</B>
<DD>
Specifies the first element of the list of values.
<DT>
<B>next</B>
<DD>
Specifies the element following the current (ie returned by <B>getvalue</B>) in the list
of values.
<DT><B>previous</B>
<DD>
Specifies the element preceding the current (ie returned by <B>getvalue</B>) in the list
of values.
<DT>
@<I>number</I>
<DD>
Specifies the integer index in the list of values.
</DL>

</DD></DL>

<DL><DT><A NAME="unpost"><I>pathName</I> <B>unpost</B></A>
</DT><DD>

Unpost the drop down.

</DD></DL>

<HR><BR><B>BINDINGS</B><BR><BR>

When Entry of the ComboBox has the input focus, it has the following bindings, in addition
to the default Entry bindings:
<UL>
<LI>Page up set the value of the ComboBox to the first value.
<LI>Page down set the value of the ComboBox to the last value.
<LI>Arrow up set the value of the ComboBox to the previous value.
<LI>Arrow down set the value of the ComboBox to the next value.
</UL>
If the listbox is not mapped and ComboBox is not editable or disabled,
mouse button 1 on the Entry cause the listbox to popup, as if the user press the ArrowButton.

</BODY></HTML>

Added pybwidget-0.1.2_1.7.0/BWidget-1.7.0/BWman/Dialog.html.

>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>

<HTML>
<HEAD><TITLE>Dialog</TITLE></HEAD>
<BODY BGCOLOR=white>
<DL><DT><I><A HREF="#descr">NAME</A></I></DT>
<DD><B>Dialog</B>
 - Dialog abstraction with custom buttons
</DD></DL>
<DL>
<DT><I>CREATION</I></DT>
<DD><A HREF="#descr"><B>Dialog</B></A> <I>pathName</I> ?<I>option value...</I>?</DD>
</DL>
<DL>
<DT><I><A HREF="ButtonBox.html">OPTIONS from <B>ButtonBox</B></A></I></DT>
<DD><TABLE CELLSPACING=0 CELLPADDING=0 BORDER=0>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-background or -bg</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-homogeneous</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-padx</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-pady</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-spacing</TD>
</TABLE></DD>
</DL>
<DL>
<DT><I><A HREF="#wso">WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS</A></I></DT>
<DD><TABLE CELLSPACING=0 CELLSPACING=0 BORDER=0>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-anchor">-anchor</A></TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-bitmap">-bitmap</A></TR>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-cancel">-cancel</A></TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-default">-default</A></TR>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-image">-image</A></TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-modal">-modal</A></TR>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-parent">-parent</A></TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-place">-place</A></TR>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-separator">-separator</A></TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-side">-side</A></TR>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-title">-title</A></TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-transient">-transient</A></TR>
</TR>
</TABLE></DD>
</DL>
<DL>
<DT><I><A HREF="#wc">WIDGET COMMAND</A></I></DT>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#add"><B>add</B></A>
 ?<I>arg...</I>?
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#cget"><B>cget</B></A>
 <I>option</I>
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#configure"><B>configure</B></A>
 ?<I>option</I>? ?<I>value</I> <I>option</I> <I>value</I> ...?
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#draw"><B>draw</B></A>
 ?<I>focus</I>?
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#enddialog"><B>enddialog</B></A>
 <I>result</I>
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#getframe"><B>getframe</B></A>
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#invoke"><B>invoke</B></A>
 <I>index</I>
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#itemcget"><B>itemcget</B></A>
 <I>index</I>
 <I>option</I>
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#itemconfigure"><B>itemconfigure</B></A>
 <I>index</I>
 ?<I>option</I>? ?<I>value</I> <I>option</I> <I>value</I> ...?
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#setfocus"><B>setfocus</B></A>
 <I>index</I>
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#withdraw"><B>withdraw</B></A>
</DD>
</DL>
<BR><HR WIDTH="100%"><BR>
<B><A NAME="descr"></A>DESCRIPTION</B><BR>
<P>

Dialog widget enables the user to create a dialog box.
Some commands take an <I>index</I> as argument indicating on which
Button it work. This index is the same specified for equivalent ButtonBox command:
<P>
<DL COMPACT>
<DT>
<I>number</I>
<DD>
Specifies the Button numerically, where 0 corresponds
to the first added Button, 1 to the next, and so on.
<DT>
<B>end</B> or <B>last</B>
<DD>
Indicates the last item added.
<DT><B>default</B>
<DD>
Indicates the default Button.
</DL>

</P>
<BR><HR WIDTH="50%"><BR>
<B><A NAME="wso">WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS</A></B><BR>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-anchor"><B>-anchor (read-only)</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies the anchor point of the ButtonBox.
Must be one of <B>w</B>, <B>e</B>, <B>n</B>, <B>s</B> or <B>c</B>.
If <B>side</B> option is set to <I>top</I> or <I>bottom</I>,
<B>anchor</B> values <I>n</I>, <I>s</I> and <I>c</I> have the same effect.
If <B>side</B> option is set to <I>left</I> or <I>right</I>,
<B>anchor</B> values <I>w</I>, <I>e</I> and <I>c</I> have the same effect.

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-bitmap"><B>-bitmap (read-only)</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies a bitmap to display at the left of the user frame.
<B>image</B> option override <B>bitmap</B>.
</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-cancel"><B>-cancel</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies the number of the cancel button of the Dialog. When user press Esc in the Dialog,
this button is invoked.
</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-default"><B>-default</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies the number of the default button of the Dialog.
When user press Return in the Dialog, this button is invoked.
</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-image"><B>-image (read-only)</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies an image to display at the left of the user frame.
<B>image</B> option override <B>bitmap</B>.
</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-modal"><B>-modal</B></A></DT>
<DD>

This option must be <B>none</B>, <B>local</B> or <B>global</B>. The value of this option
specifies the grab mode of the dialog and how works Dialog::<B>draw</B>.

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-parent"><B>-parent</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Parent of the Dialog. Dialog is placed relative to its parent. If empty, it is
placed relative to the root window. Also see <B>place</B> option.

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-place"><B>-place</B></A></DT>
<DD>
Specifies where to draw the Dialog toplevel relative to the dialog's
parent. Must be one of <B>none</B>, <B>center</B>, <B>left</B>, <B>right</B>,
<B>above</B>, <B>below</B>. Default value of <B>place</B> is <I>center</I>.

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-separator"><B>-separator (read-only)</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies wether or not to draw a separator between the user frame and the ButtonBox.

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-side"><B>-side (read-only)</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies where to draw the ButtonBox relative to the user frame. Must be one of
<B>top</B>, <B>left</B>, <B>bottom</B> or <B>right</B>.
</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-title"><B>-title</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Title of the Dialog toplevel.

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-transient"><B>-transient (read-only)</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies if the Dialog Toplevel should be a transient window or not. Default
value of <B>transient</B> is <I>true</I>.

</DD>
</DL>
<HR WIDTH="50%"><BR>
<B><A NAME="wc">WIDGET COMMAND</A></B><BR>
<DL><DT><A NAME="add"><I>pathName</I> <B>add</B></A>
 ?<I>arg...</I>?
</DT><DD>

Add a button to the button box of the dialog box. Default -command option is
<I>Dialog::enddialog $path index</I> where <I>index</I> is number of button added.
</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="cget"><I>pathName</I> <B>cget</B></A>
 <I>option</I>
</DT><DD>

Returns the current value of the configuration option given by <I>option</I>.
<I>Option</I> may have any of the values accepted by the creation command.
</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="configure"><I>pathName</I> <B>configure</B></A>
 ?<I>option</I>? ?<I>value</I> <I>option</I> <I>value</I> ...?
</DT><DD>

Query or modify the configuration options of the widget. If no <I>option</I> is specified,
returns a list describing all of the available options for <I>pathName</I>.
If <I>option</I> is specified with no <I>value</I>, then the command returns a list
describing the one named <I>option</I> (this list will be identical to the corresponding
sublist of the value returned if no <I>option</I> is specified). If one or
more <I>option-value</I> pairs are specified, then the command modifies the given widget
option(s) to have the given value(s); in this case the command returns an empty string.
<I>Option</I> may have any of the values accepted by the creation command.
Read-only options are not be modified.

</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="draw"><I>pathName</I> <B>draw</B></A>
 ?<I>focus</I>?
</DT><DD>

This command draw the Dialog, and set grab to it following <B>modal</B> option.
If <B>modal</B> option is set to <I>none</I>, the command returns immediatly
an empty string. In all other case, the command returns when Dialog::<B>enddialog</B>
is called or when Dialog is destroyed.
The return value is the result argument of Dialog::<B>enddialog</B> or -1 if it is destroyed.
<P>
By default, the focus is set to the default button referenced by <B>default</B> option,
or to the toplevel of Dialog if no default button has been set.
If <I>focus</I> is present, it must be a pathname, or an index to a button.
Initial focus is set on this pathname or corresponding button.

</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="enddialog"><I>pathName</I> <B>enddialog</B></A>
 <I>result</I>
</DT><DD>

This command is typically called within a command of a button to make Dialog::<B>draw</B>
return.

</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="getframe"><I>pathName</I> <B>getframe</B></A>
</DT><DD>

Returns the pathname of the user window.
</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="invoke"><I>pathName</I> <B>invoke</B></A>
 <I>index</I>
</DT><DD>

Invoke the Button given by <I>index</I>.

</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="itemcget"><I>pathName</I> <B>itemcget</B></A>
 <I>index</I>
 <I>option</I>
</DT><DD>

Returns the current value of a configuration option for the item.
<I>Option</I> may have any of the values accepted by the item creation command.

</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="itemconfigure"><I>pathName</I> <B>itemconfigure</B></A>
 <I>index</I>
 ?<I>option</I>? ?<I>value</I> <I>option</I> <I>value</I> ...?
</DT><DD>

This command is similar to the <B>configure</B> command, except that it applies to the
options for an individual item, whereas <B>configure</B> applies to the options for
the widget as a whole. <B>Options</B> may have any of the values accepted by the 
item creation widget command. If options are specified, options are modified as indicated
in the command and the command returns an empty string. If no options are specified,
returns a list describing the current options for the item.
Read-only options are not be modified.

</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="setfocus"><I>pathName</I> <B>setfocus</B></A>
 <I>index</I>
</DT><DD>

Set the focus to the Button given by <I>index</I>.

</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="withdraw"><I>pathName</I> <B>withdraw</B></A>
</DT><DD>

Call this command to hide the dialog box.

</DD></DL>
</BODY></HTML>

Added pybwidget-0.1.2_1.7.0/BWidget-1.7.0/BWman/DragSite.html.

>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>

<HTML>
<HEAD><TITLE>DragSite</TITLE></HEAD>
<BODY BGCOLOR=white>
<DL><DT><I><A HREF="#descr">NAME</A></I></DT>
<DD><B>DragSite</B>
 - Commands set for Drag facilities
</DD></DL>
<DL>
<DT><I><A HREF="#wc">COMMAND</A></I></DT>
<DD>DragSite::<A HREF="#include"><B>include</B></A>
 <I>class</I>
 <I>type</I>
 <I>event</I>
</DD>
<DD>DragSite::<A HREF="#register"><B>register</B></A>
 <I>path</I>
 ?<I>option value...</I>?
</DD>
<DD>DragSite::<A HREF="#setdrag"><B>setdrag</B></A>
 <I>path</I>
 <I>subpath</I>
 <I>initcmd</I>
 <I>endcmd</I>
 ?<I>force</I>?
</DD>
</DL>
<BR><HR WIDTH="100%"><BR>
<B><A NAME="descr"></A>DESCRIPTION</B><BR>
<P>

Commands of this namespace enable user to define a BWidget or a Tk widget as a drag site.



</P>
<HR WIDTH="50%"><BR>
<B><A NAME="wc">COMMAND</A></B><BR>
<DL><DT><A NAME="include">DragSite::<B>include</B></A>
 <I>class</I>
 <I>type</I>
 <I>event</I>
</DT><DD>

This command provides a simple way to include options relatives to a drag site into
BWidget resources definition.
It includes the options needed for <B>register</B>: <I>-dragevent</I>, initialized to
<I>event</I>, <I>-draginitcmd</I> and <I>-dragendcmd</I>, initialized to empty string,
and two new options:
<TABLE BORDER=0 CELLSPACING=1>
<TR><TD><I>-dragenabled</I><TD>Specifies wether or not drag is active (initialized to 0)
<TR><TD><I>-dragtype</I><TD>Default or alternate dragged data type (initialized to <I>type</I>)
</TABLE>

</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="register">DragSite::<B>register</B></A>
 <I>path</I>
 ?<I>option value...</I>?
</DT><DD>

This command is used to declare <I>path</I> as a drag site. Options are:

<P>
<DL><DT><A NAME="DragSite-dragendcmd"><B>-dragendcmd</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Command called when drag terminates (ie when user release drag icon).
This command is called with the following arguments:
<UL>
<LI>the pathname of the drag source (the widget itself),
<LI>the pathname of the drop target,
<LI>the operation,
<LI>the type of the dragged data,
<LI>the dragged data,
<LI>result of the drop (result of the call to <B>-dropcmd</B> of the target),
</UL>
If the drop does not occurs, the target and the operation are empty string and the result
is 0.

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="DragSite-dragevent"><B>-dragevent</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies the number of the mouse button associated to the drag.
Must be <B>1</B>, <B>2</B> or <B>3</B>.

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="DragSite-draginitcmd"><B>-draginitcmd</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Command called when drag initiates. When the event of option <B>dragevent</B> occurs on
<I>path</I>, this command is called with the following arguments:
<UL>
<LI>pathname of the drag source (<I>path</I>),
<LI>root x-coordinate of pointer,
<LI>root y-coordinate of pointer,
<LI>a toplevel created to represent dragged data. When returning, if it
has no children, a bitmap is automatically displayed.
</UL>
The command must return a list containing three elements:
<UL>
<LI>the type of the data,
<LI>the list of acceptable basic operations (<B>copy</B>, <B>move</B> and <B>link</B>)
<LI>and the data.
</UL>
Note that even if <B>copy</B> does not appear in the list of basic operation,
it is considered as an acceptable operation, since <B>copy</B> semantic does not modify
the drag source.

</DD>
</DL>
</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="setdrag">DragSite::<B>setdrag</B></A>
 <I>path</I>
 <I>subpath</I>
 <I>initcmd</I>
 <I>endcmd</I>
 ?<I>force</I>?
</DT><DD>

This command provides a simple way to call <B>register</B> during a BWidget creation or
configuration.
<UL>
<LI><I>path</I> is the pathname of the BWidget,
<LI><I>subpath</I> is the pathname of the tk widget where drag event occurs,
<LI><I>initcmd</I> BWidget command for <I>drag-init</I> event,
<LI><I>endcmd</I> BWidget command for <I>drag-end</I> event,
<LI><I>force</I> specifies wether or not to call <B>register</B> whenever no option value has
changed (0 by default - for BWidget configuration, use 1 for BWidget creation).
</UL>
<B>setdrag</B> verifies the modification flag of options <B>dragenabled</B> and
<B>dragevent</B> and calls <B>register</B> if needed according to the options values and
<I>initcmd</I> and <I>endcmd</I> arguments. <B>draginitcmd</B> and <B>dragendcmd</B> are not
taken from options of widget  because they are considered as user command, called by
BWidget implementation of <I>drag-init</I> and <I>drag-end</I> events.

</DD></DL>
</BODY></HTML>

Added pybwidget-0.1.2_1.7.0/BWidget-1.7.0/BWman/DropSite.html.

>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>

<HTML>
<HEAD><TITLE>DropSite</TITLE></HEAD>
<BODY BGCOLOR=white>
<DL><DT><I><A HREF="#descr">NAME</A></I></DT>
<DD><B>DropSite</B>
 - Commands set for Drop facilities
</DD></DL>
<DL>
<DT><I><A HREF="#wc">COMMAND</A></I></DT>
<DD>DropSite::<A HREF="#include"><B>include</B></A>
 <I>class</I>
 <I>types</I>
</DD>
<DD>DropSite::<A HREF="#register"><B>register</B></A>
 <I>path</I>
 ?<I>option value...</I>?
</DD>
<DD>DropSite::<A HREF="#setcursor"><B>setcursor</B></A>
 <I>cursor</I>
</DD>
<DD>DropSite::<A HREF="#setdrop"><B>setdrop</B></A>
 <I>path</I>
 <I>subpath</I>
 <I>dropover</I>
 <I>drop</I>
 ?<I>force</I>?
</DD>
<DD>DropSite::<A HREF="#setoperation"><B>setoperation</B></A>
 <I>op</I>
</DD>
</DL>
<BR><HR WIDTH="100%"><BR>
<B><A NAME="descr"></A>DESCRIPTION</B><BR>
<P>

Commands of this namespace enable user to define a BWidget or a Tk widget as a drop site.
A drop site is composed of the type of object that can be dropped and associated operation,
a command called when drop occurs, and a command when an object is dragged over the widget.
A drop site must have at least one type of acceptable object and a drop command.

</P>
<HR WIDTH="50%"><BR>
<B><A NAME="wc">COMMAND</A></B><BR>
<DL><DT><A NAME="include">DropSite::<B>include</B></A>
 <I>class</I>
 <I>types</I>
</DT><DD>

This command provides a simple way to include options relatives to a drop site into
BWidget resources definition.
It includes the options needed for <B>register</B>, <I>-dropovercmd</I> and <I>-dropcmd</I>,
initialized to empty string, and <I>-droptypes</I>, initialized to <I>types</I>,
and one new option:
<TABLE BORDER=0 CELLSPACING=1>
<TR><TD><I>-dropenabled</I><TD>Specifies wether or not drop is active (initialized to 0)
</TABLE>

</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="register">DropSite::<B>register</B></A>
 <I>path</I>
 ?<I>option value...</I>?
</DT><DD>

This command is used to declare <I>path</I> as a drop site. Options are:

<P>
<DL><DT><A NAME="DropSite-dropcmd"><B>-dropcmd</B></A></DT>
<DD>

This command is called when user release the drag icon over a valid drop target widget.
It takes the same arguments as <B>-dragovercmd</B> command. Its return values is passed
as a result to the <B>-dragendcmd</B> command of the drag source widget.

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="DropSite-dropovercmd"><B>-dropovercmd</B></A></DT>
<DD>

This command can be used to provide a dynamic drag while <I>drag-over</I> events.
While a drag occurs, events &lt;Enter&gt;, &lt;Motion&gt; and &lt;Leave&gt; are catched.
Arguments passed to the command are:
<UL>
<LI>pathname of the drop target (the widget itself),
<LI>pathname of the drag source,
<LI>event over the drop target: <I>enter</I>, <I>motion</I> or <I>leave</I>,
<LI>root x-coordinate of the pointer,
<LI>root y-coordinate of the pointer,
<LI>operation,
<LI>type of the dragged data,
<LI>dragged data.
</UL>
Command must the new status of the drag:
<UL>
<LI>0  if widget refuse this drag. Command will not be recalled on motion/leave event.
<LI>1  if widget accept this drag. Command will not be recalled on motion/leave event.
<LI>2  if widget refuse this drag. Command will be recalled on each motion event to reevaluate.
<LI>3  if widget accept this drag. Command will be recalled on each motion event to reevaluate.

</UL>
Here is a list of events and associated actions on a DropSite widget. This example
assumes that dragged data type is valid for the drop target.
<B>status</B> is the status of the drag on a DropSite. Its value is:
<BR><BR>

<TABLE BORDER CELLSPACING=1 CELLPADDING=4>
<TR>
<TD WIDTH="18%" VALIGN="TOP" ALIGN="CENTER">Event</TD>
<TD WIDTH="10%" VALIGN="TOP" ALIGN="CENTER">Old status</TD>
<TD WIDTH="48%" VALIGN="TOP" ALIGN="CENTER">Action</TD>
<TD WIDTH="24%" VALIGN="TOP" ALIGN="CENTER">New status</TD>
</TR>
<TR><TD WIDTH="18%" VALIGN="TOP" ROWSPAN=2>
<FONT SIZE=2>&lt;Enter&gt;</FONT></TD>
<TD WIDTH="10%" VALIGN="TOP" ROWSPAN=2>
<FONT SIZE=2>-</FONT></TD>
<TD WIDTH="48%" VALIGN="TOP">
<FONT SIZE=2>if DropSite has <B>dropovercmd</B>, call it with <I>enter</I></FONT></TD>
<TD WIDTH="24%" VALIGN="TOP">
<FONT SIZE=2>result of <B>dropovercmd</B></FONT></TD>
</TR>
<TR><TD WIDTH="48%" VALIGN="TOP">
<FONT SIZE=2>else</FONT></TD>
<TD WIDTH="24%" VALIGN="TOP">
<FONT SIZE=2>1</FONT></TD>
</TR>
<TR><TD WIDTH="18%" VALIGN="TOP" ROWSPAN=2>
<FONT SIZE=2>&lt;Motion&gt;</FONT></TD>
<TD WIDTH="10%" VALIGN="TOP">
<FONT SIZE=2>0 or 1</FONT></TD>
<TD WIDTH="48%" VALIGN="TOP">&nbsp;</TD>
<TD WIDTH="24%" VALIGN="TOP">
<FONT SIZE=2>unchanged</FONT></TD>
</TR>
<TR><TD WIDTH="10%" VALIGN="TOP">
<FONT SIZE=2>2 or 3</FONT></TD>
<TD WIDTH="48%" VALIGN="TOP">
<FONT SIZE=2>call <B>dropovercmd</B> with <I>motion</I></FONT></TD>
<TD WIDTH="24%" VALIGN="TOP">
<FONT SIZE=2>result of <B>dropovercmd</B></FONT></TD>
</TR>
<TR><TD WIDTH="18%" VALIGN="TOP" ROWSPAN=2>
<FONT SIZE=2>&lt;Leave&gt;</FONT>&nbsp;</TD>
<TD WIDTH="10%" VALIGN="TOP">
<FONT SIZE=2>0 or 1</FONT></TD>
<TD WIDTH="48%" VALIGN="TOP">&nbsp;</TD>
<TD WIDTH="24%" VALIGN="TOP">
<FONT SIZE=2>-</FONT></TD>
</TR>
<TR><TD WIDTH="10%" VALIGN="TOP">
<FONT SIZE=2>2 or 3</FONT></TD>
<TD WIDTH="48%" VALIGN="TOP">
<FONT SIZE=2>call <B>dropovercmd</B> with <I>leave</I></FONT></TD>
<TD WIDTH="24%" VALIGN="TOP">
<FONT SIZE=2>-</FONT></TD>
</TR>
<TR><TD WIDTH="18%" VALIGN="TOP" ROWSPAN=4>
<FONT SIZE=2>&lt;Drop&gt;</FONT></TD>
<TD WIDTH="10%" VALIGN="TOP">
<FONT SIZE=2>0</FONT></TD>
<TD WIDTH="48%" VALIGN="TOP">
<FONT SIZE=2>call <B>dragendcmd</B> of drag source</FONT></TD>
<TD WIDTH="24%" VALIGN="TOP" ROWSPAN=4>
<FONT SIZE=2>-</FONT></TD>
</TR>
<TR><TD WIDTH="10%" VALIGN="TOP">
<FONT SIZE=2>1</FONT></TD>
<TD WIDTH="48%" VALIGN="TOP">
<FONT SIZE=2>call <B>dropcmd</B> and call <B>dragendcmd</B> of drag source</FONT></TD>
</TR>
<TR><TD WIDTH="10%" VALIGN="TOP">
<FONT SIZE=2>2</FONT></TD>
<TD WIDTH="48%" VALIGN="TOP">
<FONT SIZE=2>call <B>dropovercmd</B> with <I>leave</I> and call <B>dragendcmd</B> of drag source</FONT></TD>
</TR>
<TR><TD WIDTH="10%" VALIGN="TOP">
<FONT SIZE=2>3</FONT></TD>
<TD WIDTH="48%" VALIGN="TOP">
<FONT SIZE=2>call <B>dropcmd</B> and call <B>dragendcmd</B> of drag source</FONT></TD>
</TR>
</TABLE>
<BR>

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="DropSite-droptypes"><B>-droptypes</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies a list {<I>type</I> <I>oplist</I> ?<I>type</I> <I>oplist</I>? ...} of acceptable
types and associated operations for the drop target.
For each type, <I>oplist</I> is a list
{<I>descops</I> <I>mod</I> ?<I>descops</I> <I>mod</I>? ...} describing operations and
modifier keys for these operations.
<I>descops</I> describe an operation. It can be a predefined operations (<B>copy</B>,
<B>move</B> or <B>link</B>) or a new user defined operation, of the form {<I>subop</I>
<B>baseop</B> ?<I>bitmap</I>?}.
<I>subop</I> is the name given to the sub operation, <I>baseop</I> is the name of the
base operation (<B>copy</B>, <B>move</B> or <B>link</B>) and <I>bitmap</I> is a bitmap
to display for the operation.
<BR>If <I>bitmap</I> is empty, the default bitmap of the base operation is used for the
sub operation.
<BR><I>subop</I> can be a base operation, in order to change the bitmap of a base operation.
In this case, <I>baseop</I> must be empty or equal to <I>subop</I>.
<BR><I>mod</I> is the modifer key for the operation. It can be:
<UL>
<LI><B>none</B> to specify that no modifier key is pressed. This modifier can only be used
with a sub operation named <B>default</B> (and vice versa), which has the behaviour of not
display any bitmap operation. For all type, if the modifier <B>none</B> is not given, it is
automatically associated to the <B>default</B> sub operation of a <B>copy</B> base operation.
<LI><B>program</B> to specifies a sub operation accessible only by <B>DropSite::setoperation</B>.
<LI>A list combining <B>shift</B>, <B>control</B> and <B>alt</B>, which means their 
corresponding key.
</UL>

</DD>
</DL>
</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="setcursor">DropSite::<B>setcursor</B></A>
 <I>cursor</I>
</DT><DD>

This command can be used within the script <B>dragovercmd</B>. It is usefull to provide
visual effect about the state of the drag.
</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="setdrop">DropSite::<B>setdrop</B></A>
 <I>path</I>
 <I>subpath</I>
 <I>dropover</I>
 <I>drop</I>
 ?<I>force</I>?
</DT><DD>

This command provides a simple way to call <B>register</B> during a BWidget creation or
configuration.
<UL>
<LI><I>path</I> is the pathname of the BWidget,
<LI><I>subpath</I> is the pathname of the tk widget where drag event occurs,
<LI><I>dropover</I> is a command for <I>drag-over</I> event,
<LI><I>drop</I> is a command for <I>drop</I> event,
<LI><I>force</I> specifies wether or not to call <B>register</B> whenever no option value
has changed (0 by default - for BWidget configuration, use 1 for BWidget creation).
</UL>
<B>setdrop</B> verifies the modification flag of options <B>dropenabled</B> and
<B>droptypes</B> and calls <B>register</B> if needed according to the options values and
<I>dropover</I> and <I>drop</I> arguments. <B>dropovercmd</B> and <B>dropcmd</B> are not
taken from options of widget because they are considered as user command, called by
BWidget implementation of <I>drag-over</I> and <I>drop</I> events.

</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="setoperation">DropSite::<B>setoperation</B></A>
 <I>op</I>
</DT><DD>
Description text
</DD></DL>
</BODY></HTML>

Added pybwidget-0.1.2_1.7.0/BWidget-1.7.0/BWman/DynamicHelp.html.

>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>

<HTML>
<HEAD><TITLE>DynamicHelp</TITLE></HEAD>
<BODY BGCOLOR=white>
<DL><DT><I><A HREF="#descr">NAME</A></I></DT>
<DD><B>DynamicHelp</B>
 - Provide help to Tk widget or BWidget
</DD></DL>
<DL>
<DT><I><A HREF="#wc">COMMAND</A></I></DT>
<DD>DynamicHelp::<A HREF="#add"><B>add</B></A>
<i>widget</i> ?<I>option value ...</I>?
</DD>
<DD>DynamicHelp::<A HREF="#configure"><B>configure</B></A>
 ?<I>option</I>? ?<I>value</I> <I>option</I> <I>value</I> ...?
</DD>
<DD>DynamicHelp::<A HREF="#delete"><B>delete</B></A>
<i>widget</i>
</DD>
<DD>DynamicHelp::<A HREF="#include"><B>include</B></A>
 <I>class</I>
 <I>type</I>
</DD>
<DD>DynamicHelp::<A HREF="#register"><B>register</B></A>
 <I>path</I>
 <I>type</I>
 ?<I>arg...</I>?
</DD>
<DD>DynamicHelp::<A HREF="#sethelp"><B>sethelp</B></A>
 <I>path</I>
 <I>subpath</I>
 ?<I>force</I>?
</DD>
</DL>
<BR><HR WIDTH="100%"><BR>
<B><A NAME="descr"></A>DESCRIPTION</B><BR>
<P>
Description text
</P>
<HR WIDTH="50%"><BR>
<B><A NAME="wc">COMMAND</A></B><BR>

<DL><DT><A NAME="add">DynamicHelp::<B>add</B></A>
 ?<I>option value ...</I>?
</DT><DD>
<p>
This command adds dynamic help to the given <i>widget</i>.
</p>
    <DL><DT><A NAME="add-command"><B>-command</B></A></DT>
    <DD>
    	If specified, refers to a command to execute to get the help
	text to display.  The command must return a string to display.
	If the command returns an empty string, no help is displayed.
    </DD>
    </DL>

    <DL><DT><A NAME="add-index"><B>-index</B></A></DT>
    <DD>
	If specified, refers to a menu index to bind the help to instead of
	a widget.  If <b>-type</b> is not menu, this option is ignored.
    </DD>
    </DL>

    <DL><DT><A NAME="add-item"><B>-item</B></A></DT>
    <DD>
	If specified, refers to an item or tag on a canvas to bind the
	help to instead of a widget.
    </DD>
    </DL>

    <DL><DT><A NAME="add-type"><B>-type</B></A></DT>
    <DD>
	Specifies the type of help.  Can be:
	<b>balloon</b>, <b>variable</b> or <b>menu</b>.
	Default is <b>balloon</b>.
    </DD>
    </DL>

    <DL><DT><A NAME="add-text"><B>-text</B></A></DT>
    <DD>
    	The text to be displayed as help.
    </DD>
    </DL>

    <DL><DT><A NAME="add-variable"><B>-variable</B></A></DT>
    <DD>
    	Specifies a variable name that contains the help string to
	be displayed.
    </DD>
    </DL>

    <p>
    Creating dynamic help for a menu is a two-step process.  The menu
    itself must first be added and then each menu entry must be added
    separately.  Here is a brief example.
    </p>

    <TABLE BORDER=2 CELLSPACING=2 WIDTH="80%">
    <TR><TD><PRE>
    <FONT COLOR=red><I># create menu</I></FONT>
    menu .m -type menubar
    <FONT COLOR=red><I># associate menubar to toplevel BEFORE DynamicHelp::register</I></FONT>
    <FONT COLOR=red><I># to make it works with menu clone name</I></FONT>
    . configure -menu .m
    .m add cascade -label "File" -menu .m.file
    menu .m.file
    .m.file add command -label "Open..."
    .m.file add command -label "Quit"
    <FONT COLOR=red><I># create label for help, using variable varinfo</I></FONT>
    label .l -textvariable varinfo
    <FONT COLOR=red><I># associate all entries of menu .m.file to variable varinfo</I></FONT>
    DynamicHelp::add .m.file -type menu -variable varinfo
    <FONT COLOR=red><I># then declare entries of .m.file</I></FONT>
    DynamicHelp::add .m.file -type menu -index 0 -text "Detach menu"
    DynamicHelp::add .m.file -type menu -index 1 -text "Open a file"
    DynamicHelp::add .m.file -type menu -index 2 -text "Exit demo"
    </PRE></TD></TR></TABLE></CENTER>

</DL>

<DL><DT><A NAME="configure">DynamicHelp::<B>configure</B></A>
 ?<I>option</I>? ?<I>value</I> <I>option</I> <I>value</I> ...?
</DT><DD>
This command configure the ballon help.
<P>
<DL><DT><A NAME="DynamicHelp-borderwidth"><B>-borderwidth</B></A></DT>
<DD>
Width of the black border around the balloon.
</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="DynamicHelp-delay"><B>-delay</B></A></DT>
<DD>
Define the delay in millisecond of mouse inactivity before displaying
the balloon.
</DD>
</DL>
<dl>
    <dt><a name="DynamicHelp-state"><b>-state</b></a></dt>
    <dd>
    Specifies one of two states for help balloons: <b>normal</b> and
    <b>disabled</b>.
    </dd>
    <dd>
    If <b>state</b> is <b>disabled</b>, help balloons will not be displayed
    for any registered widget.
    </dd>
</dl>
<DL><DT><A NAME="DynamicHelp-topbackground"><B>-topbackground</B></A></DT>
<DD>
The background color of the toplevel window created for a balloon.
</DD>
</DL>
<BR>Other standard options are:
<DD><TABLE CELLSPACING=0 CELLSPACING=0 BORDER=0>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-background">-background or -bg</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-font">-font</A></TR>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-foreground">-foreground or -fg</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-justify">-justify</A></TR>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-padx">-padx</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-pady">-pady</A></TR>
</TR>
</TABLE></DD>
</DD></DL>

<DL><DT><A NAME="delete">DynamicHelp::<B>delete</B></A>
 <I>widget</I>
</DT><DD>
    Delete all dynamic help for the given <i>widget</i>.
</DD></DL>

<DL><DT><A NAME="include">DynamicHelp::<B>include</B></A>
 <I>class</I>
 <I>type</I>
</DT><DD>
Description text
</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="register">DynamicHelp::<B>register</B></A>
 <I>path</I>
 <I>type</I>
 ?<I>arg...</I>?
</DT><DD>
<p>
<b>Its use is deprecated.  Use <i>DynamicHelp::add</i> instead.</b>
</p>

Register a help text to the widget <I>path</I>.
<I>type</I> determines the type of the help or the type of the widget.
Depending on <I>type</I>, other options must be provided.
<BR>
<TABLE CELLSPACING=5 CELLPADDING=0 BORDER=0>
<TR><TD><B>    type      </B></TD><TD><B>     options      </B></TD></TR>
<TR><TD><B><I> balloon   </I></B></TD><TD><I> ?tagOrItem? text </I></TD></TR>
<TR><TD><B><I> variable  </I></B></TD><TD><I> ?tagOrItem? varName text </I></TD></TR>
<TR><TD><B><I> menu      </I></B></TD><TD><I> varName      </I></TD></TR>
<TR><TD><B><I> menuentry </I></B></TD><TD><I> index text   </I></TD></TR>
</TABLE>
<BR>If one of the option is missing or is empty, help is removed for this widget.
<p>
If <i>tagOrItem</i> is specified, then <i>path</i> is a canvas, and
<i>tagOrItem</i> is the name of a tag or item on the canvas to which
the help will be bound.
</p>
For type other than <I>balloon</I>, <I>varName</I> is typically a variable
linked to a label.
<BR>For menu, balloon type help is not available. To declare a help for menu,
you first declare the menu, and then entries of this menu.
<BR>For example:
<BR><BR>
<CENTER>
<TABLE BORDER=2 CELLSPACING=2 WIDTH="80%">
<TR><TD><PRE>
     <FONT COLOR=red><I># create menu</I></FONT>
menu .m -type menubar
<FONT COLOR=red><I># associate menubar to toplevel BEFORE DynamicHelp::register</I></FONT>
<FONT COLOR=red><I># to make it works with menu clone name</I></FONT>
. configure -menu .m
.m add cascade -label "File" -menu .m.file
menu .m.file
.m.file add command -label "Open..."
.m.file add command -label "Quit"
<FONT COLOR=red><I># create label for help, using variable varinfo</I></FONT>
label .l -textvariable varinfo
<FONT COLOR=red><I># associate all entries of menu .m.file to variable varinfo</I></FONT>
DynamicHelp::register .m.file menu varinfo
<FONT COLOR=red><I># then declare entries of .m.file</I></FONT>
DynamicHelp::register .m.file menuentry 0 "Detach menu"
DynamicHelp::register .m.file menuentry 1 "Open a file"
DynamicHelp::register .m.file menuentry 2 "Exit demo"
</PRE></TD></TR></TABLE></CENTER>
<BR>
<BR>Notice that if popup menu is owned by a menubar, you must associate first the menubar
to its toplevel. In this case, when you create a menu popup, its clone window is also
created, and DynamicHelp::register detects the exitence of the clone window and maps
events to it.
</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="sethelp">DynamicHelp::<B>sethelp</B></A>
 <I>path</I>
 <I>subpath</I>
 ?<I>force</I>?
</DT><DD>
Description text
</DD></DL>
</BODY></HTML>

Added pybwidget-0.1.2_1.7.0/BWidget-1.7.0/BWman/Entry.html.

>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>

<HTML>
<HEAD><TITLE>Entry</TITLE></HEAD>
<BODY BGCOLOR=white>
<DL><DT><I><A HREF="#descr">NAME</A></I></DT>
<DD><B>Entry</B>
 - Entry widget with <B>state</B> option, dynamic help and drag and drop facilities
</DD></DL>
<DL>
<DT><I>CREATION</I></DT>
<DD><A HREF="#descr"><B>Entry</B></A> <I>pathName</I> ?<I>option value...</I>?</DD>
</DL>
<DL>
<DT><I>STANDARD OPTIONS</I></DT>
<DD><TABLE CELLSPACING=0 CELLSPACING=0 BORDER=0>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-background">-background or -bg</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-borderwidth">-borderwidth or -bd</A></TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-disabledbackground">-disabledbackground</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-disabledforeground">-disabledforeground</A></TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-exportselection">-exportselection</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-font">-font</A></TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-foreground">-foreground or -fg</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-highlightbackground">-highlightbackground</A></TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-highlightcolor">-highlightcolor</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-highlightthickness">-highlightthickness</A></TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-insertbackground">-insertbackground</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-insertborderwidth">-insertborderwidth</A></TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-insertofftime">-insertofftime</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-insertontime">-insertontime</A></TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-insertwidth">-insertwidth</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-justify">-justify</A></TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-relief">-relief</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-selectbackground">-selectbackground</A></TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-selectborderwidth">-selectborderwidth</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-selectforeground">-selectforeground</A></TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-takefocus">-takefocus</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-text">-text</A></TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-textvariable">-textvariable</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-xscrollcommand">-xscrollcommand</A></TD>
</TABLE></DD>
</DL>
<DL>
<DT><I><A HREF="#wso">WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS</A></I></DT>
<DD><TABLE CELLSPACING=0 CELLSPACING=0 BORDER=0>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-command">-command</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-dragenabled">-dragenabled</A></TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-dragendcmd">-dragendcmd</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-dragevent">-dragevent</A></TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-draginitcmd">-draginitcmd</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-dragtype">-dragtype</A></TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-dropcmd">-dropcmd</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-dropenabled">-dropenabled</A></TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-dropovercmd">-dropovercmd</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-droptypes">-droptypes</A></TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-editable">-editable</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-helptext">-helptext</A></TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-helptype">-helptype</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-helpvar">-helpvar</A></TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-show">-show</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-state">-state</A></TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-width">-width</A></TD>
</TABLE></DD>
</DL>
<DL>
<DT><I><A HREF="#wc">WIDGET COMMAND</A></I></DT>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#cget"><B>cget</B></A>
 <I>option</I>
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#configure"><B>configure</B></A>
 ?<I>option</I>? ?<I>value</I> <I>option</I> <I>value</I> ...?
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#invoke"><B>invoke</B></A>
</DD>
</DL>
<BR><HR WIDTH="100%"><BR>
<B><A NAME="descr"></A>DESCRIPTION</B><BR>
<P>

The <B>Entry</B> widget extends the default Tk entry. Options have been added to provide
visual effect depending on the state of the Entry,
<A HREF="DynamicHelp.html">DynamicHelp</A> options,
and <A HREF="DragSite.html">Drag</A> and
<A HREF="DropSite.html">Drop</A>.
Entry behaves much like a Label, with <B>text</B> option to set its contents.
<BR>Tk entry command can also be used on Entry widget.

</P>
<BR><HR WIDTH="50%"><BR>
<B><A NAME="wso">WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS</A></B><BR>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-command"><B>-command</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies a command when user press &lt;Return&gt; in the Entry.
</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-dragenabled"><B>-dragenabled</B></A></DT>
<DD>
A boolean specifying if drag is enabled.
</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-dragendcmd"><B>-dragendcmd</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies a command to be called when drag ended.
<B>dragendcmd</B> must be a command conforming to the description of the
option <B>dragendcmd</B> of <B>DragSite::<A HREF="DragSite.html#register">register</A></B>.

<BR>If <B>dragendcmd</B> is empty, the internal <I>dragend</I> command updates the entry
following the operation (<B>move</B> or <B>copy</B>) and the dragged data
(whole or selected part of the entry).

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-dragevent"><B>-dragevent</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies the number of the mouse button associated to the drag.
Must be <B>1</B>, <B>2</B> or <B>3</B>.

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-draginitcmd"><B>-draginitcmd</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies a command to be called when <B>dragevent</B> occurs on widget.
<B>draginitcmd</B> must be a command conforming to the description of the
option <B>draginitcmd</B> of <B>DragSite::<A HREF="DragSite.html#register">register</A></B>.

<BR>if <B>draginitcmd</B> is empty, the command refuse the drag if entry is empty or if
portion of text is selected and event doesn't occur above the selection. In all other cases,
the command returns:
<UL>
<LI>as the data type, the value of option <B>dragtype</B> or <I>TEXT</I> if empty,
<LI>as the operations, <I>{copy move}</I> if <B>state</B> is normal and <B>editable</B>
is true, or <I>{copy}</I> only in other cases, 
<LI>as the data, the whole content or the selected portion of the entry.
</UL>

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-dragtype"><B>-dragtype</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies an alternate type of dragged object.

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-dropcmd"><B>-dropcmd</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Entry has a command wrapper for <I>drop</I> events. This command stops auto scrolling
and extract current position.
<BR>If <B>dropcmd</B> is not empty, it is called with the following arguments:
<UL>
<LI>the pathname of the Entry,
<LI>the pathname of the drag source,
<LI>the numeric index in the entry designated by the cursor,
<LI>the current operation,
<LI>the data type,
<LI>the data.
</UL>
and must return a value conforming to <B>dropcmd</B> option described in
<B>DropSite::<A HREF="DropSite.html#register">register</A></B>.
If <B>dropcmd</B> is empty, the wrapper updates the entry following the type of data:
<DL><DD><TABLE BORDER=0 CELLSPACING=1>
<TR><TD><I>COLOR</I> or <I>FGCOLOR</I></TD>
<TD>reconfigure the <B>foreground</B> of the Entry</TD>
<TR><TD><I>BGCOLOR</I></TD>
<TD>reconfigure the <B>background</B> of the Entry</TD>
<TR><TD><I>TEXT</I>,<BR>or any other tag</TD>
<TD>reconfigure the Entry to display the associated string.</TD>
</TABLE></DL>
and returns 1.

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-dropenabled"><B>-dropenabled</B></A></DT>
<DD>
A boolean specifying if drop is enabled.
</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-dropovercmd"><B>-dropovercmd</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Entry has a command wrapper for <I>drag-over</I> events. This command enables auto scrolling
and position extraction during the <I>drag-over</I>.
<BR>If <B>dropovercmd</B> is empty, the wrapper accepts the drop if <B>editable</b> option is
true and <B>state</B> option is normal.
<BR>If <B>dropovercmd</B> is not empty, it is called with the following arguments:
<UL>
<LI>the pathname of the Entry,
<LI>the pathname of the drag source,
<LI>the event,
<LI>the numeric index in the entry designated by the cursor,
<LI>the current operation,
<LI>the data type,
<LI>the data.
</UL>
and must return a value conforming to <B>dropovercmd</B> option described in
<B>DropSite::<A HREF="DropSite.html#register">register</A></B>.

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-droptypes"><B>-droptypes</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies a list of accepted dropped object/operation.
See option <B>droptypes</B> of
<B>DropSite::<A HREF="DropSite.html#register">register</A></B>.
for more infromation.

Default accepts <I>FGCOLOR</I>, <I>COLOR</I>, <I>BGCOLOR</I> and <I>TEXT</I>,
all with <B>copy</B> and <B>move</B> operations.

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-editable"><B>-editable</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies whether the Entry is editable by the user. Equivalent to the <B>state</B> option
of the Tk entry widget.
</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-helptext"><B>-helptext</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Text for dynamic help. If empty, no help is available for this widget.
See also <A HREF="DynamicHelp.html">DynamicHelp</A>.
</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-helptype"><B>-helptype</B></A></DT>
<DD>
Type of dynamic help. Use <I>balloon</I> or <I>variable</I>.
See also <A HREF="DynamicHelp.html">DynamicHelp</A>.
</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-helpvar"><B>-helpvar</B></A></DT>
<DD>
Variable to use when <B>helptype</B> option is <I>variable</I>.
See also <A HREF="DynamicHelp.html">DynamicHelp</A>.
</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-show"><B>-show</B></A></DT>
<DD>

If this option is specified, then the true contents of the entry are not displayed in the
window. Instead, each character in the entry's value will be displayed as the first character
in the value of this option, such as ``*''. This is useful, for example, if the entry is to
be used to enter a password. If characters in the entry are selected and copied elsewhere, the
information copied will be what is displayed, not the true contents of the entry.
</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-state"><B>-state</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies one of two states for the Entry:  <B>normal</B> or <B>disabled</B>.
In normal state the text of the Entry is displayed using the <B>foreground</B> option.
In disabled state the text of the Entry is displayed using the <B>disabledforeground</B>
option. If the entry is disabled then the value may not be changed by user input
and no insertion cursor will be displayed, even if the input focus is in the widget.
Disabled state is the same as not editable with visual effect.
</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-width"><B>-width</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies an integer value indicating the desired width of the entry window, in average-size
characters of the widget's font. If the value is less than or equal to zero, the widget picks
a size just large enough to hold its current text.
</DD>
</DL>
<HR WIDTH="50%"><BR>
<B><A NAME="wc">WIDGET COMMAND</A></B><BR>
<DL><DT><A NAME="cget"><I>pathName</I> <B>cget</B></A>
 <I>option</I>
</DT><DD>

Returns the current value of the configuration option given by <I>option</I>.
<I>Option</I> may have any of the values accepted by the creation command.
</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="configure"><I>pathName</I> <B>configure</B></A>
 ?<I>option</I>? ?<I>value</I> <I>option</I> <I>value</I> ...?
</DT><DD>

Query or modify the configuration options of the widget. If no <I>option</I> is specified,
returns a list describing all of the available options for <I>pathName</I>.
If <I>option</I> is specified with no <I>value</I>, then the command returns a list
describing the one named <I>option</I> (this list will be identical to the corresponding
sublist of the value returned if no <I>option</I> is specified). If one or
more <I>option-value</I> pairs are specified, then the command modifies the given widget
option(s) to have the given value(s); in this case the command returns an empty string.
<I>Option</I> may have any of the values accepted by the creation command.
Read-only options are not be modified.

</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="invoke"><I>pathName</I> <B>invoke</B></A>
</DT><DD>

Calls the command specified by the option <B>-command</B>.

</DD></DL>
</BODY></HTML>

Added pybwidget-0.1.2_1.7.0/BWidget-1.7.0/BWman/Label.html.

>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>

<HTML>
<HEAD><TITLE>Label</TITLE></HEAD>
<BODY BGCOLOR=white>
<DL><DT><I><A HREF="#descr">NAME</A></I></DT>
<DD><B>Label</B>
 - Label widget with <B>state</B> option, dynamic help and drag and drop facilities
</DD></DL>
<DL>
<DT><I>CREATION</I></DT>
<DD><A HREF="#descr"><B>Label</B></A> <I>pathName</I> ?<I>option value...</I>?</DD>
</DL>
<DL>
<DT><I>STANDARD OPTIONS</I></DT>
<DD><TABLE CELLSPACING=0 CELLSPACING=0 BORDER=0>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-anchor">-anchor</A></TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-background">-background or -bg</A></TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-bitmap">-bitmap</A></TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-borderwidth">-borderwidth or -bd</A></TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-cursor">-cursor</A></TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-disabledforeground">-disabledforeground</A></TR>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-font">-font</A></TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-foreground">-foreground or -fg</A></TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-highlightbackground">-highlightbackground</A></TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-highlightcolor">-highlightcolor</A></TR>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-highlightthickness">-highlightthickness</A></TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-image">-image</A></TR>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-justify">-justify</A></TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-padx">-padx</A></TR>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-pady">-pady</A></TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-relief">-relief</A></TR>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-takefocus">-takefocus</A></TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-text">-text</A></TR>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-textvariable">-textvariable</A></TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-wraplength">-wraplength</A></TR>
</TR>
</TABLE></DD>
</DL>
<DL>
<DT><I><A HREF="#wso">WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS</A></I></DT>
<DD><TABLE CELLSPACING=0 CELLSPACING=0 BORDER=0>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-dragenabled">-dragenabled</A></TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-dragendcmd">-dragendcmd</A></TR>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-dragevent">-dragevent</A></TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-draginitcmd">-draginitcmd</A></TR>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-dragtype">-dragtype</A></TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-dropcmd">-dropcmd</A></TR>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-dropenabled">-dropenabled</A></TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-dropovercmd">-dropovercmd</A></TR>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-droptypes">-droptypes</A></TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-focus">-focus</A></TR>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-height">-height</A></TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-helptext">-helptext</A></TR>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-helptype">-helptype</A></TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-helpvar">-helpvar</A></TR>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-name">-name</A></TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-state">-state</A></TR>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-underline">-underline</A></TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-width">-width</A></TR>
</TR>
</TABLE></DD>
</DL>
<DL>
<DT><I><A HREF="#wc">WIDGET COMMAND</A></I></DT>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#cget"><B>cget</B></A>
 <I>option</I>
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#configure"><B>configure</B></A>
 ?<I>option</I>? ?<I>value</I> <I>option</I> <I>value</I> ...?
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#setfocus"><B>setfocus</B></A>
</DD>
</DL>
<BR><HR WIDTH="100%"><BR>
<B><A NAME="descr"></A>DESCRIPTION</B><BR>
<P>

The <B>Label</B> widget extends the default Tk label. Options have been added to provide
visual effect depending on the state of the Label, <A HREF="DynamicHelp.html">DynamicHelp</A> options, and <A HREF="DragSite.html">Drag
</A> and <A HREF="DropSite.html">Drop</A>.
</P>
<BR><HR WIDTH="50%"><BR>
<B><A NAME="wso">WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS</A></B><BR>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-dragenabled"><B>-dragenabled</B></A></DT>
<DD>
A boolean specifying if drag is enabled.
</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-dragendcmd"><B>-dragendcmd</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies a command to be called when drag ended.
<B>dragendcmd</B> must be a command conforming to the description of the
option <B>dragendcmd</B> of <B>DragSite::<A HREF="DragSite.html#register">register</A></B>.

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-dragevent"><B>-dragevent</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies the number of the mouse button associated to the drag.
Must be <B>1</B>, <B>2</B> or <B>3</B>.

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-draginitcmd"><B>-draginitcmd</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies a command to be called when <B>dragevent</B> occurs on widget.
<B>draginitcmd</B> must be a command conforming to the description of the
option <B>draginitcmd</B> of <B>DragSite::<A HREF="DragSite.html#register">register</A></B>.

<BR>If <B>draginitcmd</B> is empty, the internal <B>draginitcmd</B> command is used instead
and returns:
<DL><DD><TABLE BORDER=0 CELLSPACING=1>
<TR><TD valign=top><I>IMAGE&nbsp;{copy}&nbsp;&lt;image&nbsp;name&gt;</I>
<TD>if an image is displayed.
<TR><TD valign=top><I>BITMAP&nbsp;{copy}&nbsp;&lt;bitmap&nbsp;name&gt;</I>
<TD>if a bitmap is displayed.
<TR><TD valign=top><I>TEXT&nbsp;{copy}&nbsp;&lt;text&gt;</I>
<TD>if a text is displayed.
</TABLE></DL>
Note that if <B>dragtype</B> option is not empty, its value is used instead of those above.

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-dragtype"><B>-dragtype</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies an alternate type of dragged object.

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-dropcmd"><B>-dropcmd</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies a command to be called when drop occurs on the widget.
<B>dropcmd</B> must be a command conforming to the description of the
option <B>dropcmd</B> of <B>DropSite::<A HREF="DropSite.html#register">register</A></B>.

<BR>If <B>dropcmd</B> is empty, the command updates the label following the type of the data:
<DL><DD><TABLE BORDER=0 CELLSPACING=1>
<TR><TD><I>COLOR</I> or <I>FGCOLOR</I></TD>
<TD>reconfigure the <B>foreground</B> of the Label.</TD>
<TR><TD><I>BGCOLOR</I></TD>
<TD>reconfigure the <B>background</B> of the Label.</TD>
<TR><TD><I>IMAGE</I></TD>
<TD>reconfigure the Label to display the associated image.</TD>
<TR><TD><I>BITMAP</I></TD>
<TD>reconfigure the Label to display the associated bitmap.
<B>image</B> option is set to empty.</TD>
<TR><TD><I>TEXT</I>,<BR>or any other tag</TD>
<TD>reconfigure the Label to display the associated string.
<B>image</B> and <B>bitmap</B> options are set to empty.</TD>
</TABLE></DL>
and returns 1.

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-dropenabled"><B>-dropenabled</B></A></DT>
<DD>
A boolean specifying if drop is enabled.
</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-dropovercmd"><B>-dropovercmd</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies a command to be called when drag icon is over the widget.
<B>dropovercmd</B> must be a command conforming to the description of the
option <B>dropovercmd</B> of <B>DropSite::<A HREF="DropSite.html#register">register</A></B>.

<BR>If <B>dropovercmd</B> is empty, Label always accepts the drop if data type is
<I>FGCOLOR</I>, <I>COLOR</I>, <I>BGCOLOR</I>, and accepts all other data type only if
<B>state</B> is normal.

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-droptypes"><B>-droptypes</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies a list of accepted dropped object/operation.
See option <B>droptypes</B> of
<B>DropSite::<A HREF="DropSite.html#register">register</A></B>.
for more infromation.

Default accepts <I>FGCOLOR</I>, <I>COLOR</I>, <I>BGCOLOR</I>, <I>TEXT</I>, <I>BITMAP</I>
and <I>IMAGE</I>, all with <B>copy</B> and <B>move</B> operations.

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-focus"><B>-focus</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies a pathname to set the focus on for Label::<B>setfocus</B> command.

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-height"><B>-height</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies a desired height for the label.
If an image or bitmap is being displayed in the label then the value is in
screen units, for text it is in lines of text.
If this option isn't specified, the label's desired height is computed
from the size of the image or bitmap or text being displayed in it.
</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-helptext"><B>-helptext</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Text for dynamic help. If empty, no help is available for this widget.
See also <A HREF="DynamicHelp.html">DynamicHelp</A>.
</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-helptype"><B>-helptype</B></A></DT>
<DD>
Type of dynamic help. Use <I>balloon</I> or <I>variable</I>.
See also <A HREF="DynamicHelp.html">DynamicHelp</A>.
</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-helpvar"><B>-helpvar</B></A></DT>
<DD>
Variable to use when <B>helptype</B> option is <I>variable</I>.
See also <A HREF="DynamicHelp.html">DynamicHelp</A>.
</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-name"><B>-name</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies a standard name for the label. If the option <B>*<I>name</I>Name</B> is
found in the resource database, then <B>text</B> and <B>underline</B> options
are extracted from its value.

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-state"><B>-state</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies one of two states for the Label:  <B>normal</B> or <B>disabled</B>.
In normal state the text of the Label is displayed using the <B>foreground</B> option.
In disabled state the text of the Label is displayed using the <B>disabledforeground</B> option.
</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-underline"><B>-underline</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies the integer index of a character to underline in the label.
0 corresponds to the first character of the text displayed, 1 to the next character,
and so on.
<BR>The binding <B>&lt;Alt-<I>char</I>&gt;</B> is automatically set on the toplevel
of the Label to call Label::<B>setfocus</B>.

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-width"><B>-width</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies a desired width for the label.
If an image or bitmap is being displayed in the label then the value is in
screen units, for text it is in characters.
If this option isn't specified, the label's desired width is computed
from the size of the image or bitmap or text being displayed in it.

</DD>
</DL>
<HR WIDTH="50%"><BR>
<B><A NAME="wc">WIDGET COMMAND</A></B><BR>
<DL><DT><A NAME="cget"><I>pathName</I> <B>cget</B></A>
 <I>option</I>
</DT><DD>

Returns the current value of the configuration option given by <I>option</I>.
<I>Option</I> may have any of the values accepted by the creation command.
</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="configure"><I>pathName</I> <B>configure</B></A>
 ?<I>option</I>? ?<I>value</I> <I>option</I> <I>value</I> ...?
</DT><DD>

Query or modify the configuration options of the widget. If no <I>option</I> is specified,
returns a list describing all of the available options for <I>pathName</I>.
If <I>option</I> is specified with no <I>value</I>, then the command returns a list
describing the one named <I>option</I> (this list will be identical to the corresponding
sublist of the value returned if no <I>option</I> is specified). If one or
more <I>option-value</I> pairs are specified, then the command modifies the given widget
option(s) to have the given value(s); in this case the command returns an empty string.
<I>Option</I> may have any of the values accepted by the creation command.
Read-only options are not be modified.

</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="setfocus"><I>pathName</I> <B>setfocus</B></A>
</DT><DD>

Set the focus on the pathname given by <B>-focus</B> option if <B>-state</B> is <I>normal</I>.

</DD></DL>
</BODY></HTML>

Added pybwidget-0.1.2_1.7.0/BWidget-1.7.0/BWman/LabelEntry.html.

>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>

<HTML>
<HEAD><TITLE>LabelEntry</TITLE></HEAD>
<BODY BGCOLOR=white>
<DL><DT><I><A HREF="#descr">NAME</A></I></DT>
<DD><B>LabelEntry</B>
 - 
LabelFrame containing an Entry widget.

</DD></DL>
<DL>
<DT><I>CREATION</I></DT>
<DD><A HREF="#descr"><B>LabelEntry</B></A> <I>pathName</I> ?<I>option value...</I>?</DD>
</DL>
<DL>
<DT><I><A HREF="Entry.html">OPTIONS from <B>Entry</B></A></I></DT>
<DD><TABLE CELLSPACING=0 CELLPADDING=0 BORDER=0>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-borderwidth or -bd</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-command</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-disabledforeground</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-dragenabled</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-dragendcmd</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-dragevent</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-draginitcmd</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-dragtype</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-dropcmd</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-dropenabled</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-dropovercmd</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-droptypes</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-editable</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-entrybg (see <B>-background</B>)</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-entryfg (see <B>-foreground</B>)</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-exportselection</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-font</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-helptext</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-helptype</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-helpvar</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-highlightbackground</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-highlightcolor</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-highlightthickness</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-insertbackground</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-insertborderwidth</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-insertofftime</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-insertontime</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-insertwidth</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-justify</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-relief</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-selectbackground</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-selectborderwidth</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-selectforeground</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-show</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-state</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-takefocus</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-text</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-textvariable</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-width</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-xscrollcommand</TD>
</TR>
</TABLE></DD>
</DL>
<DL>
<DT><I><A HREF="LabelFrame.html">OPTIONS from <B>LabelFrame</B></A></I></DT>
<DD><TABLE CELLSPACING=0 CELLPADDING=0 BORDER=0>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-background or -bg</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-disabledforeground</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-foreground or -fg</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-helptext</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-helptype</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-helpvar</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-label (see <B>-text</B>)</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-labelanchor (see <B>-anchor</B>)</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-labelfont (see <B>-font</B>)</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-labelheight (see <B>-height</B>)</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-labeljustify (see <B>-justify</B>)</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-labelwidth (see <B>-width</B>)</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-name</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-padx</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-pady</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-side</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-state</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-underline</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-wraplength</TD>
</TABLE></DD>
</DL>
<DL>
<DT><I><A HREF="#wc">WIDGET COMMAND</A></I></DT>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#bind"><B>bind</B></A>
 ?<I>arg...</I>?
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#cget"><B>cget</B></A>
 <I>option</I>
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#configure"><B>configure</B></A>
 ?<I>option</I>? ?<I>value</I> <I>option</I> <I>value</I> ...?
</DD>
</DL>
<BR><HR WIDTH="100%"><BR>
<B><A NAME="descr"></A>DESCRIPTION</B><BR>
<P>

LabelEntry is a widget composed of <A HREF="LabelFrame.html">LabelFrame</A> widget
containing an <A HREF="Entry.html">Entry</A> widget.
Tk entry command can also be used on LabelEntry widget.

</P>
<HR WIDTH="50%"><BR>
<B><A NAME="wc">WIDGET COMMAND</A></B><BR>
<DL><DT><A NAME="bind"><I>pathName</I> <B>bind</B></A>
 ?<I>arg...</I>?
</DT><DD>

Set bindings on the entry widget.

</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="cget"><I>pathName</I> <B>cget</B></A>
 <I>option</I>
</DT><DD>

Returns the current value of the configuration option given by <I>option</I>.
<I>Option</I> may have any of the values accepted by the creation command.
</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="configure"><I>pathName</I> <B>configure</B></A>
 ?<I>option</I>? ?<I>value</I> <I>option</I> <I>value</I> ...?
</DT><DD>

Query or modify the configuration options of the widget. If no <I>option</I> is specified,
returns a list describing all of the available options for <I>pathName</I>.
If <I>option</I> is specified with no <I>value</I>, then the command returns a list
describing the one named <I>option</I> (this list will be identical to the corresponding
sublist of the value returned if no <I>option</I> is specified). If one or
more <I>option-value</I> pairs are specified, then the command modifies the given widget
option(s) to have the given value(s); in this case the command returns an empty string.
<I>Option</I> may have any of the values accepted by the creation command.
Read-only options are not be modified.

</DD></DL>
</BODY></HTML>

Added pybwidget-0.1.2_1.7.0/BWidget-1.7.0/BWman/LabelFrame.html.

>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>

<HTML>
<HEAD><TITLE>LabelFrame</TITLE></HEAD>
<BODY BGCOLOR=white>
<DL><DT><I><A HREF="#descr">NAME</A></I></DT>
<DD><B>LabelFrame</B>
 - Frame with a Label
</DD></DL>
<DL>
<DT><I>CREATION</I></DT>
<DD><A HREF="#descr"><B>LabelFrame</B></A> <I>pathName</I> ?<I>option value...</I>?</DD>
</DL>
<DL>
<DT><I>STANDARD OPTIONS</I></DT>
<DD><TABLE CELLSPACING=0 CELLSPACING=0 BORDER=0>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-borderwidth">-borderwidth or -bd</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-relief">-relief</A></TR>
</TR>
</TABLE></DD>
</DL>
<DL>
<DT><I><A HREF="Label.html">OPTIONS from <B>Label</B></A></I></DT>
<DD><TABLE CELLSPACING=0 CELLPADDING=0 BORDER=0>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-anchor</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-background or -bg</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-bitmap</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-disabledforeground</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-focus</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-font</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-foreground or -fg</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-height</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-helptext</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-helptype</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-helpvar</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-image</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-justify</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-name</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-padx</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-pady</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-state</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-text</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-textvariable</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-underline</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-width</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-wraplength</TD>
</TABLE></DD>
</DL>
<DL>
<DT><I><A HREF="#wso">WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS</A></I></DT>
<DD><TABLE CELLSPACING=0 CELLSPACING=0 BORDER=0>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-side">-side</A></TR>
</TABLE></DD>
</DL>
<DL>
<DT><I><A HREF="#wc">WIDGET COMMAND</A></I></DT>
<DD>LabelFrame::<A HREF="#align"><B>align</B></A>
 ?<I>arg...</I>?
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#cget"><B>cget</B></A>
 <I>option</I>
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#configure"><B>configure</B></A>
 ?<I>option</I>? ?<I>value</I> <I>option</I> <I>value</I> ...?
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#getframe"><B>getframe</B></A>
</DD>
</DL>
<BR><HR WIDTH="100%"><BR>
<B><A NAME="descr"></A>DESCRIPTION</B><BR>
<P>

LabelFrame enables user to create a frame with a
<A HREF="Label.html">Label</A> positionned at any side.
LabelFrame is used by <A HREF="ComboBox.html">ComboBox</A>
and <A HREF="SpinBox.html">SpinBox</A>.
</P>
<BR><HR WIDTH="50%"><BR>
<B><A NAME="wso">WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS</A></B><BR>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-side"><B>-side (read-only)</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies where to position the Label relative to the user frame: <B>top</B>, <B>bottom</B>, <B>left</B> or <B>right</B>.
</DD>
</DL>
<HR WIDTH="50%"><BR>
<B><A NAME="wc">WIDGET COMMAND</A></B><BR>
<DL><DT><A NAME="align">LabelFrame::<B>align</B></A>
 ?<I>arg...</I>?
</DT><DD>

This command align label of all widget given by <I>args</I> of class LabelFrame
(or "derived") by setting their width to the max one +1

</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="cget"><I>pathName</I> <B>cget</B></A>
 <I>option</I>
</DT><DD>

Returns the current value of the configuration option given by <I>option</I>.
<I>Option</I> may have any of the values accepted by the creation command.
</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="configure"><I>pathName</I> <B>configure</B></A>
 ?<I>option</I>? ?<I>value</I> <I>option</I> <I>value</I> ...?
</DT><DD>

Query or modify the configuration options of the widget. If no <I>option</I> is specified,
returns a list describing all of the available options for <I>pathName</I>.
If <I>option</I> is specified with no <I>value</I>, then the command returns a list
describing the one named <I>option</I> (this list will be identical to the corresponding
sublist of the value returned if no <I>option</I> is specified). If one or
more <I>option-value</I> pairs are specified, then the command modifies the given widget
option(s) to have the given value(s); in this case the command returns an empty string.
<I>Option</I> may have any of the values accepted by the creation command.
Read-only options are not be modified.

</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="getframe"><I>pathName</I> <B>getframe</B></A>
</DT><DD>

Return the frame where the user can create any other widget.
</DD></DL>
</BODY></HTML>

Added pybwidget-0.1.2_1.7.0/BWidget-1.7.0/BWman/ListBox.html.

>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>

<HTML>
<HEAD><TITLE>ListBox</TITLE></HEAD>
<BODY BGCOLOR=white>
<DL><DT><I><A HREF="#descr">NAME</A></I></DT>
<DD><B>ListBox</B>
 - ListBox widget
</DD></DL>
<DL>
<DT><I>CREATION</I></DT>
<DD><A HREF="#descr"><B>ListBox</B></A> <I>pathName</I> ?<I>option value...</I>?</DD>
</DL>
<DL>
<DT><I>STANDARD OPTIONS</I></DT>
<DD><TABLE CELLSPACING=0 CELLSPACING=0 BORDER=0>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-background">-background or -bg</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-borderwidth">-borderwidth or -bd</A></TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-cursor">-cursor</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-highlightbackground">-highlightbackground</A></TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-highlightcolor">-highlightcolor</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-highlightthickness">-highlightthickness</A></TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-relief">-relief</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-selectbackground">-selectbackground</A></TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-selectforeground">-selectforeground</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-takefocus">-takefocus</A></TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-xscrollcommand">-xscrollcommand</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-yscrollcommand">-yscrollcommand</A></TD>
</TR>
</TABLE></DD>
</DL>
<DL>
<DT><I><A HREF="#wso">WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS</A></I></DT>
<DD><TABLE CELLSPACING=0 CELLSPACING=0 BORDER=0>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-autofocus">-autofocus</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-deltax">-deltax</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-deltay">-deltay</A></TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-dragenabled">-dragenabled</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-dragendcmd">-dragendcmd</A></TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-dragevent">-dragevent</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-draginitcmd">-draginitcmd</A></TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-dragtype">-dragtype</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-dropcmd">-dropcmd</A></TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-dropenabled">-dropenabled</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-dropovercmd">-dropovercmd</A></TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-dropovermode">-dropovermode</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-droptypes">-droptypes</A></TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-height">-height</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-multicolumn">-multicolumn</A></TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-padx">-padx</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-redraw">-redraw</A></TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-selectfill">-selectfill</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-selectmode">-selectmode</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-width">-width</A></TD>
</TABLE></DD>
</DL>
<DL>
<DT><I><A HREF="#wc">WIDGET COMMAND</A></I></DT>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#bindImage"><B>bindImage</B></A>
 <I>event</I>
 <I>script</I>
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#bindText"><B>bindText</B></A>
 <I>event</I>
 <I>script</I>
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#cget"><B>cget</B></A>
 <I>option</I>
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#configure"><B>configure</B></A>
 ?<I>option</I>? ?<I>value</I> <I>option</I> <I>value</I> ...?
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#delete"><B>delete</B></A>
 ?<I>arg...</I>?
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#edit"><B>edit</B></A>
 <I>item</I>
 <I>text</I>
 ?<I>verifycmd</I>?
 ?<I>clickres</I>?
 ?<I>select</I>?
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#exists"><B>exists</B></A>
 <I>item</I>
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#index"><B>index</B></A>
 <I>item</I>
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#insert"><B>insert</B></A>
 <I>index</I>
 <I>item</I>
 ?<I>option value...</I>?
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#item"><B>item</B></A>
 <I>first</I>
 ?<I>last</I>?
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#itemcget"><B>itemcget</B></A>
 <I>item</I>
 <I>option</I>
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#itemconfigure"><B>itemconfigure</B></A>
 <I>item</I>
 ?<I>option</I>? ?<I>value</I> <I>option</I> <I>value</I> ...?
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#items"><B>items</B></A>
 ?<I>first</I>?
 ?<I>last</I>?
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#move"><B>move</B></A>
 <I>item</I>
 <I>index</I>
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#reorder"><B>reorder</B></A>
 <I>neworder</I>
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#see"><B>see</B></A>
 <I>item</I>
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#selection"><B>selection</B></A>
 <I>cmd</I>
 ?<I>arg...</I>?
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#xview"><B>xview</B></A>
 ?<I>arg...</I>?
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#yview"><B>yview</B></A>
 ?<I>arg...</I>?
</DD>
</DL>
<BR><HR WIDTH="100%"><BR>
<B><A NAME="descr"></A>DESCRIPTION</B><BR>
<P>

<B>ListBox</B> widget uses canvas to display a list of items.
Each item is composed of a label with its own font and foreground attributes, and an optional
image or window. Each item is drawn in a single line, whose height is defined by the
<B>deltay</B> option, so they must have at most this height.
A item is uniquely identified by a string given at creation (by the
<B>insert</B> command). The ListBox can have one or more columns, depending on
<B>multicolumn</B> option. The user do not handle columns; the number of columns
is determined following the height of the ListBox in order to see each item vertically.

</P>
<BR><HR WIDTH="50%"><BR>
<B><A NAME="wso">WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS</A></B><BR>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-autofocus"><B>-autofocus</B></A></DT>
<DD>
    If this option is true, the listbox will take focus any time the user
    clicks in it.  Without focus, the listbox's mouse wheel bindings will
    not work properly.  The default is true.
</DD>
</DL>

<DL><DT><A NAME="-deltax"><B>-deltax</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies horizontal pad between each columns.

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-deltay"><B>-deltay</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies vertical size of the items.

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-dragenabled"><B>-dragenabled</B></A></DT>
<DD>
A boolean specifying if drag is enabled.
</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-dragendcmd"><B>-dragendcmd</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies a command to be called when drag ended.
<B>dragendcmd</B> must be a command conforming to the description of the
option <B>dragendcmd</B> of <B>DragSite::<A HREF="DragSite.html#register">register</A></B>.

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-dragevent"><B>-dragevent</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies the number of the mouse button associated to the drag.
Must be <B>1</B>, <B>2</B> or <B>3</B>.

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-draginitcmd"><B>-draginitcmd</B></A></DT>
<DD>

ListBox has a command wrapper for <I>drag-init</I> events. This command refused the drag
if no item is designated. In other cases:
<BR>If <B>draginitcmd</B> is empty, it returns:
<UL>
<LI>the value of option <B>dragtype</B> or <I>LISTBOX_ITEM</I> if empty as the data type, 
<LI><I>{move copy link}</I> as the operations, 
<LI>the item identifier as the data.
</UL>
If <B>draginitcmd</B> is not empty, it is called with the following arguments:
<UL>
<LI>the pathname of the listbox,
<LI>the identifier of the dragged item,
<LI>the toplevel created to represent dragged data.
</UL>
and must return a value conforming to <B>draginitcmd</B> option described in
<B>DragSite::<A HREF="DragSite.html#register">register</A></B>.

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-dragtype"><B>-dragtype</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies an alternate type of dragged object.

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-dropcmd"><B>-dropcmd</B></A></DT>
<DD>

ListBox has a command wrapper for <I>drop</I> events. This command stops auto scrolling
and extract item and position.
<BR>If <B>dropcmd</B> is not empty, it is called with the following arguments:
<UL>
<LI>the pathname of the listbox,
<LI>the pathname of the drag source,
<LI>a list describing where the drop occurs. It can be:
<UL>
<LI><I>{</I><B>widget</B><I>}</I>,
<LI><I>{</I><B>item</B> <I>item}</I> or
<LI><I>{</I><B>position</B> <I>index}</I>.
</UL>
<LI>the current operation,
<LI>the data type,
<LI>the data.
</UL>

<p>
The default drop command allows for drag-and-drop within the listbox but
not to or from other widgets.
</p>

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-dropenabled"><B>-dropenabled</B></A></DT>
<DD>
A boolean specifying if drop is enabled.
</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-dropovercmd"><B>-dropovercmd</B></A></DT>
<DD>

LsitBox has a command wrapper for <I>drag-over</I> events. This command enables auto scrolling
and position extraction during the <I>drag-over</I>.
If <B>dropovercmd</B> is not empty, the command is called with the following aguments:
<UL>
<LI>the pathname of the listbox,
<LI>the pathname of the drag source,
<LI>a list describing where the drop can occur, whose elements are:
<UL>
<LI>the string <I>widget</I> if <B>dropovertype</B> option contains <I>w</I>, else empty string.
<LI>the targeted item if drag icon points an item and <B>dropovertype</B> option contains
<I>i</I>, else empty string.
<LI>an index within two items where drag icon points to if <B>dropovertype</B> option
contains <I>p</I>, else empty string.
<LI>optionally, the preferred method if drop can occur both inside an item and between two
items. The value is <I>position</I> or <I>item</I>.
</UL>
<LI>the current operation,
<LI>the data type,
<LI>the data.
</UL>
The command must return a list with two elements:
<UL>
<LI>the drop status, conforming to those described in <B>dropovercmd</B> option of
<B>DropSite::<A HREF="DropSite.html#register">register</A></B>,
<LI>the choosen method: <I>widget</I>, <I>item</I> or <I>position</I>.
</UL>

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-dropovermode"><B>-dropovermode</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies the type of <I>drop-over</I> interaction. Must be a combination of
<B>w</B>, which specifies that drop can occurs everywhere on widget,
<B>p</B>, which specifies that drop can occurs between two items,
and <B>i</B>, which specifies that drop occurs inside items.

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-droptypes"><B>-droptypes</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies a list of accepted dropped object/operation.
See option <B>droptypes</B> of
<B>DropSite::<A HREF="DropSite.html#register">register</A></B>.
for more infromation.

<BR>Default is <I>LISTBOX_ITEM</I> with operations <B>copy</B> and <B>move</B>.

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-height"><B>-height</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies the desired height for the listbox in units of <B>deltay</B> pixels.

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-multicolumn"><B>-multicolumn</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies wether or not ListBox layouts items in order to see each one vertically.

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-padx"><B>-padx</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies distance between image or window and text of the items.

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-redraw"><B>-redraw</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies wether or not the listbox should be redrawn when entering idle.
Set it to false if you call <B>update</B> while modifying the listbox.

</DD>
</DL>

<DL><DT><A NAME="-selectfill"><B>-selectfill</B></A></DT>
<DD>
    If true, the listbox will draw a selection rectangle that fills the
    listbox from left-to-right instead of just drawing a box around the
    selected item.  This more closely mimics the standard Tk listbox.
</DD>
</DL>

<DL><DT><A NAME="-selectmode"><B>-selectmode (read-only)</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies the desired selection-mode for the listbox. Must be one of
<B>none</B>, <B>single</B> or <B>multiple</B>. <B>selectmode</B> <I>single</I>
allows to select 1 item by its text or image. <B>selectmode</B> <I>multiple</I>
allows to select multiple items by their text or image. For more info on
selectmodes <I>single</I> or <I>multiple</I>, see the Tk <B>listbox</B>
command. Default value for <B>selectmode</B> is <I>none</I>.

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-width"><B>-width</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies the desired width for the listbox in units of 8 pixels.

</DD>
</DL>
<HR WIDTH="50%"><BR>
<B><A NAME="wc">WIDGET COMMAND</A></B><BR>
<DL><DT><A NAME="bindImage"><I>pathName</I> <B>bindImage</B></A>
 <I>event</I>
 <I>script</I>
</DT><DD>

This command associates a command to execute whenever the event
sequence given by <I>event</I> occurs on the image of a item.
The item idenfier on which the event occurs is appended to the command.

<p>
Any occurrence of <b>%W</b> in <i>script</i> is substituted with the
path of the listbox.
</p>

</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="bindText"><I>pathName</I> <B>bindText</B></A>
 <I>event</I>
 <I>script</I>
</DT><DD>

This command associates a command to execute whenever the event
sequence given by <I>event</I> occurs on the label of a item.
The item idenfier on which the event occurs is appended to the command.

<p>
Any occurrence of <b>%W</b> in <i>script</i> is substituted with the
path of the listbox.
</p>

</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="cget"><I>pathName</I> <B>cget</B></A>
 <I>option</I>
</DT><DD>

Returns the current value of the configuration option given by <I>option</I>.
<I>Option</I> may have any of the values accepted by the creation command.
</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="configure"><I>pathName</I> <B>configure</B></A>
 ?<I>option</I>? ?<I>value</I> <I>option</I> <I>value</I> ...?
</DT><DD>

Query or modify the configuration options of the widget. If no <I>option</I> is specified,
returns a list describing all of the available options for <I>pathName</I>.
If <I>option</I> is specified with no <I>value</I>, then the command returns a list
describing the one named <I>option</I> (this list will be identical to the corresponding
sublist of the value returned if no <I>option</I> is specified). If one or
more <I>option-value</I> pairs are specified, then the command modifies the given widget
option(s) to have the given value(s); in this case the command returns an empty string.
<I>Option</I> may have any of the values accepted by the creation command.
Read-only options are not be modified.

</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="delete"><I>pathName</I> <B>delete</B></A>
 ?<I>arg...</I>?
</DT><DD>

Deletes all items in <I>arg</I>. <I>arg</I> can be a list
of items or a list of list of items.
To delete all items, do <I>$pathName delete [$pathName items]</I>.

</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="edit"><I>pathName</I> <B>edit</B></A>
 <I>item</I>
 <I>text</I>
 ?<I>verifycmd</I>?
 ?<I>clickres</I>?
 ?<I>select</I>?
</DT><DD>

Provides a way for the user to edit in place the label of an item.
<BR>The command takes the initial text as argument and does not modify the label of the
edited node, but returns an empty string if edition is canceled, or the typed text
if edition is accepted.
<BR>When editing, the user can cancel by pressing Escape, or accept by pressing Return.
<BR><I>clickres</I> specifies what to do if the user click outside the editable area.
If <I>clickres</I> is 0 (the default), the edition is canceled.
If <I>clickres</I> is 1, the edition is accepted.
In all other case, the edition continues.
<BR>If edition is accepted and <I>modifycmd</I> is not empty, then it is called with
the new text as argument and must return 1 to accept the new text, 0 to refuse it
and continue edition.
<BR><I>select</I> specifies wether or not the initial text should be selected. Default is 1.

</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="exists"><I>pathName</I> <B>exists</B></A>
 <I>item</I>
</DT><DD>

Returns 1 if <I>item</I> exists in the listbox, else 0.

</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="index"><I>pathName</I> <B>index</B></A>
 <I>item</I>
</DT><DD>

Returns the position of <I>item</I> in the list.

</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="insert"><I>pathName</I> <B>insert</B></A>
 <I>index</I>
 <I>item</I>
 ?<I>option value...</I>?
</DT><DD>

<p>
Inserts a new item identified by <I>item</I> in the list at position <I>index</I>.
</p>

<p>
Any instance of <i>#auto</i> within the item name will be replaced by the
number of the item in the order of insertion.
</p>

<P>
<DL><DT><A NAME="Item-data"><B>-data</B></A></DT>
<DD>

User data associated to the item.

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="Item-fill"><B>-fill</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies the foreground color of the label of the item.

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="Item-font"><B>-font</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies a font for the label of the item.

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="Item-image"><B>-image</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies an image to display at the left of the label of the item.
<B>window</B> option override <B>image</B>.
</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="Item-indent"><B>-indent</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies the amount of extra space in pixels at the left of the item.

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="Item-text"><B>-text</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies the label of the item.

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="Item-window"><B>-window</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies a pathname to display at the left of the label of the item.
<B>window</B> option override <B>image</B>.
</DD>
</DL>
</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="item"><I>pathName</I> <B>item</B></A>
 <I>first</I>
 ?<I>last</I>?
</DT><DD>

<B>Its use is deprecated. Use <I>items</I> instead.</B><BR>
If <I>last</I> is omitted, returns the item at index <I>first</I> in the list, 
or an empty string if <I>first</I> refers to a non-existent element.
If <I>last</I> is specified, the command returns a list whose elements are all
of the items between <I>first</I> and <I>last</I>, inclusive. 
Both <I>first</I> and <I>last</I> may have any of the standard forms for indices.

</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="itemcget"><I>pathName</I> <B>itemcget</B></A>
 <I>item</I>
 <I>option</I>
</DT><DD>

Returns the current value of a configuration option for the item.
<I>Option</I> may have any of the values accepted by the item creation command.

</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="itemconfigure"><I>pathName</I> <B>itemconfigure</B></A>
 <I>item</I>
 ?<I>option</I>? ?<I>value</I> <I>option</I> <I>value</I> ...?
</DT><DD>

This command is similar to the <B>configure</B> command, except that it applies to the
options for an individual item, whereas <B>configure</B> applies to the options for
the widget as a whole. <B>Options</B> may have any of the values accepted by the 
item creation widget command. If options are specified, options are modified as indicated
in the command and the command returns an empty string. If no options are specified,
returns a list describing the current options for the item.
Read-only options are not be modified.

</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="items"><I>pathName</I> <B>items</B></A>
 ?<I>first</I>?
 ?<I>last</I>?
</DT><DD>

If <I>first</I> and <I>last</I> are omitted, returns the list of all items.
If <I>first</I> is specified and <I>last</I> omitted, returns the item at index
<I>first</I>, or an empty string if <I>first</I> refers to a non-existent element.
If <I>first</I> and <I>last</I> are specified, the command returns a list whose elements
are all of the items between <I>first</I> and <I>last</I>,
inclusive. Both <I>first</I> and <I>last</I> may have any of the standard
forms for indices.

</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="move"><I>pathName</I> <B>move</B></A>
 <I>item</I>
 <I>index</I>
</DT><DD>

Moves <I>item</I> at position <I>index</I> in the list.

</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="reorder"><I>pathName</I> <B>reorder</B></A>
 <I>neworder</I>
</DT><DD>

Modifies the order of items in the listbox given by <I>neworder</I>. Items that do not
appear in <I>neworder</I> are no moved.

</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="see"><I>pathName</I> <B>see</B></A>
 <I>item</I>
</DT><DD>

Arrange the scrolling area to make <I>item</I> visible.

</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="selection"><I>pathName</I> <B>selection</B></A>
 <I>cmd</I>
 ?<I>arg...</I>?
</DT><DD>

Modifies the list of selected items following <I>cmd</I>:
<DL>
<DT><B>clear</B>
<DD>remove all items of the selection.
<DT><B>set</B>
<DD>set the selection to all items in <I>arg</I>
<DT><B>add</B>
<DD>add all items of <I>arg</I> in the selection
<DT><B>remove</B>
<DD>remove all items of <I>arg</I> of the selection
<DT><B>get</B>
<DD>return the current selected items
</DL>

</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="xview"><I>pathName</I> <B>xview</B></A>
 ?<I>arg...</I>?
</DT><DD>

Standard command to enable horizontal scrolling of <I>pathName</I>.

</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="yview"><I>pathName</I> <B>yview</B></A>
 ?<I>arg...</I>?
</DT><DD>

Standard command to enable vertical scrolling of <I>pathName</I>.

</DD></DL>


<b>BINDINGS</b>

<p>
A <b>&lt;&lt;ListboxSelect&gt;&gt;</b> virtual event is generated any time the
selection in the listbox changes.  This is the default behavior of an
item in the listbox, but it can be overridden with the bindText or
bindImage command.  If the button 1 binding is overridden, this event may
not be generated.
</p>

<p>
The listbox has all the standard mouse wheel bindings when it has focus.
</p>
</p>
</BODY></HTML>

Added pybwidget-0.1.2_1.7.0/BWidget-1.7.0/BWman/MainFrame.html.

>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>

<HTML>
<HEAD><TITLE>MainFrame</TITLE></HEAD>
<BODY BGCOLOR=white>
<DL><DT><I><A HREF="#descr">NAME</A></I></DT>
<DD><B>MainFrame</B>
 - Manage toplevel with menu, toolbar and statusbar 
</DD></DL>
<DL>
<DT><I>CREATION</I></DT>
<DD><A HREF="#descr"><B>MainFrame</B></A> <I>pathName</I> ?<I>option value...</I>?</DD>
</DL>
<DL>
<DT><I><A HREF="ProgressBar.html">OPTIONS from <B>ProgressBar</B></A></I></DT>
<DD><TABLE CELLSPACING=0 CELLPADDING=0 BORDER=0>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-background or -bg</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-progressfg (see <B>-foreground</B>)</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-progressmax (see <B>-maximum</B>)</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-progresstype (see <B>-type</B>)</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-progressvar (see <B>-variable</B>)</TD>
</TABLE></DD>
</DL>
<DL>
<DT><I><A HREF="#wso">WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS</A></I></DT>
<DD><TABLE CELLSPACING=0 CELLSPACING=0 BORDER=0>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-height">-height</A></TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-menu">-menu</A></TR>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-separator">-separator</A></TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-textvariable">-textvariable</A></TR>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-width">-width</A></TR>
</TABLE></DD>
</DL>
<DL>
<DT><I><A HREF="#wc">WIDGET COMMAND</A></I></DT>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#addindicator"><B>addindicator</B></A>
 ?<I>arg...</I>?
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#addtoolbar"><B>addtoolbar</B></A>
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#cget"><B>cget</B></A>
 <I>option</I>
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#configure"><B>configure</B></A>
 ?<I>option</I>? ?<I>value</I> <I>option</I> <I>value</I> ...?
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#getframe"><B>getframe</B></A>
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#getindicator"><B>getindicator</B></A>
 <I>index</I>
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#getmenu"><B>getmenu</B></A>
 <I>menuid</I>
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#gettoolbar"><B>gettoolbar</B></A>
 <I>index</I>
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#setmenustate"><B>setmenustate</B></A>
 <I>tag</I>
 <I>state</I>
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#showstatusbar"><B>showstatusbar</B></A>
 <I>name</I>
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#showtoolbar"><B>showtoolbar</B></A>
 <I>index</I>
 <I>bool</I>
</DD>
</DL>
<BR><HR WIDTH="100%"><BR>
<B><A NAME="descr"></A>DESCRIPTION</B><BR>
<P>

MainFrame manage toplevel to have:<BR>
<UL>
<LI>simple menu creation, with automatic accelerator bindings and
<A HREF="DynamicHelp.html">DynamicHelp</A> association,
<LI>one or more toolbar that user can hide,
<LI>a status bar, displaying a user message or a menu description, and optionnaly a 
<A HREF="ProgressBar.html">ProgressBar</A>.
</UL>
</P>
<BR><HR WIDTH="50%"><BR>
<B><A NAME="wso">WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS</A></B><BR>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-height"><B>-height</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies the desired height for the user frame in any of the forms acceptable to
Tk_GetPixels. If this option is less than or equal to zero (the default) then the window
will not request any size at all.
</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-menu"><B>-menu (read-only)</B></A></DT>
<DD>

This option describes the menu. This is a list whose each five elements describe
one cascad menu. It has the following form:
{<I>menuname</I> <I>tags</I> <I>menuId</I> <I>tearoff</I> <I>menuentries</I>...}
where <I>menuentries</I> is a list where each element describe one menu entry, which can be:
<UL>
<LI>for a separator:<BR>
  {<B>separator</B>}
<LI>for a command:<BR>
  {<B>command</B> <I>menuname</I> ?<I>tags</I>? ?<I>description</I>? ?<I>accelerator</I>? ?<I>option</I> <I>value</I>? ...}
<LI>for a check button:<BR>
  {<B>checkbutton</B> <I>menuname</I> ?<I>tags</I>? ?<I>description</I>? ?<I>accelerator</I>? ?<I>option</I> <I>value</I>? ...}
<LI>for a radio button:<BR>
  {<B>radiobutton</B> <I>menuname</I> ?<I>tags</I>? ?<I>description</I>? ?<I>accelerator</I> ?<I>option</I> <I>value</I>? ...}
<LI>for a cascad menu:<BR>
  {<B>cascad</B> <I>menuname</I> <I>tags</I> <I>menuId</I> <I>tearoff</I> <I>menuentries</I>}
</UL>
where:
<UL>
<LI><I>menuname</I> is the name of the menu. If it contains a &amp;, the following character
is automatically converted to the corresponding <B>-underline</B> option of <B>menu add</B>
command.
<LI><I>tags</I> is the tags list for the entry, used for enabling or disabling menu
entries with <B>MainFrame::setmenustate</B>.
<LI><I>menuId</I> is an id for the menu, from which you can get menu pathname with
 <B>MainFrame::getmenu</B>.
<LI><I>tearoff</I> specifies if menu has tearoff entry.
<LI><I>description</I> specifies a string for <A HREF=\"DynamicHelp.html\">DynamicHelp</A>.
<LI><I>accelerator</I> specifies a key sequence. It is a list of two elements, where the first
is one of <B>Ctrl</B>, <B>Alt</B> or <B>CtrlAlt</B>, and the second as letter or a digit.
An accelerator string is build and corresponding binding set on the toplevel to invoke the
menu entry.
<LI><I>option value</I> specifies additionnal options for the entry (see <B>menu add</B>
command).
</UL>
Each value enclosed by ? are optional and defaulted to empty string, but must be
provided if one or more following options is not empty.
<BR>Example:
<PRE>
set descmenu {
    "&File" {} {} 0 {
        {command "&New"     {} "Create a new document"     {Ctrl n} -command Menu::new}
        {command "&Open..." {} "Open an existing document" {Ctrl o} -command Menu::open}
        {command "&Save"    open "Save the document" {Ctrl s} -command Menu::save}
        {cascad  "&Export"  {} export 0 {
            {command "Format &1" open "Export document to format 1" {} -command {Menu::export 1}}
            {command "Format &2" open "Export document to format 2" {} -command {Menu::export 2}}
        }}
        {separator}
        {cascad "&Recent files" {} recent 0 {}}
        {separator}
        {command "E&xit" {} "Exit the application" {} -command Menu::exit}
    }
    "&Options" {} {} 0 {
        {checkbutton "Toolbar" {} "Show/hide toolbar" {} 
            -variable Menu::_drawtoolbar
            -command  {$Menu::_mainframe showtoolbar toolbar $Menu::_drawtoolbar}
        }
    }
}
</PRE>

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-separator"><B>-separator (read-only)</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies if separator should be drawn at the top and/or at the bottom of the user window.
Must be one of the values <B>none</B>, <B>top</B>, <B>bottom</B> or <B>both</B>.
It depends on the relief of subwidgets of user window.
</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-textvariable"><B>-textvariable</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies the textvariable option for the label of the status bar.
<A HREF="DynamicHelp.html">DynamicHelp</A> description
of menu entries are mapped to this variable at the creation of the MainFrame.
If this variable is changed by MainFrame::configure, menu description will
not be available.
<BR>You change the text of the label by modifying the value of the variable.
</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-width"><B>-width</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies the desired width for the user frame in any of the forms acceptable to
Tk_GetPixels. If this option is less than or equal to zero (the default) then the window
will not request any size at all.
</DD>
</DL>
<HR WIDTH="50%"><BR>
<B><A NAME="wc">WIDGET COMMAND</A></B><BR>
<DL><DT><A NAME="addindicator"><I>pathName</I> <B>addindicator</B></A>
 ?<I>arg...</I>?
</DT><DD>

Add an indicator box at the right of the status bar. Each indicator are added from left
to right. An indicator is a Tk label widget configured with option-value pair
given by ?<I>arg...</I>?. <B>-relief</B> and <B>-borderwidth</B> options are respetively
defaulted to <I>sunken</I> and 1. Returns the pathname of the created label.
</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="addtoolbar"><I>pathName</I> <B>addtoolbar</B></A>
</DT><DD>

Add a toolbar to the MainFrame. Returns the pathname of the new window where to place
toolbar items.
</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="cget"><I>pathName</I> <B>cget</B></A>
 <I>option</I>
</DT><DD>

Returns the current value of the configuration option given by <I>option</I>.
<I>Option</I> may have any of the values accepted by the creation command.
</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="configure"><I>pathName</I> <B>configure</B></A>
 ?<I>option</I>? ?<I>value</I> <I>option</I> <I>value</I> ...?
</DT><DD>

Query or modify the configuration options of the widget. If no <I>option</I> is specified,
returns a list describing all of the available options for <I>pathName</I>.
If <I>option</I> is specified with no <I>value</I>, then the command returns a list
describing the one named <I>option</I> (this list will be identical to the corresponding
sublist of the value returned if no <I>option</I> is specified). If one or
more <I>option-value</I> pairs are specified, then the command modifies the given widget
option(s) to have the given value(s); in this case the command returns an empty string.
<I>Option</I> may have any of the values accepted by the creation command.
Read-only options are not be modified.

</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="getframe"><I>pathName</I> <B>getframe</B></A>
</DT><DD>

Returns the pathname of the user window.
</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="getindicator"><I>pathName</I> <B>getindicator</B></A>
 <I>index</I>
</DT><DD>

Returns the pathname of the <I>index</I>th added indicator.
</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="getmenu"><I>pathName</I> <B>getmenu</B></A>
 <I>menuid</I>
</DT><DD>

Returns the pathname of the menu whose id is <I>menuid</I>.
</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="gettoolbar"><I>pathName</I> <B>gettoolbar</B></A>
 <I>index</I>
</DT><DD>

Returns the pathname of the <I>index</I>th added toolbar.
</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="setmenustate"><I>pathName</I> <B>setmenustate</B></A>
 <I>tag</I>
 <I>state</I>
</DT><DD>

Set the <B>-state</B> option value of all the menu entries that have the tag <I>tag</I>
to <I>state</I>.

</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="showstatusbar"><I>pathName</I> <B>showstatusbar</B></A>
 <I>name</I>
</DT><DD>

<I>name</I> is one of <B>none</B>, <B>status</B> or <B>progression</B>.
Use <B>none</B> to hide the status bar, <B>status</B> to display the label only, or
<B>progression</B> to display the label and the
<A HREF="ProgressBar.html">ProgressBar</A>.
</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="showtoolbar"><I>pathName</I> <B>showtoolbar</B></A>
 <I>index</I>
 <I>bool</I>
</DT><DD>

Hide if <I>bool</I> is 0, or show if <I>bool</I> is 1 the <I>index</I>th added toolbar.
To prevent your toplevel from resizing while hiding/showing toolbar,
do [wm geometry $top [wm geometry $top]] when it is managed.
</DD></DL>
</BODY></HTML>

Added pybwidget-0.1.2_1.7.0/BWidget-1.7.0/BWman/MessageDlg.html.

>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>

<HTML>
<HEAD><TITLE>MessageDlg</TITLE></HEAD>
<BODY BGCOLOR=white>
<DL><DT><I><A HREF="#descr">NAME</A></I></DT>
<DD><B>MessageDlg</B>
 - Message dialog box
</DD></DL>
<DL>
<DT><I>CREATION</I></DT>
<DD><A HREF="#descr"><B>MessageDlg</B></A> <I>pathName</I> ?<I>option value...</I>?</DD>
</DL>
<DL>
<DT><I>STANDARD OPTIONS</I></DT>
<DD><TABLE CELLSPACING=0 CELLSPACING=0 BORDER=0>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-anchor">-anchor</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-font">-font</A></TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-foreground">-foreground or -fg</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-padx">-padx</A></TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-pady">-pady</A></TD>
</TABLE></DD>
</DL>
<DL>
<DT><I><A HREF="Dialog.html">OPTIONS from <B>Dialog</B></A></I></DT>
<DD><TABLE CELLSPACING=0 CELLPADDING=0 BORDER=0>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-background or -bg</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-cancel</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-default</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-parent</TD>
</TR>
</TABLE></DD>
</DL>
<DL>
<DT><I><A HREF="#wso">WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS</A></I></DT>
<DD><TABLE CELLSPACING=0 CELLSPACING=0 BORDER=0>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-aspect">-aspect</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-buttons">-buttons</A></TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-buttonwidth">-buttonwidth</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-icon">-icon</A></TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-justify">-justify</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-message">-message</A></TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-title">-title</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-type">-type</A></TD>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-width">-width</A></TD>
</TR>
</TR>
</TABLE></DD>
</DL>
<BR><HR WIDTH="100%"><BR>
<B><A NAME="descr"></A>DESCRIPTION</B><BR>
<P>

MessageDlg provides a simple way to display a message dialog.
MessageDlg::<B>create</B> creates the message dialog, displays
it and return the index of the pressed button, or -1 if it is destroyed.
When returning, the dialog no longer exists.

</P>
<BR><HR WIDTH="50%"><BR>
<B><A NAME="wso">WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS</A></B><BR>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-aspect"><B>-aspect</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies a non-negative integer value indicating desired
aspect ratio for the text.  The aspect ratio is specified as
100*width/height.  100 means the text should
be as wide as it is tall, 200 means the text should
be twice as wide as it is tall, 50 means the text should
be twice as tall as it is wide, and so on.
Used to choose line length for text if <B>width</B> option
isn't specified.
Defaults to 150.

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-buttons"><B>-buttons</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies a list of buttons to display when <B>type</B> option is <I>user</I>.
If a button has a symbolic name, its associated text will be displayed.

</DD>
</DL>

<DL><DT><A NAME="-buttonwidth"><B>-buttonwidth</B></A></DT>
<DD>
    Specifies the standard width of the buttons in the dialog.
</DD>
</DL>

<DL><DT><A NAME="-icon"><B>-icon</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies an icon to display. Must be one of the following: <B>error</B>, <B>info</B>,
<B>question</B> or <B>warning</B>.

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-justify"><B>-justify</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies how to justify lines of text.
Must be one of <B>left</B>, <B>center</B>, or <B>right</B>.  Defaults
to <B>left</B>.
This option works together with the <B>anchor</B>, <B>aspect</B>,
<B>padx</B>, <B>pady</B>, and <B>width</B> options to provide a variety
of arrangements of the text within the window.
The <B>aspect</B> and <B>width</B> options determine the amount of
screen space needed to display the text.
The <B>anchor</B>, <B>padx</B>, and <B>pady</B> options determine where this
rectangular area is displayed within the widget's window, and the
<B>justify</B> option determines how each line is displayed within that
rectangular region.
For example, suppose <B>anchor</B> is <B>e</B> and <B>justify</B> is
<B>left</B>, and that the message window is much larger than needed
for the text.
The the text will displayed so that the left edges of all the lines
line up and the right edge of the longest line is <B>padx</B> from
the right side of the window;  the entire text block will be centered
in the vertical span of the window.

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-message"><B>-message</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies the message to display in this message box.

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-title"><B>-title</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies a string to display as the title of the message box.
If the value is empty (the default), a default title will be set corresponding
to the <B>icon</B> option.
The default associated title is in english, and can be modified to set it in
another language by specifying the resource:
<PRE>    *MessageDlg.<I>name</I>Title:   <I>value</I></PRE>
or the equivalent tcl command:
<PRE>    option add *MessageDlg.<I>name</I>Title <I>value</I></PRE>
where <I>name</I> is the name of an icon as defined in the <B>icon</B> option.
<BR>For example, for french language, you can specify for a warning dialog:
<PRE>    option add *MessageDlg.warningTitle  "Attention"</PRE>

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-type"><B>-type</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies a set of buttons to be displayed. The following values are possible:
<DD>
<P>
<DL COMPACT>
<DT>
<B>abortretryignore</B>
<DD>
Displays three buttons whose symbolic names are <B>abort</B>,
<B>retry</B> and <B>ignore</B>.<P>
<DT>
<B>ok</B>
<DD>
Displays one button whose symbolic name is <B>ok</B>.<P>
<DT>
<B>okcancel</B>
<DD>
Displays two buttons whose symbolic names are <B>ok</B> and <B>cancel</B>.<P>
<DT>
<B>retrycancel</B>
<DD>
Displays two buttons whose symbolic names are <B>retry</B> and <B>cancel</B>.<P>
<DT>
<B>yesno</B>
<DD>
Displays two buttons whose symbolic names are <B>yes</B> and <B>no</B>.<P>
<DT>
<B>yesnocancel</B>
<DD>
Displays three buttons whose symbolic names are <B>yes</B>, <B>no</B>
and <B>cancel</B>.
<P>
<DT>
<B>user</B>
<DD>
Displays buttons of <B>-buttons</B> option.<P>
<DT>
</DL COMPACT>

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-width"><B>-width</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies the length of lines in the window.
If this option has a value greater than zero then the <B>aspect</B>
option is ignored and the <B>width</B> option determines the line
length.
If this option has a value less than or equal to zero, then
the <B>aspect</B> option determines the line length.

</DD>
</DL>
</BODY></HTML>

Added pybwidget-0.1.2_1.7.0/BWidget-1.7.0/BWman/NoteBook.html.

>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>

<HTML>
<HEAD><TITLE>NoteBook</TITLE></HEAD>
<BODY BGCOLOR=white>
<DL><DT><I><A HREF="#descr">NAME</A></I></DT>
<DD><B>NoteBook</B>
 - Notebook manager widget
</DD></DL>
<DL>
<DT><I>CREATION</I></DT>
<DD><A HREF="#descr"><B>NoteBook</B></A> <I>pathName</I> ?<I>option value...</I>?</DD>
</DL>
<DL>
<DT><I>STANDARD OPTIONS</I></DT>
<DD><TABLE CELLSPACING=0 CELLSPACING=0 BORDER=0>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-font">-font</A></TR>
</TABLE></DD>
</DL>
<DL>
<DT><I><A HREF="ArrowButton.html">OPTIONS from <B>ArrowButton</B></A></I></DT>
<DD><TABLE CELLSPACING=0 CELLPADDING=0 BORDER=0>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-activebackground</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-activeforeground</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-background or -bg</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-borderwidth or -bd</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-disabledforeground</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-foreground or -fg</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-repeatdelay</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-repeatinterval</TD>
</TR>
</TABLE></DD>
</DL>
<DL>
<DT><I><A HREF="#wso">WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS</A></I></DT>
<DD><TABLE CELLSPACING=0 CELLSPACING=0 BORDER=0>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-arcradius">-arcradius</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-height">-height</A></TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-homogeneous">-homogeneous</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-side">-side</A></TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-tabbevelsize">-tabbevelsize</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-tabpady">-tabpady</A></TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-width">-width</A></TD>
</TR>
</TABLE></DD>
</DL>
<DL>
<DT><I><A HREF="#wc">WIDGET COMMAND</A></I></DT>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#bindtabs"><B>bindtabs</B></A>
 <I>event</I>
 <I>script</I>
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#cget"><B>cget</B></A>
 <I>option</I>
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#compute_size"><B>compute_size</B></A>
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#configure"><B>configure</B></A>
 ?<I>option</I>? ?<I>value</I> <I>option</I> <I>value</I> ...?
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#delete"><B>delete</B></A>
 <I>page</I>
 ?<I>destroyframe</I>?
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#getframe"><B>getframe</B></A>
 <I>page</I>
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#index"><B>index</B></A>
 <I>page</I>
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#insert"><B>insert</B></A>
 <I>index</I>
 <I>page</I>
 ?<I>option value...</I>?
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#itemcget"><B>itemcget</B></A>
 <I>page</I>
 <I>option</I>
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#itemconfigure"><B>itemconfigure</B></A>
 <I>page</I>
 ?<I>option</I>? ?<I>value</I> <I>option</I> <I>value</I> ...?
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#move"><B>move</B></A>
 <I>page</I>
 <I>index</I>
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#page"><B>page</B></A>
 <I>first</I>
 ?<I>last</I>?
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#pages"><B>pages</B></A>
 ?<I>first</I>?
 ?<I>last</I>?
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#raise"><B>raise</B></A>
 ?<I>page</I>?
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#see"><B>see</B></A>
 <I>page</I>
</DD>
</DL>
<BR><HR WIDTH="100%"><BR>
<B><A NAME="descr"></A>DESCRIPTION</B><BR>
<P>

NoteBook widget manage a set of pages and displays one of them.

</P>
<BR><HR WIDTH="50%"><BR>
<B><A NAME="wso">WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS</A></B><BR>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-arcradius"><B>-arcradius</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies the amount of rounding effect at the corners of a tab. This value
can be adjusted from 0 to 8 pixels with the default being 2 pixels. Usually,
small values are preferable.
</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-height"><B>-height</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies the desired height for the pages. If this option is equal to zero (the default)
then the window will not request any size at all.
In this case, user may want to call NoteBook::<B>compute_size</B> to make NoteBook larger
enough to contains the largest page.
</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-homogeneous"><B>-homogeneous</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies wether or not the label of the pages must have the same width.

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-side"><B>-side</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies the side where to place the label of the pages. Must be one
of <B>top</B> or <B>bottom</B>.

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-tabbevelsize"><B>-tabbevelsize</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies the amount of bevel the tabs should have. This value can be adjusted from
0 to 8 pixels with the default being 0 pixels. A zero pixel bevel is essentially rectangular
while non-zero bevel size will look trapezoidal.
</DD>
</DL>

<DL><DT><A NAME="-tabpady"><B>-tabpady</B></A></DT>
<DD>
    Specifies the padding between the text in the tab and the top and bottom
    of the tab.  Padding may be a list of two values to specify padding for
    top and bottom separately.  Padding defaults to {0 6}.
</DD>
</DL>

<DL><DT><A NAME="-width"><B>-width</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies the desired width for the pages. If this option is equal to zero (the default)
then the window will not request any size at all.
In this case, user may want to call NoteBook::<B>compute_size</B> to make NoteBook larger
enough to contains the largest page.
</DD>
</DL>
<HR WIDTH="50%"><BR>
<B><A NAME="wc">WIDGET COMMAND</A></B><BR>
<DL><DT><A NAME="bindtabs"><I>pathName</I> <B>bindtabs</B></A>
 <I>event</I>
 <I>script</I>
</DT><DD>

This command associates a command to execute whenever the event
sequence given by <I>event</I> occurs on a tabs. The page idenfier on which
the event occurs is appended to the command.

</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="cget"><I>pathName</I> <B>cget</B></A>
 <I>option</I>
</DT><DD>

Returns the current value of the configuration option given by <I>option</I>.
<I>Option</I> may have any of the values accepted by the creation command.
</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="compute_size"><I>pathName</I> <B>compute_size</B></A>
</DT><DD>

This command can be called to make the NoteBook large enough to contain the largest page.
Note that if all pages use -createcmd, they will have no requested size.

</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="configure"><I>pathName</I> <B>configure</B></A>
 ?<I>option</I>? ?<I>value</I> <I>option</I> <I>value</I> ...?
</DT><DD>

Query or modify the configuration options of the widget. If no <I>option</I> is specified,
returns a list describing all of the available options for <I>pathName</I>.
If <I>option</I> is specified with no <I>value</I>, then the command returns a list
describing the one named <I>option</I> (this list will be identical to the corresponding
sublist of the value returned if no <I>option</I> is specified). If one or
more <I>option-value</I> pairs are specified, then the command modifies the given widget
option(s) to have the given value(s); in this case the command returns an empty string.
<I>Option</I> may have any of the values accepted by the creation command.
Read-only options are not be modified.

</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="delete"><I>pathName</I> <B>delete</B></A>
 <I>page</I>
 ?<I>destroyframe</I>?
</DT><DD>

Deletes the page <I>page</I>. If <I>destroyframe</I> is 1 (the default), the frame
associated to <I>page</I> is destroyed. If <I>destroyframe</I> is 0, the frame is not
destroyed and is reused by further call to <B>insert</B> with the same <I>page</I>.

</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="getframe"><I>pathName</I> <B>getframe</B></A>
 <I>page</I>
</DT><DD>

Returns the pathname of the page <I>page</I>.

</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="index"><I>pathName</I> <B>index</B></A>
 <I>page</I>
</DT><DD>

Return the numerical index corresponding to the item.

</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="insert"><I>pathName</I> <B>insert</B></A>
 <I>index</I>
 <I>page</I>
 ?<I>option value...</I>?
</DT><DD>

Insert a new page idendified by <I>page</I> at position <I>index</I> in the pages list.
<I>index</I> must be numeric or <B>end</B>. The pathname of the new page is returned.

<P>
<DL><DT><A NAME="Page-createcmd"><B>-createcmd</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies a command to be called the first time the page is raised.

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="Page-image"><B>-image</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies an image to display for the page at the left of the label

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="Page-leavecmd"><B>-leavecmd</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies a command to be called when a page is about to be leaved.
The command must return 0 if the page can not be leaved, or 1 if it can.

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="Page-raisecmd"><B>-raisecmd</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies a command to be called each time the page is raised.

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="Page-state"><B>-state</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies the state of the page. Must be <B>normal</B> or <B>disabled</B>.

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="Page-text"><B>-text</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies a label to display for the page.

</DD>
</DL>
</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="itemcget"><I>pathName</I> <B>itemcget</B></A>
 <I>page</I>
 <I>option</I>
</DT><DD>

Returns the current value of a configuration option for the item.
<I>Option</I> may have any of the values accepted by the item creation command.

</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="itemconfigure"><I>pathName</I> <B>itemconfigure</B></A>
 <I>page</I>
 ?<I>option</I>? ?<I>value</I> <I>option</I> <I>value</I> ...?
</DT><DD>

This command is similar to the <B>configure</B> command, except that it applies to the
options for an individual item, whereas <B>configure</B> applies to the options for
the widget as a whole. <B>Options</B> may have any of the values accepted by the 
item creation widget command. If options are specified, options are modified as indicated
in the command and the command returns an empty string. If no options are specified,
returns a list describing the current options for the item.
Read-only options are not be modified.

</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="move"><I>pathName</I> <B>move</B></A>
 <I>page</I>
 <I>index</I>
</DT><DD>

Moves <I>page</I> tab to index <I>index</I>.

</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="page"><I>pathName</I> <B>page</B></A>
 <I>first</I>
 ?<I>last</I>?
</DT><DD>

<B>Its use is deprecated. Use <I>pages</I> instead.</B><BR>
If <I>last</I> is omitted, returns the page at index <I>first</I>, or an empty string if
<I>first</I> refers to a non-existent element. If <I>last</I> is specified, the command
returns a list whose elements are all of the pages between <I>first</I> and <I>last</I>,
inclusive. Both <I>first</I> and <I>last</I> may have any of the standard
forms for indices.

</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="pages"><I>pathName</I> <B>pages</B></A>
 ?<I>first</I>?
 ?<I>last</I>?
</DT><DD>

If <I>first</I> and <I>last</I> are omitted, returns the list of all pages.
If <I>first</I> is specified and <I>last</I> omitted, returns the page at index
<I>first</I>, or an empty string if <I>first</I> refers to a non-existent element.
If <I>first</I> and <I>last</I> are specified, the command returns a list whose elements
are all of the pages between <I>first</I> and <I>last</I>,
inclusive. Both <I>first</I> and <I>last</I> may have any of the standard
forms for indices.

</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="raise"><I>pathName</I> <B>raise</B></A>
 ?<I>page</I>?
</DT><DD>

Raise the page <I>page</I>, or return the raised page if <I>page</I> is omitted.

</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="see"><I>pathName</I> <B>see</B></A>
 <I>page</I>
</DT><DD>

Scrolls labels to make the label of the page <I>page</I> visible.

</DD></DL>
</BODY></HTML>

Added pybwidget-0.1.2_1.7.0/BWidget-1.7.0/BWman/PagesManager.html.

>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>

<HTML>
<HEAD><TITLE>PagesManager</TITLE></HEAD>
<BODY BGCOLOR=white>
<DL><DT><I><A HREF="#descr">NAME</A></I></DT>
<DD><B>PagesManager</B>
 - Pages manager widget
</DD></DL>
<DL>
<DT><I>CREATION</I></DT>
<DD><A HREF="#descr"><B>PagesManager</B></A> <I>pathName</I> ?<I>option value...</I>?</DD>
</DL>
<DL>
<DT><I>STANDARD OPTIONS</I></DT>
<DD><TABLE CELLSPACING=0 CELLSPACING=0 BORDER=0>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-background">-background</A></TR>
</TABLE></DD>
</DL>
<DL>
<DT><I><A HREF="#wso">WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS</A></I></DT>
<DD><TABLE CELLSPACING=0 CELLSPACING=0 BORDER=0>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-height">-height</A></TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-width">-width</A></TR>
</TR>
</TABLE></DD>
</DL>
<DL>
<DT><I><A HREF="#wc">WIDGET COMMAND</A></I></DT>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#add"><B>add</B></A>
 <I>page</I>
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#cget"><B>cget</B></A>
 <I>option</I>
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#compute_size"><B>compute_size</B></A>
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#configure"><B>configure</B></A>
 ?<I>option</I>? ?<I>value</I> <I>option</I> <I>value</I> ...?
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#delete"><B>delete</B></A>
 <I>page</I>
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#getframe"><B>getframe</B></A>
 <I>page</I>
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#page"><B>page</B></A>
 <I>first</I>
 ?<I>last</I>?
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#pages"><B>pages</B></A>
 ?<I>first</I>?
 ?<I>last</I>?
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#raise"><B>raise</B></A>
 ?<I>page</I>?
</DD>
</DL>
<BR><HR WIDTH="100%"><BR>
<B><A NAME="descr"></A>DESCRIPTION</B><BR>
<P>

PagesManager widget manage a set of pages and displays one of them.
PagesManager does not provide any user access method, as NoteBook does,
so it can be done through a listbox, a menu, radiobutton, or whatever.

</P>
<BR><HR WIDTH="50%"><BR>
<B><A NAME="wso">WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS</A></B><BR>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-height"><B>-height</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies the desired height for the pages. If this option is equal to zero (the default)
then the window will not request any size at all.
In this case, user may want to call PagesManager::<B>compute_size</B> to make PagesManager
larger enough to contains the largest page.
</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-width"><B>-width</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies the desired width for the pages. If this option is equal to zero (the default)
then the window will not request any size at all.
In this case, user may want to call PagesManager::<B>compute_size</B> to make PagesManager
larger enough to contains the largest page.
</DD>
</DL>
<HR WIDTH="50%"><BR>
<B><A NAME="wc">WIDGET COMMAND</A></B><BR>
<DL><DT><A NAME="add"><I>pathName</I> <B>add</B></A>
 <I>page</I>
</DT><DD>

Add a new page idendified by <I>page</I>. The pathname of the new page
is returned.

</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="cget"><I>pathName</I> <B>cget</B></A>
 <I>option</I>
</DT><DD>

Returns the current value of the configuration option given by <I>option</I>.
<I>Option</I> may have any of the values accepted by the creation command.
</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="compute_size"><I>pathName</I> <B>compute_size</B></A>
</DT><DD>

This command can be called to make the PagesManager large enough to contain the largest page.

</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="configure"><I>pathName</I> <B>configure</B></A>
 ?<I>option</I>? ?<I>value</I> <I>option</I> <I>value</I> ...?
</DT><DD>

Query or modify the configuration options of the widget. If no <I>option</I> is specified,
returns a list describing all of the available options for <I>pathName</I>.
If <I>option</I> is specified with no <I>value</I>, then the command returns a list
describing the one named <I>option</I> (this list will be identical to the corresponding
sublist of the value returned if no <I>option</I> is specified). If one or
more <I>option-value</I> pairs are specified, then the command modifies the given widget
option(s) to have the given value(s); in this case the command returns an empty string.
<I>Option</I> may have any of the values accepted by the creation command.
Read-only options are not be modified.

</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="delete"><I>pathName</I> <B>delete</B></A>
 <I>page</I>
</DT><DD>

Deletes the page <I>page</I>.

</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="getframe"><I>pathName</I> <B>getframe</B></A>
 <I>page</I>
</DT><DD>

Returns the pathname of the page <I>page</I>.

</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="page"><I>pathName</I> <B>page</B></A>
 <I>first</I>
 ?<I>last</I>?
</DT><DD>

<B>Its use is deprecated. Use <I>pages</I> instead.</B><BR>
If <I>last</I> is omitted, returns the page at index <I>first</I>, or an empty string if
<I>first</I> refers to a non-existent element. If <I>last</I> is specified, the command
returns a list whose elements are all of the pages between <I>first</I> and <I>last</I>,
inclusive. Both <I>first</I> and <I>last</I> may have any of the standard
forms for indices.

</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="pages"><I>pathName</I> <B>pages</B></A>
 ?<I>first</I>?
 ?<I>last</I>?
</DT><DD>

If <I>first</I> and <I>last</I> are omitted, returns the list of all pages.
If <I>first</I> is specified and <I>last</I> omitted, returns the page at index
<I>first</I>, or an empty string if <I>first</I> refers to a non-existent element.
If <I>first</I> and <I>last</I> are specified, the command returns a list whose elements
are all of the pages between <I>first</I> and <I>last</I>,
inclusive. Both <I>first</I> and <I>last</I> may have any of the standard
forms for indices.

</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="raise"><I>pathName</I> <B>raise</B></A>
 ?<I>page</I>?
</DT><DD>

Raise the page <I>page</I>, or return the raised page if <I>page</I> is omitted.

</DD></DL>
</BODY></HTML>

Added pybwidget-0.1.2_1.7.0/BWidget-1.7.0/BWman/PanedWindow.html.

>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>

<HTML>
<HEAD><TITLE>PanedWindow</TITLE></HEAD>
<BODY BGCOLOR=white>
<DL><DT><I><A HREF="#descr">NAME</A></I></DT>
<DD><B>PanedWindow</B>
 - Tiled layout manager widget
</DD></DL>
<DL>
<DT><I>CREATION</I></DT>
<DD><A HREF="#descr"><B>PanedWindow</B></A> <I>pathName</I> ?<I>option value...</I>?</DD>
</DL>
<DL>
<DT><I>STANDARD OPTIONS</I></DT>
<DD><TABLE CELLSPACING=0 CELLSPACING=0 BORDER=0>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-background">-background or -bg</A></TD>
</TABLE></DD>
</DL>
<DL>
<DT><I><A HREF="#wso">WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS</A></I></DT>
<DD><TABLE CELLSPACING=0 CELLSPACING=0 BORDER=0>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-pad">-pad</A></TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-side">-side</A></TR>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-weights">-weights</A></TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-width">-width</A></TR>
</TABLE></DD>
</DL>
<DL>
<DT><I><A HREF="#wc">WIDGET COMMAND</A></I></DT>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#add"><B>add</B></A>
 ?<I>option value...</I>?
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#cget"><B>cget</B></A>
 <I>option</I>
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#configure"><B>configure</B></A>
 ?<I>option</I>? ?<I>value</I> <I>option</I> <I>value</I> ...?
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#getframe"><B>getframe</B></A>
 <I>index</I>
</DD>
</DL>
<BR><HR WIDTH="100%"><BR>
<B><A NAME="descr"></A>DESCRIPTION</B><BR>
<P>

PanedWindow is a widget that lays out children in
a vertically or horizontally tiled format.
The user can adjust the size of the panes, with a pane control sash created
between children.
</P>
<BR><HR WIDTH="50%"><BR>
<B><A NAME="wso">WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS</A></B><BR>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-pad"><B>-pad (read-only)</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies additional space between the button of the sash and children.

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-side"><B>-side (read-only)</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies the side of the sash, which implies the layout: <B>top</B> or <B>bottom</B>
(horizontal layout), <B>left</B> or <B>right</B> (vertical layout).
</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-weights"><B>-weights (read-only)</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies how the weights specified when adding panes should be used. Must be
<B>extra</B> or <B>available</B>. When using <I>extra</I>, only extra space is
devided among the diffferent panes relative to their weight. When using
<I>available</I>, all space is devided among the diffferent panes relative to
their weight. Default value for <B>weights</B> is <I>extra</I>.

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-width"><B>-width (read-only)</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies the width of the button of the sash.

</DD>
</DL>
<HR WIDTH="50%"><BR>
<B><A NAME="wc">WIDGET COMMAND</A></B><BR>
<DL><DT><A NAME="add"><I>pathName</I> <B>add</B></A>
 ?<I>option value...</I>?
</DT><DD>

This command add a new pane. The new pane is placed below the previous pane for
vertical layout or at right for horizontal layout. This command returns a frame
where user can place its widget. Valid options are:
<P>
<DL><DT><A NAME="Pane-minsize"><B>-minsize</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies the minimum size requested for the pane.
See the <B>grid</B> command for more information.
</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="Pane-weight"><B>-weight</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies the relative weight for apportioning any extra spaces among panes.
See the <B>grid</B> command for more information.
</DD>
</DL>
</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="cget"><I>pathName</I> <B>cget</B></A>
 <I>option</I>
</DT><DD>

Returns the current value of the configuration option given by <I>option</I>.
<I>Option</I> may have any of the values accepted by the creation command.
</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="configure"><I>pathName</I> <B>configure</B></A>
 ?<I>option</I>? ?<I>value</I> <I>option</I> <I>value</I> ...?
</DT><DD>

Query or modify the configuration options of the widget. If no <I>option</I> is specified,
returns a list describing all of the available options for <I>pathName</I>.
If <I>option</I> is specified with no <I>value</I>, then the command returns a list
describing the one named <I>option</I> (this list will be identical to the corresponding
sublist of the value returned if no <I>option</I> is specified). If one or
more <I>option-value</I> pairs are specified, then the command modifies the given widget
option(s) to have the given value(s); in this case the command returns an empty string.
<I>Option</I> may have any of the values accepted by the creation command.
Read-only options are not be modified.

</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="getframe"><I>pathName</I> <B>getframe</B></A>
 <I>index</I>
</DT><DD>

Returns the pathname of the <I>index</I>th added pane.
</DD></DL>
</BODY></HTML>

Added pybwidget-0.1.2_1.7.0/BWidget-1.7.0/BWman/PasswdDlg.html.

>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>

<HTML>
<HEAD><TITLE>PasswdDlg</TITLE></HEAD>
<BODY BGCOLOR=white>
<DL><DT><I><A HREF="#descr">NAME</A></I></DT>
<DD><B>PasswdDlg</B>
 - Login/Password dialog box
</DD></DL>
<DL>
<DT><I>CREATION</I></DT>
<DD><A HREF="#descr"><B>PasswdDlg</B></A> <I>pathName</I> ?<I>option value...</I>?</DD>
</DL>
<DL>
<DT><I><A HREF="Dialog.html">OPTIONS from <B>Dialog</B></A></I></DT>
<DD><TABLE CELLSPACING=0 CELLPADDING=0 BORDER=0>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-anchor</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-background or -bg</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-homogeneous</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-modal</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-padx</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-pady</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-parent</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-spacing</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-title</TD>
</TABLE></DD>
</DL>
<DL>
<DT><I><A HREF="LabelEntry.html">OPTIONS from <B>LabelEntry</B></A></I></DT>
<DD><TABLE CELLSPACING=0 CELLPADDING=0 BORDER=0>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-background or -bg</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-borderwidth or -bd</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-disabledforeground</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-entrybg</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-entryfg</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-exportselection</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-font</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-foreground or -fg</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-helptype</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-highlightbackground</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-highlightcolor</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-highlightthickness</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-insertbackground</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-insertborderwidth</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-insertofftime</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-insertontime</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-insertwidth</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-labelanchor</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-labelfont</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-labelheight</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-labeljustify</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-labelwidth</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-loginhelptext (see <B>-helptext</B>)</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-loginhelpvar (see <B>-helpvar</B>)</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-loginlabel (see <B>-label</B>)</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-logintext (see <B>-text</B>)</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-logintextvariable (see <B>-textvariable</B>)</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-loginunderline (see <B>-underline</B>)</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-passwdeditable (see <B>-editable</B>)</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-passwdhelptext (see <B>-helptext</B>)</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-passwdhelpvar (see <B>-helpvar</B>)</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-passwdlabel (see <B>-label</B>)</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-passwdstate (see <B>-state</B>)</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-passwdtext (see <B>-text</B>)</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-passwdtextvariable (see <B>-textvariable</B>)</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-passwdunderline (see <B>-underline</B>)</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-relief</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-selectbackground</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-selectborderwidth</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-selectforeground</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-wraplength</TD>
</TABLE></DD>
</DL>
<DL>
<DT><I><A HREF="#wso">WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS</A></I></DT>
<DD><TABLE CELLSPACING=0 CELLSPACING=0 BORDER=0>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-command">-command</A></TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-type">-type</A></TR>
</TR>
</TABLE></DD>
</DL>
<DL>
<DT><I><A HREF="#wc">WIDGET COMMAND</A></I></DT>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#cget"><B>cget</B></A>
 <I>option</I>
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#configure"><B>configure</B></A>
 ?<I>option</I>? ?<I>value</I> <I>option</I> <I>value</I> ...?
</DD>
</DL>
<BR><HR WIDTH="100%"><BR>
<B><A NAME="descr"></A>DESCRIPTION</B><BR>
<P>

PasswdDlg provides a simple way to display a login/password dialog.
PasswdDlg::<B>create</B> creates the dialog, displays it, and return the value of login
and password in a list, or an empty list if it is destroyed or user press cancel.
When returning, the dialog no longer exists.
<BR>Additionnal resources can be set to modify other text:
<PRE>
    *loginName     Label for login LabelEntry
    *passwordName  Label for password LabelEntry
</PRE>

</P>
<BR><HR WIDTH="50%"><BR>
<B><A NAME="wso">WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS</A></B><BR>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-command"><B>-command</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies a command to call when user press ok button.

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-type"><B>-type</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies a set of buttons to be displayed. The following values are possible:
<DD>
<P>
<DL COMPACT>
<DT>
<B>ok</B>
<DD>
Displays one button whose symbolic name is <B>ok</B>.<P>
<DT>
<B>okcancel</B>
<DD>
Displays two buttons whose symbolic names are <B>ok</B> and <B>cancel</B>.<P>
</DL COMPACT>

</DD>
</DL>

</DD>
</DL>
<HR WIDTH="50%"><BR>
<B><A NAME="wc">WIDGET COMMAND</A></B><BR>
<DL><DT><A NAME="cget"><I>pathName</I> <B>cget</B></A>
 <I>option</I>
</DT><DD>

Returns the current value of the configuration option given by <I>option</I>.
<I>Option</I> may have any of the values accepted by the creation command.
</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="configure"><I>pathName</I> <B>configure</B></A>
 ?<I>option</I>? ?<I>value</I> <I>option</I> <I>value</I> ...?
</DT><DD>

Query or modify the configuration options of the widget. If no <I>option</I> is specified,
returns a list describing all of the available options for <I>pathName</I>.
If <I>option</I> is specified with no <I>value</I>, then the command returns a list
describing the one named <I>option</I> (this list will be identical to the corresponding
sublist of the value returned if no <I>option</I> is specified). If one or
more <I>option-value</I> pairs are specified, then the command modifies the given widget
option(s) to have the given value(s); in this case the command returns an empty string.
<I>Option</I> may have any of the values accepted by the creation command.
Read-only options are not be modified.

</DD></DL>
<HR>

<ADRESS>Stephane Lavirotte <A HREF="mailto:Stephane.Lavirotte@sophia.inria.fr">(Stephane.Lavirotte@sophia.inria.fr)</A></ADRESS>

</BODY></HTML>

Added pybwidget-0.1.2_1.7.0/BWidget-1.7.0/BWman/ProgressBar.html.

>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>

<HTML>
<HEAD><TITLE>ProgressBar</TITLE></HEAD>
<BODY BGCOLOR=white>
<DL><DT><I><A HREF="#descr">NAME</A></I></DT>
<DD><B>ProgressBar</B>
 - Progress indicator widget
</DD></DL>
<DL>
<DT><I>CREATION</I></DT>
<DD><A HREF="#descr"><B>ProgressBar</B></A> <I>pathName</I> ?<I>option value...</I>?</DD>
</DL>
<DL>
<DT><I>STANDARD OPTIONS</I></DT>
<DD><TABLE CELLSPACING=0 CELLSPACING=0 BORDER=0>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-background">-background or -bg</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-borderwidth">-borderwidth or -bd</A></TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-foreground">-foreground or -fg</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-orient">-orient</A></TR>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-relief">-relief</A></TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-troughcolor">-troughcolor</A></TR>
</TR>
</TABLE></DD>
</DL>
<DL>
<DT><I><A HREF="#wso">WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS</A></I></DT>
<DD><TABLE CELLSPACING=0 CELLSPACING=0 BORDER=0>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-height">-height</A></TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-maximum">-maximum</A></TR>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-type">-type</A></TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-variable">-variable</A></TR>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-width">-width</A></TR>
</TABLE></DD>
</DL>
<DL>
<DT><I><A HREF="#wc">WIDGET COMMAND</A></I></DT>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#cget"><B>cget</B></A>
 <I>option</I>
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#configure"><B>configure</B></A>
 ?<I>option</I>? ?<I>value</I> <I>option</I> <I>value</I> ...?
</DD>
</DL>
<BR><HR WIDTH="100%"><BR>
<B><A NAME="descr"></A>DESCRIPTION</B><BR>
<P>

ProgressBar widget indicates the user the progress of a lengthly operation.
It is used by <A HREF="MainFrame.html">MainFrame</A>
and <A HREF="ProgressDlg.html">ProgressDlg</A>.
</P>
<BR><HR WIDTH="50%"><BR>
<B><A NAME="wso">WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS</A></B><BR>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-height"><B>-height</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies the desired height for the progress indicator.
</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-maximum"><B>-maximum</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies the maximum value of the variable.

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-type"><B>-type</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies the type of the ProgressBar. Must be one of <B>normal</B>,
<B>incremental</B>,  <B>infinite</B> or <B>nonincremental_infinite</B>.

<BR><BR>If <B>type</B> is <I>normal</I>, the progress indicator is drawn
proportional to the variable value and <B>maximum</B> option each time the
variable is set.

<BR><BR>If <B>type</B> is <I>incremental</I>, the value of the progress
indicator is maintained internally, and incremented each time the variable is
set by its value. The progress indicator is drawn proportional to the internal
value and
<B>maximum</B> option.

<BR><BR>If <B>type</B> is <I>infinite</I>, the value of the progress indicator
is maintained internally, and incremented each time the variable is set by its
value. The progress indicator moves from left to right if internal value
(modulo <B>maximum</B>) is less than <B>maximum</B>/2, and from right to left
if internal value is greater than <B>maximum</B>/2.

<BR><BR>If <B>type</B> is <I>nonincremental_infinite</I>, the value of the
progress indicator taken from the variable value, The progress indicator moves
from left to right if variable value (modulo <B>maximum</B>) is less than
<B>maximum</B>/2, and from right to left if internal value is greater than
<B>maximum</B>/2.

<BR><BR>See <B>-variable</B> option for special case of its value,

<BR><BR>Default value for <B>type</B> is <I>normal</I>.

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-variable"><B>-variable</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies the variable attached to the progress indicator.  Progress indicator
is updated when the value of the variable changes.  If the value of the
variable is negative, the progress indicator is not displayed (it is drawn flat
with <B>background</B> color - usefull for ProgressDlg to make it
invisible). If its value 0, progress indicator is reinitialized.

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-width"><B>-width</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies the desired width for the progress indicator.
</DD>
</DL>
<HR WIDTH="50%"><BR>
<B><A NAME="wc">WIDGET COMMAND</A></B><BR>
<DL><DT><A NAME="cget"><I>pathName</I> <B>cget</B></A>
 <I>option</I>
</DT><DD>

Returns the current value of the configuration option given by <I>option</I>.
<I>Option</I> may have any of the values accepted by the creation command.
</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="configure"><I>pathName</I> <B>configure</B></A>
 ?<I>option</I>? ?<I>value</I> <I>option</I> <I>value</I> ...?
</DT><DD>

Query or modify the configuration options of the widget. If no <I>option</I> is specified,
returns a list describing all of the available options for <I>pathName</I>.
If <I>option</I> is specified with no <I>value</I>, then the command returns a list
describing the one named <I>option</I> (this list will be identical to the corresponding
sublist of the value returned if no <I>option</I> is specified). If one or
more <I>option-value</I> pairs are specified, then the command modifies the given widget
option(s) to have the given value(s); in this case the command returns an empty string.
<I>Option</I> may have any of the values accepted by the creation command.
Read-only options are not be modified.

</DD></DL>
</BODY></HTML>

Added pybwidget-0.1.2_1.7.0/BWidget-1.7.0/BWman/ProgressDlg.html.

>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>

<HTML>
<HEAD><TITLE>ProgressDlg</TITLE></HEAD>
<BODY BGCOLOR=white>
<DL><DT><I><A HREF="#descr">NAME</A></I></DT>
<DD><B>ProgressDlg</B>
 - Progress indicator dialog box
</DD></DL>
<DL>
<DT><I>CREATION</I></DT>
<DD><A HREF="#descr"><B>ProgressDlg</B></A> <I>pathName</I> ?<I>option value...</I>?</DD>
</DL>
<DL>
<DT><I>STANDARD OPTIONS</I></DT>
<DD><TABLE CELLSPACING=0 CELLSPACING=0 BORDER=0>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-font">-font</A></TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-textvariable">-textvariable</A></TR>
</TR>
</TABLE></DD>
</DL>
<DL>
<DT><I><A HREF="Dialog.html">OPTIONS from <B>Dialog</B></A></I></DT>
<DD><TABLE CELLSPACING=0 CELLPADDING=0 BORDER=0>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-background or -bg</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-parent</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-separator</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-title</TD>
</TR>
</TABLE></DD>
</DL>
<DL>
<DT><I><A HREF="ProgressBar.html">OPTIONS from <B>ProgressBar</B></A></I></DT>
<DD><TABLE CELLSPACING=0 CELLPADDING=0 BORDER=0>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-background or -bg</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-borderwidth or -bd</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-foreground or -fg</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-maximum</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-relief</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-troughcolor</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-type</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-variable</TD>
</TR>
</TABLE></DD>
</DL>
<DL>
<DT><I><A HREF="#wso">WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS</A></I></DT>
<DD><TABLE CELLSPACING=0 CELLSPACING=0 BORDER=0>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-command">-command</A></TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-height">-height</A></TR>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-stop">-stop</A></TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-width">-width</A></TR>
</TR>
</TABLE></DD>
</DL>
<DL>
<DT><I><A HREF="#wc">WIDGET COMMAND</A></I></DT>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#cget"><B>cget</B></A>
 <I>option</I>
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#configure"><B>configure</B></A>
 ?<I>option</I>? ?<I>value</I> <I>option</I> <I>value</I> ...?
</DD>
</DL>
<BR><HR WIDTH="100%"><BR>
<B><A NAME="descr"></A>DESCRIPTION</B><BR>
<P>

ProgressDlg provides a simple way to display a progress indicator dialog.
ProgressDlg::<B>create</B> creates the dialog, displays it, set a local
grab to it and immediatly return. The dialog is updated by modifying the 
value of the variable of options <B>-textvariable</B> and <B>-variable</B>.
You have to destroy the dialog after use.

</P>
<BR><HR WIDTH="50%"><BR>
<B><A NAME="wso">WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS</A></B><BR>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-command"><B>-command</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies a command to call when user press stop button.

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-height"><B>-height</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies a desired height for the label in lines of text.

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-stop"><B>-stop</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies the text of the button typically used to stop process. If empty, no button will
be drawn. This can be a symbolic name.

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-width"><B>-width</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies a desired width for the label in characters.

</DD>
</DL>
<HR WIDTH="50%"><BR>
<B><A NAME="wc">WIDGET COMMAND</A></B><BR>
<DL><DT><A NAME="cget"><I>pathName</I> <B>cget</B></A>
 <I>option</I>
</DT><DD>

Returns the current value of the configuration option given by <I>option</I>.
<I>Option</I> may have any of the values accepted by the creation command.
</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="configure"><I>pathName</I> <B>configure</B></A>
 ?<I>option</I>? ?<I>value</I> <I>option</I> <I>value</I> ...?
</DT><DD>

Query or modify the configuration options of the widget. If no <I>option</I> is specified,
returns a list describing all of the available options for <I>pathName</I>.
If <I>option</I> is specified with no <I>value</I>, then the command returns a list
describing the one named <I>option</I> (this list will be identical to the corresponding
sublist of the value returned if no <I>option</I> is specified). If one or
more <I>option-value</I> pairs are specified, then the command modifies the given widget
option(s) to have the given value(s); in this case the command returns an empty string.
<I>Option</I> may have any of the values accepted by the creation command.
Read-only options are not be modified.

</DD></DL>
</BODY></HTML>

Added pybwidget-0.1.2_1.7.0/BWidget-1.7.0/BWman/ScrollView.html.

>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>

<HTML>
<HEAD><TITLE>ScrollView</TITLE></HEAD>
<BODY BGCOLOR=white>
<DL><DT><I><A HREF="#descr">NAME</A></I></DT>
<DD><B>ScrollView</B>
 - Display the visible area of a scrolled window
</DD></DL>
<DL>
<DT><I>CREATION</I></DT>
<DD><A HREF="#descr"><B>ScrollView</B></A> <I>pathName</I> ?<I>option value...</I>?</DD>
</DL>
<DL>
<DT><I>STANDARD OPTIONS</I></DT>
<DD><TABLE CELLSPACING=0 CELLSPACING=0 BORDER=0>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-background">-background or -bg</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-borderwidth">-borderwidth or -bd</A></TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-cursor">-cursor</A></TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-relief">-relief</A></TR>
</TR>
</TABLE></DD>
</DL>
<DL>
<DT><I><A HREF="#wso">WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS</A></I></DT>
<DD><TABLE CELLSPACING=0 CELLSPACING=0 BORDER=0>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-fill">-fill</A></TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-foreground">-foreground or -fg</A></TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-height">-height</A></TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-width">-width</A></TR>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-window">-window</A></TR>
</TABLE></DD>
</DL>
<DL>
<DT><I><A HREF="#wc">WIDGET COMMAND</A></I></DT>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#cget"><B>cget</B></A>
 <I>option</I>
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#configure"><B>configure</B></A>
 ?<I>option</I>? ?<I>value</I> <I>option</I> <I>value</I> ...?
</DD>
</DL>
<BR><HR WIDTH="100%"><BR>
<B><A NAME="descr"></A>DESCRIPTION</B><BR>
<P>

ScrollView displays the visible area of a scrolled window within
its scroll region.

</P>
<BR><HR WIDTH="50%"><BR>
<B><A NAME="wso">WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS</A></B><BR>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-fill"><B>-fill</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies the fill color of the rectangle.

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-foreground"><B>-foreground</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies the color of the border of the rectangle.

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-height"><B>-height</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies the desired height for the ScrollView.
</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-width"><B>-width</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies the desired width for the ScrollView.
</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-window"><B>-window</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies the window to view. This widget must have <B>-xscrollcommand</B> and 
<B>-yscrollcommand</B> options, and respond to <B>xview</B> and <B>yview</B> command.
In order to make ScrollView working with other scrollbar, <B>-xscrollcommand</B> and 
<B>-yscrollcommand</B> options of the widget must be set before the widget is passed to
the <B>-window</B> option of the ScrollView (for example, if the widget is handled by
a ScrolledWindow, call <B>setwidget</B> before setting <B>-window</B> option).

</DD>
</DL>
<HR WIDTH="50%"><BR>
<B><A NAME="wc">WIDGET COMMAND</A></B><BR>
<DL><DT><A NAME="cget"><I>pathName</I> <B>cget</B></A>
 <I>option</I>
</DT><DD>

Returns the current value of the configuration option given by <I>option</I>.
<I>Option</I> may have any of the values accepted by the creation command.
</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="configure"><I>pathName</I> <B>configure</B></A>
 ?<I>option</I>? ?<I>value</I> <I>option</I> <I>value</I> ...?
</DT><DD>

Query or modify the configuration options of the widget. If no <I>option</I> is specified,
returns a list describing all of the available options for <I>pathName</I>.
If <I>option</I> is specified with no <I>value</I>, then the command returns a list
describing the one named <I>option</I> (this list will be identical to the corresponding
sublist of the value returned if no <I>option</I> is specified). If one or
more <I>option-value</I> pairs are specified, then the command modifies the given widget
option(s) to have the given value(s); in this case the command returns an empty string.
<I>Option</I> may have any of the values accepted by the creation command.
Read-only options are not be modified.

</DD></DL>
<HR><BR><B>BINDINGS</B><BR><BR>

<DL><DT>If mouse button 1 is pressed and dragged over the ScrollView, the top left corner of
the visible area of the scrolled window is moved proportionally to the mouse displacement.
</DT></DL>
<DL><DT>If mouse button 3 is pressed over the ScrollView, the top left corner of the visible
area is proportionally set to this point.
</DT></DL>

</BODY></HTML>

Added pybwidget-0.1.2_1.7.0/BWidget-1.7.0/BWman/ScrollableFrame.html.

>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>

<HTML>
<HEAD><TITLE>ScrollableFrame</TITLE></HEAD>
<BODY BGCOLOR=white>
<DL><DT><I><A HREF="#descr">NAME</A></I></DT>
<DD><B>ScrollableFrame</B>
 - Scrollable frame containing widget
</DD></DL>
<DL>
<DT><I>CREATION</I></DT>
<DD><A HREF="#descr"><B>ScrollableFrame</B></A> <I>pathName</I> ?<I>option value...</I>?</DD>
</DL>
<DL>
<DT><I>STANDARD OPTIONS</I></DT>
<DD><TABLE CELLSPACING=0 CELLSPACING=0 BORDER=0>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-background">-background or -bg</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-xscrollcommand">-xscrollcommand</A></TR>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-yscrollcommand">-yscrollcommand</A></TR>
</TABLE></DD>
</DL>
<DL>
<DT><I><A HREF="#wso">WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS</A></I></DT>
<DD><TABLE CELLSPACING=0 CELLSPACING=0 BORDER=0>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-areaheight">-areaheight</A></TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-areawidth">-areawidth</A></TR>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-constrainedheight">-constrainedheight</A></TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-constrainedwidth">-constrainedwidth</A></TR>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-height">-height</A></TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-width">-width</A></TR>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-xscrollincrement">-xscrollincrement</A></TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-yscrollincrement">-yscrollincrement</A></TR>
</TR>
</TABLE></DD>
</DL>
<DL>
<DT><I><A HREF="#wc">WIDGET COMMAND</A></I></DT>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#cget"><B>cget</B></A>
 <I>option</I>
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#configure"><B>configure</B></A>
 ?<I>option</I>? ?<I>value</I> <I>option</I> <I>value</I> ...?
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#getframe"><B>getframe</B></A>
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#see"><B>see</B></A>
 <I>widget</I>
 ?<I>vert</I>?
 ?<I>horz</I>?
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#xview"><B>xview</B></A>
 ?<I>arg...</I>?
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#yview"><B>yview</B></A>
 ?<I>arg...</I>?
</DD>
</DL>
<BR><HR WIDTH="100%"><BR>
<B><A NAME="descr"></A>DESCRIPTION</B><BR>
<P>

ScrollableFrame widget containing widget.

</P>
<BR><HR WIDTH="50%"><BR>
<B><A NAME="wso">WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS</A></B><BR>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-areaheight"><B>-areaheight</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies the height for the scrollable area. If zero, then the height
of the scrollable area is made just large enough to hold all its children.
</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-areawidth"><B>-areawidth</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies the width for the scrollable area. If zero, then the width
of the scrollable area window is made just large enough to hold all its children.
</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-constrainedheight"><B>-constrainedheight</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies whether or not the scrollable area should have the same height of the
scrolled window. If true, vertical scrollbar is not needed.

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-constrainedwidth"><B>-constrainedwidth</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies whether or not the scrollable area should have the same width of the
scrolled window. If true, horizontal scrollbar is not needed.

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-height"><B>-height</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies the desired height for the window in pixels.

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-width"><B>-width</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies the desired width for the window in pixels.

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-xscrollincrement"><B>-xscrollincrement</B></A></DT>
<DD>

See <B>xscrollincrement</B> option of <B>canvas</B> widget.

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-yscrollincrement"><B>-yscrollincrement</B></A></DT>
<DD>

See <B>yscrollincrement</B> option of <B>canvas</B> widget.

</DD>
</DL>
<HR WIDTH="50%"><BR>
<B><A NAME="wc">WIDGET COMMAND</A></B><BR>
<DL><DT><A NAME="cget"><I>pathName</I> <B>cget</B></A>
 <I>option</I>
</DT><DD>

Returns the current value of the configuration option given by <I>option</I>.
<I>Option</I> may have any of the values accepted by the creation command.
</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="configure"><I>pathName</I> <B>configure</B></A>
 ?<I>option</I>? ?<I>value</I> <I>option</I> <I>value</I> ...?
</DT><DD>

Query or modify the configuration options of the widget. If no <I>option</I> is specified,
returns a list describing all of the available options for <I>pathName</I>.
If <I>option</I> is specified with no <I>value</I>, then the command returns a list
describing the one named <I>option</I> (this list will be identical to the corresponding
sublist of the value returned if no <I>option</I> is specified). If one or
more <I>option-value</I> pairs are specified, then the command modifies the given widget
option(s) to have the given value(s); in this case the command returns an empty string.
<I>Option</I> may have any of the values accepted by the creation command.
Read-only options are not be modified.

</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="getframe"><I>pathName</I> <B>getframe</B></A>
</DT><DD>

Return the pathname of the scrolled frame where widget should be created.

</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="see"><I>pathName</I> <B>see</B></A>
 <I>widget</I>
 ?<I>vert</I>?
 ?<I>horz</I>?
</DT><DD>

Arrange scrollable area to make <I>widget</I> visible in the window.
<I>vert</I> and <I>horz</I> specify which part of <I>widget</I> must be preferably
visible, in case where <I>widget</I> is too tall or too large to be entirely visible.
<I>vert</I> must be <B>top</B> (the default) or <B>bottom</B>,
and <I>horz</I> must be <B>left</B> (the default) or <B>right</B>.
If <I>vert</I> or <I>horz</I> is not a valid value, area is not scrolled in this direction.

</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="xview"><I>pathName</I> <B>xview</B></A>
 ?<I>arg...</I>?
</DT><DD>

Standard command to enable horizontal scrolling of <I>pathName</I>.

</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="yview"><I>pathName</I> <B>yview</B></A>
 ?<I>arg...</I>?
</DT><DD>

Standard command to enable vertical scrolling of <I>pathName</I>.

</DD></DL>
</BODY></HTML>

Added pybwidget-0.1.2_1.7.0/BWidget-1.7.0/BWman/ScrolledWindow.html.

>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>

<HTML>
<HEAD><TITLE>ScrolledWindow</TITLE></HEAD>
<BODY BGCOLOR=white>
<DL><DT><I><A HREF="#descr">NAME</A></I></DT>
<DD><B>ScrolledWindow</B>
 - Generic scrolled widget
</DD></DL>
<DL>
<DT><I>CREATION</I></DT>
<DD><A HREF="#descr"><B>ScrolledWindow</B></A> <I>pathName</I> ?<I>option value...</I>?</DD>
</DL>
<DL>
<DT><I>STANDARD OPTIONS</I></DT>
<DD><TABLE CELLSPACING=0 CELLSPACING=0 BORDER=0>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-background">-background or -bg</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-borderwidth">-borderwidth or -bd</A></TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-relief">-relief</A></TR>
</TABLE></DD>
</DL>
<DL>
<DT><I><A HREF="#wso">WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS</A></I></DT>
<DD><TABLE CELLSPACING=0 CELLSPACING=0 BORDER=0>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-auto">-auto</A></TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-scrollbar">-scrollbar</A></TR>
</TR>
</TABLE></DD>
</DL>
<DL>
<DT><I><A HREF="#wc">WIDGET COMMAND</A></I></DT>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#cget"><B>cget</B></A>
 <I>option</I>
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#configure"><B>configure</B></A>
 ?<I>option</I>? ?<I>value</I> <I>option</I> <I>value</I> ...?
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#getframe"><B>getframe</B></A>
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#setwidget"><B>setwidget</B></A>
 <I>widget</I>
</DD>
</DL>
<BR><HR WIDTH="100%"><BR>
<B><A NAME="descr"></A>DESCRIPTION</B><BR>
<P>

ScrolledWindow enables user to create easily a widget with its scrollbar.
Scrollbars are created by ScrolledWindow and scroll commands are automatically associated to
a scrollable widget with <B>ScrolledWindow::setwidget</B>.
</P>
<BR><HR WIDTH="50%"><BR>
<B><A NAME="wso">WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS</A></B><BR>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-auto"><B>-auto</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies the desired auto managed scrollbar:
<LI><B>none</B> means scrollbar are always drawn
<LI><B>horizontal</B> means horizontal scrollbar is drawn as needed
<LI><B>vertical</B> means vertical scrollbar is drawn as needed
<LI><B>both</B> means horizontal and vertical scrollbars are drawn as needed
<LI><B>horizontal</B> means horizontal scrollbar is drawn as needed
</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-scrollbar"><B>-scrollbar (read-only)</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies the desired scrollbar: <B>none</B>, <B>horizontal</B>, <B>vertical</B>
or <B>both</B>. This option is not modifiable with <B>ScrolledWindow::configure</B>.
</DD>
</DL>
<HR WIDTH="50%"><BR>
<B><A NAME="wc">WIDGET COMMAND</A></B><BR>
<DL><DT><A NAME="cget"><I>pathName</I> <B>cget</B></A>
 <I>option</I>
</DT><DD>

Returns the current value of the configuration option given by <I>option</I>.
<I>Option</I> may have any of the values accepted by the creation command.
</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="configure"><I>pathName</I> <B>configure</B></A>
 ?<I>option</I>? ?<I>value</I> <I>option</I> <I>value</I> ...?
</DT><DD>

Query or modify the configuration options of the widget. If no <I>option</I> is specified,
returns a list describing all of the available options for <I>pathName</I>.
If <I>option</I> is specified with no <I>value</I>, then the command returns a list
describing the one named <I>option</I> (this list will be identical to the corresponding
sublist of the value returned if no <I>option</I> is specified). If one or
more <I>option-value</I> pairs are specified, then the command modifies the given widget
option(s) to have the given value(s); in this case the command returns an empty string.
<I>Option</I> may have any of the values accepted by the creation command.
Read-only options are not be modified.

</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="getframe"><I>pathName</I> <B>getframe</B></A>
</DT><DD>

Return the pathname of the frame where the scrolled widget should be created. This command
is no longer needed. You can directly create the scrolled widget as the child
of <I>pathName</I>.
</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="setwidget"><I>pathName</I> <B>setwidget</B></A>
 <I>widget</I>
</DT><DD>

Associate <I>widget</I> to the the scrollbars. <I>widget</I> becomes
managed by the ScrolledWindow.  The user should not attempt to manage
<I>widget</I> until it is no longer managed by the ScrolledWindow.
<I>widget</I> must be a scrollable widget, i.e. have the options
<B>xscrollcommand</B>/<B>yscrollcommand</B> and the command <B>xview</B>/<B>yview</B>,
such as canvas or text.
</DD></DL>
</BODY></HTML>

Added pybwidget-0.1.2_1.7.0/BWidget-1.7.0/BWman/SelectColor.html.

>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>

<HTML>
<HEAD><TITLE>SelectColor</TITLE></HEAD>
<BODY BGCOLOR=white>
<DL><DT><I><A HREF="#descr">NAME</A></I></DT>
<DD><B>SelectColor</B>
 - Color selection widget
</DD></DL>
<DL>
<DT><I>CREATION</I></DT>
<DD><A HREF="#descr"><B>SelectColor</B></A> <I>pathName</I> ?<I>option value...</I>?</DD>
</DL>
<DL>
<DT><I><A HREF="#wso">WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS</A></I></DT>
<DD><TABLE CELLSPACING=0 CELLSPACING=0 BORDER=0>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-color">-color</A></td>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-parent">-parent</A></td>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-placement">-placement</A></td>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-title">-title</A></td>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-type">-type</A></td>
</TR>
</TABLE></DD>
</DL>
<DL>
<DT><I><A HREF="#wc">WIDGET COMMAND</A></I></DT>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#cget"><B>cget</B></A>
 <I>option</I>
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#configure"><B>configure</B></A>
 ?<I>option</I>? ?<I>value</I> <I>option</I> <I>value</I> ...?
</DD>
<DD>SelectColor::<A HREF="#dialog"><B>dialog</B></A>
 <I>pathName</I>
 <I>?option value ...?</I>
</DD>
<DD>SelectColor::<A HREF="#menu"><B>menu</B></A>
 <I>pathName</I>
 <I>placement</I>
 <I>?option value ...?</I>
</DD>
<DD>SelectColor::<A HREF="#setcolor"><B>setcolor</B></A>
 <I>index</I>
 <I>color</I>
</DD>
</DL>
<BR><HR WIDTH="100%"><BR>
<B><A NAME="descr"></A>DESCRIPTION</B><BR>
<P>

SelectColor provides a simple way to select color. It can be displayed
as a dialog box or as a menubutton.

</P>
<BR><HR WIDTH="50%"><BR>
<B><A NAME="wso">WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS</A></B><BR>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-color"><B>-color</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies the color value of the widget.

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-parent"><B>-parent</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Parent of the Dialog. Dialog is centered in its parent. If empty, it is centered in
root window.
</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-placement"><B>-placement</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Where to place the <i>popup</i> color dialog when displaying it.
Must be any of: <b>at</b>, <b>center</b>, <b>left</b>,
<b>right</b>, <b>above</b>, or <b>below</b>.  If <i>-parent</i> is specified,
placement will be in relation to the parent widget.
</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-title"><B>-title</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Title of the Dialog toplevel.

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-type"><B>-type (read-only)</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies the type of the SelectColor widget. Must be <B>dialog</B> or
<B>popup</B>.  <BR>If <B>type</B> option is <I>dialog</I>,
SelectColor::<B>create</B> directly creates the dialog, displays it and
return an empty string if cancel button is pressed or if dialog is destroyed,
and the selected color if ok button is pressed. In all cases, dialog is
destroyed.  <BR>If <B>type</B> option is <I>popup</I>,
SelectColor::<B>create</B> creates a small, popup dialog with a small set of
predefined colors and a button to activate a full color dialog.

</DD>
</DL>
<HR WIDTH="50%"><BR>
<B><A NAME="wc">WIDGET COMMAND</A></B><BR>
<DL><DT><A NAME="cget"><I>pathName</I> <B>cget</B></A>
 <I>option</I>
</DT><DD>

Returns the current value of the configuration option given by <I>option</I>.
<I>Option</I> may have any of the values accepted by the creation command.
</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="configure"><I>pathName</I> <B>configure</B></A>
 ?<I>option</I>? ?<I>value</I> <I>option</I> <I>value</I> ...?
</DT><DD>

Query or modify the configuration options of the widget. If no <I>option</I> is specified,
returns a list describing all of the available options for <I>pathName</I>.
If <I>option</I> is specified with no <I>value</I>, then the command returns a list
describing the one named <I>option</I> (this list will be identical to the corresponding
sublist of the value returned if no <I>option</I> is specified). If one or
more <I>option-value</I> pairs are specified, then the command modifies the given widget
option(s) to have the given value(s); in this case the command returns an empty string.
<I>Option</I> may have any of the values accepted by the creation command.
Read-only options are not be modified.

</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="dialog">SelectColor::<B>dialog</B></A>
 <I>pathName</I>
 <I>?option value ...?</I>
</DT><DD>

Creates a dialog for the user to select a custom color.

</DD></DL>

<DL><DT><A NAME="dialog">SelectColor::<B>menu</B></A>
 <I>pathName</I>
 <I>placement</I>
 <I>?option value ...?</I>
</DT><DD>

Creates a small, popup dialog for the user to select from a predefined list
of colors with an additional button to display a full color dialog.

<p>
<i>placement</i> can be any of <b>at</b>, <b>center</b>, <b>left</b>,
<b>right</b>, <b>above</b>, or <b>below</b>.  If <i>-parent</i> is specified,
placement will be in relation to the parent widget.
</p>

</DD></DL>

</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="setcolor">SelectColor::<B>setcolor</B></A>
 <I>index</I>
 <I>color</I>
</DT><DD>

Set the value of user predefined color at index <I>index</I> to <I>color</I>.
<I>index</I> must be between 0 and 10.

</DD></DL>
</BODY></HTML>

Added pybwidget-0.1.2_1.7.0/BWidget-1.7.0/BWman/SelectFont.html.

>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>

<HTML>
<HEAD><TITLE>SelectFont</TITLE></HEAD>
<BODY BGCOLOR=white>
<DL><DT><I><A HREF="#descr">NAME</A></I></DT>
<DD><B>SelectFont</B>
 - Font selection widget
</DD></DL>
<DL>
<DT><I>CREATION</I></DT>
<DD><A HREF="#descr"><B>SelectFont</B></A> <I>pathName</I> ?<I>option value...</I>?</DD>
</DL>
<DL>
<DT><I>STANDARD OPTIONS</I></DT>
<DD><TABLE CELLSPACING=0 CELLSPACING=0 BORDER=0>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-background">-background or -bg</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-font">-font</A></TR>
</TR>
</TABLE></DD>
</DL>
<DL>
<DT><I><A HREF="#wso">WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS</A></I></DT>
<DD><TABLE CELLSPACING=0 CELLSPACING=0 BORDER=0>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-command">-command</A></TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-parent">-parent</A></TR>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-sampletext">-sampletext</A></TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-title">-title</A></TR>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-type">-type</A></TR>
</TABLE></DD>
</DL>
<DL>
<DT><I><A HREF="#wc">WIDGET COMMAND</A></I></DT>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#cget"><B>cget</B></A>
 <I>option</I>
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#configure"><B>configure</B></A>
 ?<I>option</I>? ?<I>value</I> <I>option</I> <I>value</I> ...?
</DD>
<DD>SelectFont::<A HREF="#loadfont"><B>loadfont</B></A>
</DD>
</DL>
<BR><HR WIDTH="100%"><BR>
<B><A NAME="descr"></A>DESCRIPTION</B><BR>
<P>

SelectFont provides a simple way to choose font. It can be displayed
as a dialog box or as a toolbar.
<BR>Textual items in Dialog box uses <B>-name</B> options so they
can be translated to any language. Symbolic name used are
<B>ok</B>, <B>cancel</B>, <B>font</B>, <B>size</B>, <B>style</B>,
<B>bold</B>, <B>italic</B>, <B>underline</B> and <B>overstrike</B>.

</P>
<BR><HR WIDTH="50%"><BR>
<B><A NAME="wso">WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS</A></B><BR>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-command"><B>-command</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies a command to call when user select a new font when SelectFont <B>type</B>
option is <I>toolbar</I>.

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-parent"><B>-parent</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Parent of the Dialog. Dialog is centered in its parent. If empty, it is centered in
root window.
</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-sampletext"><B>-sampletext</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies the text displayed in the preview area.

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-title"><B>-title</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Title of the Dialog toplevel.

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-type"><B>-type</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies the type of the SelectFont widget. Must be <B>dialog</B> or <B>toolbar</B>.
<BR>If <B>type</B> option is <I>dialog</I>, SelectFont::<B>create</B> directly creates the 
dialog, displays it and return an empty string if cancel button is pressed or if dialog is
destroyed, and the selected font if ok button is pressed. In all cases, dialog is destroyed.
<BR>If <B>type</B> option is <I>toolbar</I>, SelectFont::<B>create</B> returns the pathname
of the widget created.

</DD>
</DL>
<HR WIDTH="50%"><BR>
<B><A NAME="wc">WIDGET COMMAND</A></B><BR>
<DL><DT><A NAME="cget"><I>pathName</I> <B>cget</B></A>
 <I>option</I>
</DT><DD>

Returns the current value of the configuration option given by <I>option</I>.
<I>Option</I> may have any of the values accepted by the creation command.
</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="configure"><I>pathName</I> <B>configure</B></A>
 ?<I>option</I>? ?<I>value</I> <I>option</I> <I>value</I> ...?
</DT><DD>

Query or modify the configuration options of the widget. If no <I>option</I> is specified,
returns a list describing all of the available options for <I>pathName</I>.
If <I>option</I> is specified with no <I>value</I>, then the command returns a list
describing the one named <I>option</I> (this list will be identical to the corresponding
sublist of the value returned if no <I>option</I> is specified). If one or
more <I>option-value</I> pairs are specified, then the command modifies the given widget
option(s) to have the given value(s); in this case the command returns an empty string.
<I>Option</I> may have any of the values accepted by the creation command.
Read-only options are not be modified.

</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="loadfont">SelectFont::<B>loadfont</B></A>
</DT><DD>

Load the font available in the system.

</DD></DL>
</BODY></HTML>

Added pybwidget-0.1.2_1.7.0/BWidget-1.7.0/BWman/Separator.html.

>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>

<HTML>
<HEAD><TITLE>Separator</TITLE></HEAD>
<BODY BGCOLOR=white>
<DL><DT><I><A HREF="#descr">NAME</A></I></DT>
<DD><B>Separator</B>
 - 3D separator widget
</DD></DL>
<DL>
<DT><I>CREATION</I></DT>
<DD><A HREF="#descr"><B>Separator</B></A> <I>pathName</I> ?<I>option value...</I>?</DD>
</DL>
<DL>
<DT><I>STANDARD OPTIONS</I></DT>
<DD><TABLE CELLSPACING=0 CELLSPACING=0 BORDER=0>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-background">-background or -bg</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-orient">-orient</A></TR>
</TR>
</TABLE></DD>
</DL>
<DL>
<DT><I><A HREF="#wso">WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS</A></I></DT>
<DD><TABLE CELLSPACING=0 CELLSPACING=0 BORDER=0>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-relief">-relief</A></TR>
</TABLE></DD>
</DL>
<DL>
<DT><I><A HREF="#wc">WIDGET COMMAND</A></I></DT>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#cget"><B>cget</B></A>
 <I>option</I>
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#configure"><B>configure</B></A>
 ?<I>option</I>? ?<I>value</I> <I>option</I> <I>value</I> ...?
</DD>
</DL>
<BR><HR WIDTH="100%"><BR>
<B><A NAME="descr"></A>DESCRIPTION</B><BR>
<P>

Separator is a widget that display an horizontal or vertical 3-D line.

</P>
<BR><HR WIDTH="50%"><BR>
<B><A NAME="wso">WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS</A></B><BR>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-relief"><B>-relief</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies the relief of the Separator. Must be <B>groove</B> (the default) or <B>ridge</B>.

</DD>
</DL>
<HR WIDTH="50%"><BR>
<B><A NAME="wc">WIDGET COMMAND</A></B><BR>
<DL><DT><A NAME="cget"><I>pathName</I> <B>cget</B></A>
 <I>option</I>
</DT><DD>

Returns the current value of the configuration option given by <I>option</I>.
<I>Option</I> may have any of the values accepted by the creation command.
</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="configure"><I>pathName</I> <B>configure</B></A>
 ?<I>option</I>? ?<I>value</I> <I>option</I> <I>value</I> ...?
</DT><DD>

Query or modify the configuration options of the widget. If no <I>option</I> is specified,
returns a list describing all of the available options for <I>pathName</I>.
If <I>option</I> is specified with no <I>value</I>, then the command returns a list
describing the one named <I>option</I> (this list will be identical to the corresponding
sublist of the value returned if no <I>option</I> is specified). If one or
more <I>option-value</I> pairs are specified, then the command modifies the given widget
option(s) to have the given value(s); in this case the command returns an empty string.
<I>Option</I> may have any of the values accepted by the creation command.
Read-only options are not be modified.

</DD></DL>
</BODY></HTML>

Added pybwidget-0.1.2_1.7.0/BWidget-1.7.0/BWman/SpinBox.html.

>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>

<HTML>
<HEAD><TITLE>SpinBox</TITLE></HEAD>
<BODY BGCOLOR=white>
<DL><DT><I><A HREF="#descr">NAME</A></I></DT>
<DD><B>SpinBox</B>
 - SpinBox widget
</DD></DL>
<DL>
<DT><I>CREATION</I></DT>
<DD><A HREF="#descr"><B>SpinBox</B></A> <I>pathName</I> ?<I>option value...</I>?</DD>
</DL>
<DL>
<DT><I><A HREF="ArrowButton.html">OPTIONS from <B>ArrowButton</B></A></I></DT>
<DD><TABLE CELLSPACING=0 CELLPADDING=0 BORDER=0>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-background or -bg</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-disabledforeground</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-foreground or -fg</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-repeatdelay</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-repeatinterval</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-state</TD>
</TR>
</TABLE></DD>
</DL>
<DL>
<DT><I><A HREF="Entry.html">OPTIONS from <B>Entry</B></A></I></DT>
<DD><TABLE CELLSPACING=0 CELLPADDING=0 BORDER=0>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-command</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-disabledforeground</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-dragenabled</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-dragendcmd</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-dragevent</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-draginitcmd</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-dragtype</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-dropcmd</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-dropenabled</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-dropovercmd</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-droptypes</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-editable</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-entrybg (see <B>-background</B>)</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-entryfg (see <B>-foreground</B>)</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-exportselection</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-font</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-helptext</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-helptype</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-helpvar</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-highlightbackground</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-highlightcolor</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-highlightthickness</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-insertbackground</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-insertborderwidth</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-insertofftime</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-insertontime</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-insertwidth</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-justify</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-selectbackground</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-selectborderwidth</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-selectforeground</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-show</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-state</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-takefocus</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-text</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-textvariable</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-width</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-xscrollcommand</TD>
</TR>
</TABLE></DD>
</DL>
<DL>
<DT><I><A HREF="#wso">WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS</A></I></DT>
<DD><TABLE CELLSPACING=0 CELLSPACING=0 BORDER=0>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-modifycmd">-modifycmd</A></TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-range">-range</A></TR>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-values">-values</A></TR>
</TABLE></DD>
</DL>
<DL>
<DT><I><A HREF="#wc">WIDGET COMMAND</A></I></DT>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#bind"><B>bind</B></A>
 ?<I>arg...</I>?
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#cget"><B>cget</B></A>
 <I>option</I>
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#configure"><B>configure</B></A>
 ?<I>option</I>? ?<I>value</I> <I>option</I> <I>value</I> ...?
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#getvalue"><B>getvalue</B></A>
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#setvalue"><B>setvalue</B></A>
 <I>index</I>
</DD>
</DL>
<BR><HR WIDTH="100%"><BR>
<B><A NAME="descr"></A>DESCRIPTION</B><BR>
<P>

SpinBox widget enables the user to select a value among a list given by the <B>values</B>
option or a set of values defined by a mininum, a maximum and an increment.
Notice that <B>range</B> option defines a list of values, so <B>getvalue</B> and
<B>setvalue</B> work with both values and range.

</P>
<BR><HR WIDTH="50%"><BR>
<B><A NAME="wso">WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS</A></B><BR>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-modifycmd"><B>-modifycmd</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies a Tcl command called when the user modify the value of the SpinBox.
</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-range"><B>-range</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies a list of three intergers (or real) describing the minimum, maximum and increment
of the SpinBox.
</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-values"><B>-values</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies the values accepted by the SpinBox. This option takes precedence over
<B>range</B> option.
</DD>
</DL>
<HR WIDTH="50%"><BR>
<B><A NAME="wc">WIDGET COMMAND</A></B><BR>
<DL><DT><A NAME="bind"><I>pathName</I> <B>bind</B></A>
 ?<I>arg...</I>?
</DT><DD>

Set bindings on the entry widget.

</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="cget"><I>pathName</I> <B>cget</B></A>
 <I>option</I>
</DT><DD>

Returns the current value of the configuration option given by <I>option</I>.
<I>Option</I> may have any of the values accepted by the creation command.
</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="configure"><I>pathName</I> <B>configure</B></A>
 ?<I>option</I>? ?<I>value</I> <I>option</I> <I>value</I> ...?
</DT><DD>

Query or modify the configuration options of the widget. If no <I>option</I> is specified,
returns a list describing all of the available options for <I>pathName</I>.
If <I>option</I> is specified with no <I>value</I>, then the command returns a list
describing the one named <I>option</I> (this list will be identical to the corresponding
sublist of the value returned if no <I>option</I> is specified). If one or
more <I>option-value</I> pairs are specified, then the command modifies the given widget
option(s) to have the given value(s); in this case the command returns an empty string.
<I>Option</I> may have any of the values accepted by the creation command.
Read-only options are not be modified.

</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="getvalue"><I>pathName</I> <B>getvalue</B></A>
</DT><DD>

Returns the index of the current text of the SpinBox in the list of values,
or -1 if it doesn't match any value.

</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="setvalue"><I>pathName</I> <B>setvalue</B></A>
 <I>index</I>
</DT><DD>

Set the text of the SpinBox to the value indicated by <I>index</I> in the list of values.
<I>index</I> may be specified in any of the following forms:
<P>
<DL COMPACT>
<DT>
<B>last</B>
<DD>
Specifies the last element of the list of values.
<DT><B>first</B>
<DD>
Specifies the first element of the list of values.
<DT>
<B>next</B>
<DD>
Specifies the element following the current (ie returned by <B>getvalue</B>) in the list
of values.
<DT><B>previous</B>
<DD>
Specifies the element preceding the current (ie returned by <B>getvalue</B>) in the list
of values.
<DT>
@<I>number</I>
<DD>
Specifies the integer index in the list of values.
</DL>

</DD></DL>
<HR><BR><B>BINDINGS</B><BR><BR>

When Entry of the SpinBox has the input focus, it has the following bindings, in addition
to the default Entry bindings:
<UL>
<LI>Page up set the value of the SpinBox to the last value.
<LI>Page down set the value of the SpinBox to the first value.
<LI>Arrow up set the value of the SpinBox to the next value.
<LI>Arrow down set the value of the SpinBox to the previous value.
</UL>

</BODY></HTML>

Added pybwidget-0.1.2_1.7.0/BWidget-1.7.0/BWman/TitleFrame.html.

>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>

<HTML>
<HEAD><TITLE>TitleFrame</TITLE></HEAD>
<BODY BGCOLOR=white>
<DL><DT><I><A HREF="#descr">NAME</A></I></DT>
<DD><B>TitleFrame</B>
 - Frame with a title
</DD></DL>
<DL>
<DT><I>CREATION</I></DT>
<DD><A HREF="#descr"><B>TitleFrame</B></A> <I>pathName</I> ?<I>option value...</I>?</DD>
</DL>
<DL>
<DT><I>STANDARD OPTIONS</I></DT>
<DD><TABLE CELLSPACING=0 CELLSPACING=0 BORDER=0>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-background">-background or -bg</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-borderwidth">-borderwidth or -bd</A></TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-font">-font</A></TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-foreground">-foreground or -fg</A></TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-relief">-relief</A></TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-text">-text</A></TR>
</TR>
</TABLE></DD>
</DL>
<DL>
<DT><I><A HREF="#wso">WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS</A></I></DT>
<DD><TABLE CELLSPACING=0 CELLSPACING=0 BORDER=0>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-baseline">-baseline</A></TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-ipad">-ipad</A></TR>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-side">-side</A></TR>
</TABLE></DD>
</DL>
<DL>
<DT><I><A HREF="#wc">WIDGET COMMAND</A></I></DT>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#cget"><B>cget</B></A>
 <I>option</I>
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#configure"><B>configure</B></A>
 ?<I>option</I>? ?<I>value</I> <I>option</I> <I>value</I> ...?
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#getframe"><B>getframe</B></A>
</DD>
</DL>
<BR><HR WIDTH="100%"><BR>
<B><A NAME="descr"></A>DESCRIPTION</B><BR>
<P>

TitleFrame enables user to create a frame with a title like XmFrame Motif widget.
</P>
<BR><HR WIDTH="50%"><BR>
<B><A NAME="wso">WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS</A></B><BR>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-baseline"><B>-baseline</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies the vertical alignment of the title: <B>top</B>, <B>center</B> or <B>bottom</B>.
</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-ipad"><B>-ipad</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies a pad between the border of the frame and the user frame.
The value is in screen units.
</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-side"><B>-side</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies the horizontal alignment of the title: <B>left</B>, <B>center</B> or <B>right</B>.
</DD>
</DL>
<HR WIDTH="50%"><BR>
<B><A NAME="wc">WIDGET COMMAND</A></B><BR>
<DL><DT><A NAME="cget"><I>pathName</I> <B>cget</B></A>
 <I>option</I>
</DT><DD>

Returns the current value of the configuration option given by <I>option</I>.
<I>Option</I> may have any of the values accepted by the creation command.
</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="configure"><I>pathName</I> <B>configure</B></A>
 ?<I>option</I>? ?<I>value</I> <I>option</I> <I>value</I> ...?
</DT><DD>

Query or modify the configuration options of the widget. If no <I>option</I> is specified,
returns a list describing all of the available options for <I>pathName</I>.
If <I>option</I> is specified with no <I>value</I>, then the command returns a list
describing the one named <I>option</I> (this list will be identical to the corresponding
sublist of the value returned if no <I>option</I> is specified). If one or
more <I>option-value</I> pairs are specified, then the command modifies the given widget
option(s) to have the given value(s); in this case the command returns an empty string.
<I>Option</I> may have any of the values accepted by the creation command.
Read-only options are not be modified.

</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="getframe"><I>pathName</I> <B>getframe</B></A>
</DT><DD>

Return the frame where the user can create any other widget.
</DD></DL>
</BODY></HTML>

Added pybwidget-0.1.2_1.7.0/BWidget-1.7.0/BWman/Tree.html.

>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>

<HTML>
<HEAD><TITLE>Tree</TITLE></HEAD>
<BODY BGCOLOR=white>
<DL><DT><I><A HREF="#descr">NAME</A></I></DT>
<DD><B>Tree</B>
 - Tree widget
</DD></DL>
<DL>
<DT><I>CREATION</I></DT>
<DD><A HREF="#descr"><B>Tree</B></A> <I>pathName</I> ?<I>option value...</I>?</DD>
</DL>
<DL>
<DT><I>STANDARD OPTIONS</I></DT>
<DD><TABLE CELLSPACING=0 CELLSPACING=0 BORDER=0>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-background">-background or -bg</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-borderwidth">-borderwidth or -bd</A></TD>
</TR>
<TR>
    <TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-cursor">-cursor</A></TD>
    <TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-highlightbackground">-highlightbackground</A></TD>
</TR>
<TR>
    <TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-highlightcolor">-highlightcolor</A></TD>
    <TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-highlightthickness">-highlightthickness</A></TD>
</TR>
<TR>
    <TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-relief">-relief</A></TD>
    <TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-selectbackground">-selectbackground</A></TD>
</TR>
<TR>
    <TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-selectforeground">-selectforeground</A></TD>
    <TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-takefocus">-takefocus</A></TD>
</TR>
<TR>
    <TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-xscrollcommand">-xscrollcommand</A></TD>
    <TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-yscrollcommand">-yscrollcommand</A></TD>
</TR>
</TABLE></DD>
</DL>
<DL>
<DT><I><A HREF="#wso">WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS</A></I></DT>
<DD><TABLE CELLSPACING=0 CELLSPACING=0 BORDER=0>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-closecmd">-closecmd</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-crossfill">-crossfill</A></TD>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-crossclosebitmap">-crossclosebitmap</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-crosscloseimage">-crosscloseimage</A></TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-crossopenbitmap">-crossopenbitmap</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-crossopenimage">-crossopenimage</A></TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-deltax">-deltax</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-deltay">-deltay</A></TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-dragenabled">-dragenabled</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-dragendcmd">-dragendcmd</A></TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-dragevent">-dragevent</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-draginitcmd">-draginitcmd</A></TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-dragtype">-dragtype</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-dropcmd">-dropcmd</A></TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-dropenabled">-dropenabled</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-dropovercmd">-dropovercmd</A></TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-dropovermode">-dropovermode</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-droptypes">-droptypes</A></TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-height">-height</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-linesfill">-linesfill</A></TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-linestipple">-linestipple</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-opencmd">-opencmd</A></TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-padx">-padx</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-redraw">-redraw</A></TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-selectcommand">-selectcommand</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-selectfill">-selectfill</A></TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-showlines">-showlines</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-width">-width</A></TD>
</TR>
</TABLE></DD>
</DL>

<DL>
<DT><I><A HREF="#wc">WIDGET COMMAND</A></I></DT>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#bindImage"><B>bindImage</B></A>
 <I>event</I>
 <I>script</I>
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#bindText"><B>bindText</B></A>
 <I>event</I>
 <I>script</I>
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#cget"><B>cget</B></A>
 <I>option</I>
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#closetree"><B>closetree</B></A>
 <I>node</I>
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#configure"><B>configure</B></A>
 ?<I>option</I>? ?<I>value</I> <I>option</I> <I>value</I> ...?
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#delete"><B>delete</B></A>
 ?<I>arg...</I>?
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#edit"><B>edit</B></A>
 <I>node</I>
 <I>text</I>
 ?<I>verifycmd</I>?
 ?<I>clickres</I>?
 ?<I>select</I>?
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#exists"><B>exists</B></A>
 <I>node</I>
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#index"><B>index</B></A>
 <I>node</I>
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#insert"><B>insert</B></A>
 <I>index</I>
 <I>parent</I>
 <I>node</I>
 ?<I>option value...</I>?
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#itemcget"><B>itemcget</B></A>
 <I>node</I>
 <I>option</I>
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#itemconfigure"><B>itemconfigure</B></A>
 <I>node</I>
 ?<I>option</I>? ?<I>value</I> <I>option</I> <I>value</I> ...?
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#move"><B>move</B></A>
 <I>parent</I>
 <I>node</I>
 <I>index</I>
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#nodes"><B>nodes</B></A>
 <I>node</I>
 ?<I>first</I>?
 ?<I>last</I>?
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#opentree"><B>opentree</B></A>
 <I>node</I>
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#parent"><B>parent</B></A>
 <I>node</I>
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#reorder"><B>reorder</B></A>
 <I>node</I>
 <I>neworder</I>
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#see"><B>see</B></A>
 <I>node</I>
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#selection"><B>selection</B></A>
 <I>cmd</I>
 ?<I>arg...</I>?
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#toggle"><B>toggle</B></A>
 <I>node</I>
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#visible"><B>visible</B></A>
 <I>node</I>
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#xview"><B>xview</B></A>
 ?<I>arg...</I>?
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#yview"><B>yview</B></A>
 ?<I>arg...</I>?
</DD>
</DL>
<BR><HR WIDTH="100%"><BR>
<B><A NAME="descr"></A>DESCRIPTION</B><BR>
<P>

<B>Tree</B> widget uses canvas to display a hierarchical list of items (called nodes).
Each node is composed of a label with its own font and foreground attributes, and an optional
image or window. Each node can have a list of subnodes, which can be collapsed or expanded.
Each node is drawn in a single line, whose height is defined by the
<B>deltay</B> option, so they must have at most this height.
A node is uniquely identified by a string given at creation (by the
<B>insert</B> command). The node named <I>root</I> is the root of
the tree and is not drawn.
The tree structure is directly maintained by the widget.

</P>
<BR><HR WIDTH="50%"><BR>
<B><A NAME="wso">WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS</A></B><BR>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-closecmd"><B>-closecmd</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies a command to be called when user close a node. The
closed node is appended to the command.

</DD>
</DL>

<DL>
    <DT><A NAME="-crossfill"><B>-crossfill</B></A></DT>
    <DD>
    Specifies a foreground color for the cross bitmap.
    </DD>
</DL>

<DL><DT><A NAME="-crossclosebitmap"><B>-crossclosebitmap</B></A></DT>
<DD>
    Specifies a bitmap to be displayed in place of the standard cross
    when a node is closed.
</DD>
</DL>

<DL><DT><A NAME="-crosscloseimage"><B>-crosscloseimage</B></A></DT>
<DD>
    Specifies an image to be displayed in place of the standard cross
    when a node is closed.  Overrides the -crossclosebitmap option.
</DD>
</DL>

<DL><DT><A NAME="-crossopenbitmap"><B>-crossopenbitmap</B></A></DT>
<DD>
    Specifies a bitmap to be displayed in place of the standard cross
    when a node is open.
</DD>
</DL>

<DL><DT><A NAME="-crossopenimage"><B>-crossopenimage</B></A></DT>
<DD>
    Specifies an image to be displayed in place of the standard cross
    when a node is open.  Overrides the -crossopenbitmap option.
</DD>
</DL>

<DL><DT><A NAME="-deltax"><B>-deltax</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies horizontal indentation between a node and its children.

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-deltay"><B>-deltay</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies vertical size of the nodes.

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-dragenabled"><B>-dragenabled</B></A></DT>
<DD>
A boolean specifying if drag is enabled.
</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-dragendcmd"><B>-dragendcmd</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies a command to be called when drag ended.
<B>dragendcmd</B> must be a command conforming to the description of the
option <B>dragendcmd</B> of <B>DragSite::<A HREF="DragSite.html#register">register</A></B>.

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-dragevent"><B>-dragevent</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies the number of the mouse button associated to the drag.
Must be <B>1</B>, <B>2</B> or <B>3</B>.

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-draginitcmd"><B>-draginitcmd</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Tree has a command wrapper for <I>drag-init</I> events. This command refused the drag
if no node is designated. In other cases:
<BR>If <B>draginitcmd</B> is empty, it returns:
<UL>
<LI>the value of option <B>dragtype</B> or <I>TREE_NODE</I> if empty as the data type, 
<LI><I>{copy move link}</I> as the operations, 
<LI>the node identifier as the data.
</UL>
If <B>draginitcmd</B> is not empty, it is called with the following arguments:
<UL>
<LI>the pathname of the tree,
<LI>the identifier of the dragged node,
<LI>the toplevel created to represent dragged data.
</UL>
and must return a value conforming to <B>draginitcmd</B> option described in
<B>DragSite::<A HREF="DragSite.html#register">register</A></B>.

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-dragtype"><B>-dragtype</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies an alternate type of dragged object.

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-dropcmd"><B>-dropcmd</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Tree has a command wrapper for <I>drop</I> events. This command stops auto scrolling
and extract node and position.
<BR>If <B>dropcmd</B> is not empty, it is called with the following arguments:
<UL>
<LI>the pathname of the tree,
<LI>the pathname of the drag source,
<LI>a list describing where the drop occurs. It can be:
<UL>
<LI><I>{</I><B>widget</B><I>}</I>,
<LI><I>{</I><B>node</B> <I>node}</I> or
<LI><I>{</I><B>position</B> <I>node index}</I>.
</UL>
<LI>the current operation,
<LI>the data type,
<LI>the data.
</UL>


</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-dropenabled"><B>-dropenabled</B></A></DT>
<DD>
A boolean specifying if drop is enabled.
</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-dropovercmd"><B>-dropovercmd</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Tree has a command wrapper for <I>drag-over</I> events. This command enables auto scrolling
and position extraction during the <I>drag-over</I>.
If <B>dropovercmd</B> is not empty, the command is called with the following aguments:
<UL>
<LI>the pathname of the tree,
<LI>the pathname of the drag source,
<LI>a list describing where the drop can occur, whose elements are:
<UL>
<LI>the string <I>widget</I> if <B>dropovertype</B> option contains <I>w</I>, else empty string.
<LI>the targeted node if drag icon points a node and <B>dropovertype</B> option contains <I>n</I>, else empty string.
<LI>a list containing a node and the position within the children of the node where drag 
icon points to if <B>dropovertype</B> option contains <I>p</I>, else empty string.
<LI>optionally, the preferred method if drop can occur both inside a node and between two
nodes. The value is <I>position</I> or <I>node</I>.
</UL>
<LI>the current operation,
<LI>the data type,
<LI>the data.
</UL>
The command must return a list with two elements:
<UL>
<LI>the drop status, conforming to those described in <B>dropovercmd</B> option of
<B>DropSite::<A HREF="DropSite.html#register">register</A></B>,
<LI>the choosen method: <I>widget</I>, <I>node</I> or <I>position</I>.
</UL>

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-dropovermode"><B>-dropovermode</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies the type of <I>drop-over</I> interaction. Must be a combination of
<B>w</B>, which specifies that drop can occurs everywhere on widget,
<B>p</B>, which specifies that drop can occurs between two nodes,
and <B>n</B>, which specifies that drop occurs inside nodes.

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-droptypes"><B>-droptypes</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies a list of accepted dropped object/operation.
See option <B>droptypes</B> of
<B>DropSite::<A HREF="DropSite.html#register">register</A></B>.
for more infromation.

<BR>Default is <I>TREE_NODE</I> with operations <B>copy</B> and <B>move</B>.

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-height"><B>-height</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies the desired height for the tree in units of <B>deltay</B> pixels.

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-linesfill"><B>-linesfill</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies a foreground color for the lines between nodes.

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-linestipple"><B>-linestipple</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies a stipple bitmap for the lines between nodes.

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-opencmd"><B>-opencmd</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies a command to be called when the user opens a node. The path
of the tree widget and the opened node are appended to the command.

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-padx"><B>-padx</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies distance between image or window and text of the nodes.

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-redraw"><B>-redraw</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies wether or not the tree should be redrawn when entering idle.
Set it to false if you call <B>update</B> while modifying the tree.

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-selectcommand"><B>-selectcommand</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies a command to be called when the selection is changed. The
path of the tree widget and the selected nodes are appended to the
command.

</DD>
</DL>

<DL><DT><A NAME="-selectfill"><B>-selectfill</B></A></DT>
<DD>
    If true, the selection box will be drawn across the entire tree from
    left-to-right instead of just around the item text.
</DD>
</DL>

<DL><DT><A NAME="-showlines"><B>-showlines</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies whether or not lines should be drawn between nodes.

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-width"><B>-width</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies the desired width for the tree in units of 8 pixels.

</DD>
</DL>
<HR WIDTH="50%"><BR>

<B><A NAME="nodes">NODE NAMES</A></B><BR>
<p>
Certain special characters in node names are automatically substituted
by the tree during operation.  These characters are <b>&amp; | ^ !</b>.
They are all substituted with a <b>_</b> character.  This is only to
avoid errors because the characters are special to the tree widget.
</p>

<B><A NAME="wc">WIDGET COMMAND</A></B><BR>
<DL><DT><A NAME="bindImage"><I>pathName</I> <B>bindImage</B></A>
 <I>event</I>
 <I>script</I>
</DT><DD>

This command associates a command to execute whenever the event
sequence given by <I>event</I> occurs on the image of a node.
The node idenfier on which the event occurs is appended to the command.

<p>
Any occurrence of <b>%W</b> in script is substituted with the path of the tree.
</p>

</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="bindText"><I>pathName</I> <B>bindText</B></A>
 <I>event</I>
 <I>script</I>
</DT><DD>

This command associates a command to execute whenever the event
sequence given by <I>event</I> occurs on the label of a node.
The node idenfier on which the event occurs is appended to the command.

<p>
Any occurrence of <b>%W</b> in script is substituted with the path of the tree.
</p>

</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="cget"><I>pathName</I> <B>cget</B></A>
 <I>option</I>
</DT><DD>

Returns the current value of the configuration option given by <I>option</I>.
<I>Option</I> may have any of the values accepted by the creation command.
</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="closetree"><I>pathName</I> <B>closetree</B></A> <I>node</I>
?<I>recurse</I>?
</DT><DD>

This command close all the subtree given by <I>node</I>. Recurse
through the tree starting at <I>node</I> and set <B>open</B> option to 0
depending on <I>recurse</I>. Default value of <I>recurse</I> is <I>true</I>.

</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="configure"><I>pathName</I> <B>configure</B></A>
 ?<I>option</I>? ?<I>value</I> <I>option</I> <I>value</I> ...?
</DT><DD>

Query or modify the configuration options of the widget. If no <I>option</I> is
specified, returns a list describing all of the available options for
<I>pathName</I>.  If <I>option</I> is specified with no <I>value</I>, then the
command returns a list describing the one named <I>option</I> (this list will
be identical to the corresponding sublist of the value returned if no
<I>option</I> is specified). If one or more <I>option-value</I> pairs are
specified, then the command modifies the given widget option(s) to have the
given value(s); in this case the command returns an empty string.
<I>Option</I> may have any of the values accepted by the creation command.
Read-only options are not be modified.

</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="delete"><I>pathName</I> <B>delete</B></A>
 ?<I>arg...</I>?
</DT><DD>

Deletes all nodes (and children of them) in <I>arg</I>. <I>arg</I> can be a list
of nodes or a list of list of nodes.
To delete all the tree, do <I>$pathName delete [$pathName nodes root]</I>.

</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="edit"><I>pathName</I> <B>edit</B></A>
 <I>node</I>
 <I>text</I>
 ?<I>verifycmd</I>?
 ?<I>clickres</I>?
 ?<I>select</I>?
</DT><DD>

Provides a way for the user to edit in place the label of a node. This is
possible only if <I>node</I> is visible (all its parents are open).
<BR>The command takes the initial text as argument and does not modify the label of the
edited node, but returns an empty string if edition is canceled, or the typed text
if edition is accepted.
<BR>When editing, the user can cancel by pressing Escape, or accept by pressing Return.
<BR><I>clickres</I> specifies what to do if the user click outside the editable area.
If <I>clickres</I> is 0 (the default), the edition is canceled.
If <I>clickres</I> is 1, the edition is accepted.
In all other case, the edition continues.
<BR>If edition is accepted and <I>modifycmd</I> is not empty, then it is called with
the new text as argument and must return 1 to accept the new text, 0 to refuse it
and continue edition.
<BR><I>select</I> specifies wether or not the initial text should be selected. Default is 1.

</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="exists"><I>pathName</I> <B>exists</B></A>
 <I>node</I>
</DT><DD>

Returns whether or not <I>node</I> exists in the tree.

</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="index"><I>pathName</I> <B>index</B></A>
 <I>node</I>
</DT><DD>

Returns the position of <I>node</I> in its parent.

</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="insert"><I>pathName</I> <B>insert</B></A>
 <I>index</I>
 <I>parent</I>
 <I>node</I>
 ?<I>option value...</I>?
</DT><DD>

<p>
Inserts a new node identified by <I>node</I> in the children list of
<I>parent</I> at position <I>index</I>.
</p>

<p>
Any instance of <i>#auto</i> within the node name will be replaced by the
number of the item in the order of insertion.
</p>


<P>
<DL><DT><A NAME="Node-anchor"><B>-anchor</B></A></DT>
<DD>
    Specifies the anchor of the image or window of the node.  Defaults to w.
</DD>
</DL>

<DL><DT><A NAME="Node-data"><B>-data</B></A></DT>
<DD>

User data associated to the node.

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-deltax"><B>-deltax</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies the horizontal indentation of the node.  If the value is -1, the
node will be drawn with the deltax for the entire tree.

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="Node-drawcross"><B>-drawcross</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies how the cross used to expand or collapse the children of a node
should be drawn. 
Must be one of <B>auto</B>, <B>allways</B> or <B>never</B>.
<BR>If <B>auto</B>, the cross is drawn only if the node has children.
If <B>allways</B>, the cross is always drawn.
If <B>never</B>, the cross is never drawn.

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="Node-fill"><B>-fill</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies the foreground color of the label of the node.

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="Node-font"><B>-font</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies a font for the label of the node.

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-helptext"><B>-helptext</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Text for dynamic help. If empty, no help is available for this widget.
See also <A HREF="DynamicHelp.html">DynamicHelp</A>.
</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-helptype"><B>-helptype</B></A></DT>
<DD>
Type of dynamic help. Use <I>balloon</I> or <I>variable</I>.
See also <A HREF="DynamicHelp.html">DynamicHelp</A>.
</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-helpvar"><B>-helpvar</B></A></DT>
<DD>
Variable to use when <B>helptype</B> option is <I>variable</I>.
See also <A HREF="DynamicHelp.html">DynamicHelp</A>.
</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="Node-image"><B>-image</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies an image to display at the left of the label of the node.
<B>window</B> option override <B>image</B>.
</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="Node-open"><B>-open</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies wether or not the children of the node should be drawn.

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-padx"><B>-padx</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies the distance between image or window and the text of the node.  If
the value is -1, the node will be drawn with the padx for the entire tree.

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="Node-selectable"><B>-selectable</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies if the node can be selected or not.

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="Node-text"><B>-text</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies the label of the node.

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="Node-window"><B>-window</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies a pathname to display at the left of the label of the node.
<B>window</B> option override <B>image</B>.
</DD>
</DL>
</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="itemcget"><I>pathName</I> <B>itemcget</B></A>
 <I>node</I>
 <I>option</I>
</DT><DD>

Returns the current value of a configuration option for the item.
<I>Option</I> may have any of the values accepted by the item creation command.

</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="itemconfigure"><I>pathName</I> <B>itemconfigure</B></A>
 <I>node</I>
 ?<I>option</I>? ?<I>value</I> <I>option</I> <I>value</I> ...?
</DT><DD>

This command is similar to the <B>configure</B> command, except that it applies to the
options for an individual item, whereas <B>configure</B> applies to the options for
the widget as a whole. <B>Options</B> may have any of the values accepted by the 
item creation widget command. If options are specified, options are modified as indicated
in the command and the command returns an empty string. If no options are specified,
returns a list describing the current options for the item.
Read-only options are not be modified.

</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="move"><I>pathName</I> <B>move</B></A>
 <I>parent</I>
 <I>node</I>
 <I>index</I>
</DT><DD>

Moves <I>node</I> to the children list of <I>parent</I> at position <I>index</I>.
<I>parent</I> can not be a descendant of <I>node</I>.

</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="nodes"><I>pathName</I> <B>nodes</B></A>
 <I>node</I>
 ?<I>first</I>?
 ?<I>last</I>?
</DT><DD>

Returns parts of the children of <I>node</I>, following <I>first</I> and <I>last</I>.<BR>
If <I>first</I> and <I>last</I> are omitted, returns the list of all children.
If <I>first</I> is specified and <I>last</I> omitted, returns the child at index
<I>first</I>, or an empty string if <I>first</I> refers to a non-existent element.
If <I>first</I> and <I>last</I> are specified, the command returns a list whose elements
are all of the children between <I>first</I> and <I>last</I>,
inclusive. Both <I>first</I> and <I>last</I> may have any of the standard
forms for indices.

</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="opentree"><I>pathName</I> <B>opentree</B></A> <I>node</I> ?<I>recurse</I>?

</DT><DD>

This command open all the subtree given by <I>node</I>. Recurse through the
tree starting at <I>node</I> and set <B>open</B> option to 1 depending on value
of <I>recurse</I>. Default value of <I>recurse</I> is <I>true</I>.

</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="parent"><I>pathName</I> <B>parent</B></A>
 <I>node</I>
</DT><DD>

Returns the parent of <I>node</I>.

</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="reorder"><I>pathName</I> <B>reorder</B></A>
 <I>node</I>
 <I>neworder</I>
</DT><DD>

Modifies the order of children of <I>node</I> given by <I>neworder</I>. Children of
<I>node</I> that do not appear in <I>neworder</I> are no moved.

</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="see"><I>pathName</I> <B>see</B></A>
 <I>node</I>
</DT><DD>

Arrange the scrolling area to make <I>node</I> visible.

</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="selection"><I>pathName</I> <B>selection</B></A>
 <I>cmd</I>
 ?<I>arg...</I>?
</DT><DD>

Modifies the list of selected nodes following <I>cmd</I>:
<DL>
<DT><B>add</B>
<DD>Adds all nodes in <I>arg</I> to the selection.
<DT><B>clear</B>
<DD>Removes all nodes from the selection.
<DT><B>get</B>
<DD>Returns a list containing the indices of current selected nodes.
<DT><B>includes</B>
<DD>Tests if the specified node is selected. Returns true if the answer is yes, and false else.
<DT><B>range</B>
<DD>Sets the selection to all nodes between the two specified ones.
<DT><B>remove</B>
<DD>Removes all nodes in <I>arg</I> from the selection.
<DT><B>set</B>
<DD>Sets the selection to all nodes in <I>arg</I>.
<DT><B>toggle</B>
<DD>Toggles the selection status of all nodes in <I>arg</I>.
</DL>

The subcommands <B>add</B>, <B>range</B>, and <B>set</B> silently
ignore nodes which are declared unselectable. See the node option
<a href="#Node-selectable">-selectable</a> to influence this.

</DD></DL>

</DD></DL>

<DL><DT><A NAME="toggle"><I>pathName</I> <B>toggle</B></A>
 <I>node</I>
</DT><DD>
    Toggle the open/close status of the given <i>node</i>.
</DD></DL>

<DL><DT><A NAME="visible"><I>pathName</I> <B>visible</B></A>
 <I>node</I>
</DT><DD>

Returns whether or not <I>node</I> is visible (all its parents are open).

</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="xview"><I>pathName</I> <B>xview</B></A>
 ?<I>arg...</I>?
</DT><DD>

Standard command to enable horizontal scrolling of <I>pathName</I>.

</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="yview"><I>pathName</I> <B>yview</B></A>
 ?<I>arg...</I>?
</DT><DD>

Standard command to enable vertical scrolling of <I>pathName</I>.

</DD></DL>

<B><A NAME="nodes">BINDINGS</A></B><BR>

<p>
A <b>&lt;&lt;TreeSelect&gt;&gt;</b> virtual event is generated any time the
selection in the tree changes.  This is the default behavior of an
item in the tree, but it can be overridden with the bindText or
bindImage command.  If the button 1 binding is overridden, this event may
not be generated.
</p>

<p>
The tree has all the standard mouse wheel bindings when it has focus.
</p>

</BODY></HTML>

Added pybwidget-0.1.2_1.7.0/BWidget-1.7.0/BWman/Widget.html.

>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>

<HTML>
<HEAD><TITLE>Widget</TITLE></HEAD>
<BODY BGCOLOR=white>
<IMG SRC="constr.gif" WIDTH="40" HEIGHT="40"> Under construction ...<BR>
<DL><DT><I><A HREF="#descr">NAME</A></I></DT>
<DD><B>Widget</B>
 - The Widget base class
</DD></DL>
<DL>
<DT><I><A HREF="#wc">COMMAND</A></I></DT>
<DD>Widget::<A HREF="#addmap"><B>addmap</B></A>
 <I>class</I>
 <I>subclass</I>
 <I>subpath</I>
 <I>options</I>
</DD>
<DD>Widget::<A HREF="#bwinclude"><B>bwinclude</B></A>
 <I>class</I>
 <I>subclass</I>
 <I>subpath</I>
 ?<I>arg...</I>?
</DD>
<DD>Widget::<A HREF="#cget"><B>cget</B></A>
 <I>path</I>
 <I>option</I>
</DD>
<DD>Widget::<A HREF="#configure"><B>configure</B></A>
 <I>path</I>
 <I>options</I>
</DD>
<DD>Widget::<A HREF="#create"><B>create</B></A>
 <I>class</I>
 <I>path</I>
 ?<I>rename</I>?
</DD>
<DD>Widget::<A HREF="#declare"><B>declare</B></A>
 <I>class</I>
 <I>optlist</I>
</DD>
<DD>Widget::<A HREF="#define"><B>define</B></A>
 <I>class</I>
 <I>filename</I>
 ?<I>class ...</I>?
</DD>
<DD>Widget::<A HREF="#destroy"><B>destroy</B></A>
 <I>path</I>
</DD>
<DD>Widget::<A HREF="#focusNext"><B>focusNext</B></A>
 <I>w</I>
</DD>
<DD>Widget::<A HREF="#focusOK"><B>focusOK</B></A>
 <I>w</I>
</DD>
<DD>Widget::<A HREF="#focusPrev"><B>focusPrev</B></A>
 <I>w</I>
</DD>
<DD>Widget::<A HREF="#generate-doc"><B>generate-doc</B></A>
 <I>dir</I>
 <I>widgetlist</I>
</DD>
<DD>Widget::<A HREF="#generate-widget-doc"><B>generate-widget-doc</B></A>
 <I>class</I>
 <I>iscmd</I>
 <I>file</I>
</DD>
<DD>Widget::<A HREF="#getoption"><B>getoption</B></A>
 <I>path</I>
 <I>option</I>
</DD>
<DD>Widget::<A HREF="#getVariable"><B>getVariable</B></A>
 <I>path</I>
 <I>varName</I>
 <I>?myVarName?</I>
</DD>
<DD>Widget::<A HREF="#hasChanged"><B>hasChanged</B></A>
 <I>path</I>
 <I>option</I>
 <I>pvalue</I>
</DD>
<DD>Widget::<A HREF="#init"><B>init</B></A>
 <I>class</I>
 <I>path</I>
 <I>options</I>
</DD>
<DD>Widget::<A HREF="#setoption"><B>setoption</B></A>
 <I>path</I>
 <I>option</I>
 <I>value</I>
</DD>
<DD>Widget::<A HREF="#subcget"><B>subcget</B></A>
 <I>path</I>
 <I>subwidget</I>
</DD>
<DD>Widget::<A HREF="#syncoptions"><B>syncoptions</B></A>
 <I>class</I>
 <I>subclass</I>
 <I>subpath</I>
 <I>options</I>
</DD>
<DD>Widget::<A HREF="#tkinclude"><B>tkinclude</B></A>
 <I>class</I>
 <I>tkwidget</I>
 <I>subpath</I>
 ?<I>arg...</I>?
</DD>
</DL>
<BR><HR WIDTH="100%"><BR>
<B><A NAME="descr"></A>DESCRIPTION</B><BR>
<P>

The <B>Widget</B> namespace handle data associated to all BWidget and provide commands
to easily define BWidget.
<BR>For commands can be used to define a BWidget:
<B>tkinclude</B>, <B>bwinclude</B>, <B>declare</B>, <B>addmap</B> and <B>syncoptions</B>.
Here is the definition of <A HREF="ComboBox.html">ComboBox</A> widget:
<BR><BR>
<CENTER>
<TABLE BORDER=2 CELSPACING=2 WIDTH=80%>
<TR><TD><PRE>
namespace eval ComboBox {
    <FONT COLOR=red><I># We're using ArrowButton, Entry and LabelFrame</I></FONT>
    ArrowButton::use
    Entry::use
    LabelFrame::use

    <FONT COLOR=red><I># Include resources of LabelFrame</I></FONT>
    Widget::bwinclude ComboBox LabelFrame .labf \ 
        rename     {-text -label} \ 
        remove     {-focus} \ 
        prefix     {label -justify -width -anchor -height -font} \ 
        initialize {-relief sunken -borderwidth 2}

    <FONT COLOR=red><I># Include resources of Entry</I></FONT>
    Widget::bwinclude ComboBox Entry .e \ 
        remove {-relief -bd -borderwidth -bg -fg} \ 
        rename {-foreground -entryfg -background -entrybg}

    <FONT COLOR=red><I># Declare new resources</I></FONT>
    Widget::declare ComboBox {
        {-height      TkResource 0  0 listbox}
        {-values      String     "" 0}
        {-modifycmd   String     "" 0}
        {-postcommand String     "" 0}
    }

    <FONT COLOR=red><I># Map resources to subwidget</I></FONT>
    Widget::addmap ComboBox "" :cmd {-background {}}
    Widget::addmap ComboBox ArrowButton .a \ 
        {-foreground {} -background {} -disabledforeground {} -state {}}

    <FONT COLOR=red><I># Synchronize subwidget options</I></FONT>
    Widget::syncoptions ComboBox Entry .e {-text {}}
    Widget::syncoptions ComboBox LabelFrame .labf {-label -text -underline {}}

    proc use {} {}
}</PRE>
</TD></TR>
</TABLE></CENTER>

</P>
<HR WIDTH="50%"><BR>
<B><A NAME="wc">COMMAND</A></B><BR>
<DL><DT><A NAME="addmap">Widget::<B>addmap</B></A>
 <I>class</I>
 <I>subclass</I>
 <I>subpath</I>
 <I>options</I>
</DT><DD>

This command map some resources to subwidget.
Mapped resources automatically configure subwidget when widget is configured.
<UL>
<LI><I>class</I> is the class of the new BWidget
<LI><I>subclass</I> is the class the subwidget (BWidget class, e.g Entry, or empty for Tk widget)
<LI><I>subpath</I> is the path of the subwidget
<LI><I>options</I> is the list <I>{option realres ...}</I> of options to map to subwidget
</UL>
</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="bwinclude">Widget::<B>bwinclude</B></A>
 <I>class</I>
 <I>subclass</I>
 <I>subpath</I>
 ?<I>arg...</I>?
</DT><DD>

This command includes into a new BWidget the resources of another BWidget.
Arguments are:
<UL>
<LI><I>class</I> class of the new widget
<LI><I>subclass</I> class name of the BWidget to be included
<LI><I>subpath</I>  path of the widget to configure when BWidget is configured
<LI><I>options</I> is:
<UL>
<LI><I><B>include</B> {option option ...}</I>
<BR>list of options to include (all if not defined)
<LI><I><B>remove</B> {option option ...}</I>
<BR> list of options to remove
<LI><I><B>rename</B> {option name option name ...}</I>
<BR>list of options to rename
<LI><I><B>prefix</B> {prefix option option ...}</I>
<BR>pefix all <I>option</I> by <I>prefix</I>
<LI><I><B>initialize</B> {option value option value ...}</I>
<BR>default value of options
<LI><I><B>readonly</B> {option value option value ...}</I>
<BR>new readonly flag
</UL></UL>
</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="cget">Widget::<B>cget</B></A>
 <I>path</I>
 <I>option</I>
</DT><DD>

Returns the value of <I>option</I> of BWidget <I>path</I>. <B>cget</B> tests the option
existence and takes care of synchronization with subwidget.
Typically called by the BWidget <B>cget</B> command.

</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="configure">Widget::<B>configure</B></A>
 <I>path</I>
 <I>options</I>
</DT><DD>
Description text
</DD></DL>

<DL><DT><A NAME="create">Widget::<B>create</B></A>
 <I>class</I>
 <I>path</I>
 ?<I>rename</I>?
</DT><DD>
    The standard method for creating a BWidget.  The real widget path
    is renamed to $path:cmd, and a new proc is created to replace the
    path which points to the BWidget's commands.

    <p>
    If <i>rename</i> is false, the path will not be renamed, but the
    proc will still be created.  This is useful when inheriting another
    BWidget who will already have renamed the widget.
    </p>

    <p>
    The command returns the widget path.  This command is usually the
    last command executed in the ::create command for the widget.
    </p>
</DD></DL>

<DL><DT><A NAME="declare">Widget::<B>declare</B></A>
 <I>class</I>
 <I>optlist</I>
</DT><DD>

This command declare new resources for a BWidget.
<UL>
<LI><I>class</I> is class of the new widget
<LI><I>options</I> is the list describing new options. Each new option is a list
<B>{option type value ro ?args?}</B> where:
<UL>
<LI><I>option</I> is the name of the option
<LI><I>type</I> is the type of the option
<LI><I>value</I> is the default value of the option
<LI><I>ro</I> is the readonly flag of the option
<LI><I>args</I> depends on type
</UL></UL>
<BR>
<I>type</I> can be:
<BR>
<DL>
<DT><B>TkResource</B></DT>
<DD>
<I>value</I> of <I>option</I> denotes a resource of a Tk widget. <I>args</I> must be <I>class</I> or
<I>{class realoption}</I>. <I>class</I> is the creation command of the Tk widget, e.g.
<B>entry</B>.
The second form must be used if <I>option</I> has not the same name in Tk widget,
but <I>realoption</I>.
<BR>If <I>value</I> is empty, it is initialized to the default value of the Tk widget.
</DD>

<DT><B>BwResource</B></DT>
<DD>
<I>value</I> of <I>option</I> denotes a resource of a BWidget. <I>args</I> must be <I>class</I> or
<I>{class realoption}</I>. <I>class</I> is the name of the namespace of the BWidget, e.g.
<B>LabelFrame</B>.
The second form must be used if <I>option</I> has not the same name in BWidget,
but <I>realoption</I>.
<BR>If <I>value</I> is empty, it is initialized to the default value of the BWidget.
</DD>

<DT><B>Int</B></DT>
<DD><I>value</I> of <I>option</I> is an integer.
<I>args</I> can be <I>{?min? ?max?}</I> to force it to be in a range. The test is
<I>[expr $option &gt; $min] && [expr $option &lt; $max]</I> so
if args is <I>{0 10}</I>, value must be beetween 0 and 10 exclude,
if <I>args</I> is <I>{=0 =10}</I> , value must be beetween 0 and 10 include.
</DD>

<DT><B>Boolean</B></DT>
<DD><I>value</I> of <I>option</I> is a boolean. True values can be <B>1</B>, <B>true</B> or <B>yes</B>.
False values can be <B>0</B>, <B>false</B> or <B>no</B>. <B>Widget::cget</B> always return
0 or 1.
</DD>

<DT><B>Enum</B></DT>
<DD>
<I>value</I> of <I>option</I> is a element of a enumeration. <I>args</I> must be the list
of enumeration, e.g. <I>{top left bottom right}</I>.
</DD>

<DT><B>Flag</B></DT>
<DD>
<I>value</I> of <I>option</I> is a combination of a set of chars. <I>args</I> must be a
string defining the set.
</DD>

<DT><B>String</B></DT>
<DD>
<DD><I>value</I> of <I>option</I> is any uncontrolled string.
</DD>

<DT><B>Synonym</B></DT>
<DD>
<DD><I>option</I> is a synonym of option <I>args</I>. <I>value</I> has no effect here.
</DD>
</DL>
</DD></DL>

<DL><DT><A NAME="define">Widget::<B>define</B></A>
 <I>class</I>
 <I>filename</I>
 ?<I>class ...</I>?
</DT><DD>

    <p>
    This command is used to define a new BWidget class.  It is
    usually the first command executed in a new widget definition.
    </p>

<ul>
    <li><i>class</i> is the name of the new widget class.</li>
    <li><i>filename</i> is the name of the file (without extension) in the
    BWidget distribution that defines this class.</li>
</ul>

    <p>
    Each class defined after the filename is a class that this widget
    depends on.  The ::use command will be called for each of these
    classes after the new widget has been defined.
    </p>

    <p>
    This command does several things to setup the new class.  First, it
    creates an alias in the global namespace for the name of the class
    that points to the class's ::create subcommand.  Second, it defines
    a ::use subcommand for the class which other classes can use to load
    this class on the fly.  Lastly, it creates a default binding to the
    &lt;Destroy&gt; event for the class that calls Widget::destroy on
    the path.  This is the default setup for almost all widgets in the
    BWidget package.
    </p>

</DD></DL>

<DL><DT><A NAME="destroy">Widget::<B>destroy</B></A>
 <I>path</I>
</DT><DD>
Description text
</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="focusNext">Widget::<B>focusNext</B></A>
 <I>w</I>
</DT><DD>
Description text
</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="focusOK">Widget::<B>focusOK</B></A>
 <I>w</I>
</DT><DD>
Description text
</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="focusPrev">Widget::<B>focusPrev</B></A>
 <I>w</I>
</DT><DD>
Description text
</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="generate-doc">Widget::<B>generate-doc</B></A>
 <I>dir</I>
 <I>widgetlist</I>
</DT><DD>
Description text
</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="generate-widget-doc">Widget::<B>generate-widget-doc</B></A>
 <I>class</I>
 <I>iscmd</I>
 <I>file</I>
</DT><DD>
Description text
</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="getoption">Widget::<B>getoption</B></A>
 <I>path</I>
 <I>option</I>
</DT><DD>

Returns the value of <I>option</I> of BWidget <I>path</I>. This command does not test
option existence, does not handle synonym and does not take care of synchronization with
subwidget.

</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="getVariable">Widget::<B>getVariable</B></A>
 <I>path</I>
 <I>varName</I>
 <I>?myVarName?</I>
</DT><DD>

<p>
Make the variable <i>varName</i> relational to <i>path</i> accessible in
the current procedure.  The variable will be created in the widget namespace
for <i>path</i> and can be used for storing widget-specific information.
When <i>path</i> is destroyed, any variable accessed in this manner will be
destroyed with it.
</p>

<p>
If <i>myVarName</i> is specified, the variable will be accessible in the
current procedure as that name.
</p>

</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="hasChanged">Widget::<B>hasChanged</B></A>
 <I>path</I>
 <I>option</I>
 <I>pvalue</I>
</DT><DD>
Description text
</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="init">Widget::<B>init</B></A>
 <I>class</I>
 <I>path</I>
 <I>options</I>
</DT><DD>
Description text
</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="setoption">Widget::<B>setoption</B></A>
 <I>path</I>
 <I>option</I>
 <I>value</I>
</DT><DD>

Set the value of <I>option</I> of BWidget <I>path</I> without option test, subwidget mapping,
synonym handling and does not set the modification flag.

</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="subcget">Widget::<B>subcget</B></A>
 <I>path</I>
 <I>subwidget</I>
</DT><DD>

Returns the list of all option/value of BWidget <I>path</I> that are mapped to <I>subwidget</I>.

</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="syncoptions">Widget::<B>syncoptions</B></A>
 <I>class</I>
 <I>subclass</I>
 <I>subpath</I>
 <I>options</I>
</DT><DD>

This command synchronize options value of a subwidget.
Used when an option of a subwidget is modified out of the BWidget <B>configure</B> command.
<UL>
<LI><I>class</I> is the class of the new BWidget
<LI><I>subclass</I> is the class the subwidget (BWidget class, e.g Entry, or empty for Tk widget)
<LI><I>subpath</I> is the path of the subwidget
<LI><I>options</I> is the list <I>{option realres ...}</I> of options to synchronize 
with subwidget
</UL>
</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="tkinclude">Widget::<B>tkinclude</B></A>
 <I>class</I>
 <I>tkwidget</I>
 <I>subpath</I>
 ?<I>arg...</I>?
</DT><DD>

This command includes into a new BWidget the resources of a Tk widget.
Arguments are:
<UL>
<LI><I>class</I> class of the new widget
<LI><I>tkwidger</I> command name of the Tk widget to be included
<LI><I>subpath</I>  path of the widget to configure when BWidget is configured
<LI><I>options</I> is:
<UL>
<LI><I><B>include</B> {option option ...}</I>
<BR>list of options to include (all if not defined)
<LI><I><B>remove</B> {option option ...}</I>
<BR>list of options to remove
<LI><I><B>rename</B> {option name option name ...}</I>
<BR>list of options to rename
<LI><I><B>prefix</B> {prefix option option ...}</I>
<BR>pefix all <I>option</I> by <I>prefix</I>
<LI><I><B>initialize</B> {option value option value ...}</I>
<BR>default value of options
<LI><I><B>readonly</B> {option value option value ...}</I>
<BR>new readonly flag
</UL></UL>
</DD></DL>
</BODY></HTML>

Added pybwidget-0.1.2_1.7.0/BWidget-1.7.0/BWman/contents.html.

>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>

<HTML><BODY BGCOLOR=white target=Manual>
<BR><BR><DT><B>Simple Widgets</B>
<DD><TABLE BORDER=0 CELLSPACING=0>
<TR><TD><A HREF="Label.html">Label</A></TD>
<TD>Label widget with <B>state</B> option, dynamic help and drag and drop facilities</TD></TR>
<TR><TD><A HREF="Entry.html">Entry</A></TD>
<TD>Entry widget with <B>state</B> option, dynamic help and drag and drop facilities</TD></TR>
<TR><TD><A HREF="Button.html">Button</A></TD>
<TD>Button widget with enhanced options</TD></TR>
<TR><TD><A HREF="ArrowButton.html">ArrowButton</A></TD>
<TD>Button widget with an arrow shape.</TD></TR>
<TR><TD><A HREF="ProgressBar.html">ProgressBar</A></TD>
<TD>Progress indicator widget</TD></TR>
<TR><TD><A HREF="ScrollView.html">ScrollView</A></TD>
<TD>Display the visible area of a scrolled window</TD></TR>
<TR><TD><A HREF="Separator.html">Separator</A></TD>
<TD>3D separator widget</TD></TR>
</TABLE>
<BR><BR><DT><B>Manager Widgets</B>
<DD><TABLE BORDER=0 CELLSPACING=0>
<TR><TD><A HREF="MainFrame.html">MainFrame</A></TD>
<TD>Manage toplevel with menu, toolbar and statusbar </TD></TR>
<TR><TD><A HREF="LabelFrame.html">LabelFrame</A></TD>
<TD>Frame with a Label</TD></TR>
<TR><TD><A HREF="TitleFrame.html">TitleFrame</A></TD>
<TD>Frame with a title</TD></TR>
<TR><TD><A HREF="ScrolledWindow.html">ScrolledWindow</A></TD>
<TD>Generic scrolled widget</TD></TR>
<TR><TD><A HREF="ScrollableFrame.html">ScrollableFrame</A></TD>
<TD>Scrollable frame containing widget</TD></TR>
<TR><TD><A HREF="PanedWindow.html">PanedWindow</A></TD>
<TD>Tiled layout manager widget</TD></TR>
<TR><TD><A HREF="ButtonBox.html">ButtonBox</A></TD>
<TD>Set of buttons with horizontal or vertical layout</TD></TR>
<TR><TD><A HREF="PagesManager.html">PagesManager</A></TD>
<TD>Pages manager widget</TD></TR>
<TR><TD><A HREF="NoteBook.html">NoteBook</A></TD>
<TD>Notebook manager widget</TD></TR>
<TR><TD><A HREF="Dialog.html">Dialog</A></TD>
<TD>Dialog abstraction with custom buttons</TD></TR>
</TABLE>
<BR><BR><DT><B>Composite Widgets</B>
<DD><TABLE BORDER=0 CELLSPACING=0>
<TR><TD><A HREF="LabelEntry.html">LabelEntry</A></TD>
<TD>
LabelFrame containing an Entry widget.
</TD></TR>
<TR><TD><A HREF="ComboBox.html">ComboBox</A></TD>
<TD>ComboBox widget</TD></TR>
<TR><TD><A HREF="SpinBox.html">SpinBox</A></TD>
<TD>SpinBox widget</TD></TR>
<TR><TD><A HREF="Tree.html">Tree</A></TD>
<TD>Tree widget</TD></TR>
<TR><TD><A HREF="ListBox.html">ListBox</A></TD>
<TD>ListBox widget</TD></TR>
<TR><TD><A HREF="MessageDlg.html">MessageDlg</A></TD>
<TD>Message dialog box</TD></TR>
<TR><TD><A HREF="ProgressDlg.html">ProgressDlg</A></TD>
<TD>Progress indicator dialog box</TD></TR>
<TR><TD><A HREF="PasswdDlg.html">PasswdDlg</A></TD>
<TD>Login/Password dialog box</TD></TR>
<TR><TD><A HREF="SelectFont.html">SelectFont</A></TD>
<TD>Font selection widget</TD></TR>
<TR><TD><A HREF="SelectColor.html">SelectColor</A></TD>
<TD>Color selection widget</TD></TR>
</TABLE>
<BR><BR><DT><B>Commands Classes</B>
<DD><TABLE BORDER=0 CELLSPACING=0>
<TR><TD><A HREF="Widget.html">Widget</A></TD>
<TD>The Widget base class</TD></TR>
<TR><TD><A HREF="DynamicHelp.html">DynamicHelp</A></TD>
<TD>Provide help to Tk widget or BWidget</TD></TR>
<TR><TD><A HREF="DragSite.html">DragSite</A></TD>
<TD>Commands set for Drag facilities</TD></TR>
<TR><TD><A HREF="DropSite.html">DropSite</A></TD>
<TD>Commands set for Drop facilities</TD></TR>
<TR><TD><A HREF="BWidget.html">BWidget</A></TD>
<TD>Description text</TD></TR>
</TABLE>
</DD></BODY></HTML>

Added pybwidget-0.1.2_1.7.0/BWidget-1.7.0/BWman/index.html.

>
>
>
>
>
>
>

<HTML>
<HEAD><TITLE>BWidget Manual Pages</TITLE></HEAD>
  <FRAMESET COLS="180,*" BORDER=0>
    <FRAME SRC=navtree.html NAME="Menu" SCROLLING=AUTO>
      <FRAME SRC=contents.html NAME="Manual" SCROLLING=AUTO>
  </FRAMESET>
</HTML>

Added pybwidget-0.1.2_1.7.0/BWidget-1.7.0/BWman/navtree.html.

>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>

<HTML><BODY BGCOLOR=white>
<FONT SIZE=1><STRONG><A HREF="contents.html" TARGET=Manual>Brief description</A></STRONG></FONT><BR>
<FONT SIZE=1><STRONG>Simple Widgets</STRONG></FONT><BR>
&nbsp;&nbsp;<FONT SIZE=1><A HREF="Label.html" TARGET=Manual>Label</A></FONT><BR>
&nbsp;&nbsp;<FONT SIZE=1><A HREF="Entry.html" TARGET=Manual>Entry</A></FONT><BR>
&nbsp;&nbsp;<FONT SIZE=1><A HREF="Button.html" TARGET=Manual>Button</A></FONT><BR>
&nbsp;&nbsp;<FONT SIZE=1><A HREF="ArrowButton.html" TARGET=Manual>ArrowButton</A></FONT><BR>
&nbsp;&nbsp;<FONT SIZE=1><A HREF="ProgressBar.html" TARGET=Manual>ProgressBar</A></FONT><BR>
&nbsp;&nbsp;<FONT SIZE=1><A HREF="ScrollView.html" TARGET=Manual>ScrollView</A></FONT><BR>
&nbsp;&nbsp;<FONT SIZE=1><A HREF="Separator.html" TARGET=Manual>Separator</A></FONT><BR>
<FONT SIZE=1><STRONG>Manager Widgets</STRONG></FONT><BR>
&nbsp;&nbsp;<FONT SIZE=1><A HREF="MainFrame.html" TARGET=Manual>MainFrame</A></FONT><BR>
&nbsp;&nbsp;<FONT SIZE=1><A HREF="LabelFrame.html" TARGET=Manual>LabelFrame</A></FONT><BR>
&nbsp;&nbsp;<FONT SIZE=1><A HREF="TitleFrame.html" TARGET=Manual>TitleFrame</A></FONT><BR>
&nbsp;&nbsp;<FONT SIZE=1><A HREF="ScrolledWindow.html" TARGET=Manual>ScrolledWindow</A></FONT><BR>
&nbsp;&nbsp;<FONT SIZE=1><A HREF="ScrollableFrame.html" TARGET=Manual>ScrollableFrame</A></FONT><BR>
&nbsp;&nbsp;<FONT SIZE=1><A HREF="PanedWindow.html" TARGET=Manual>PanedWindow</A></FONT><BR>
&nbsp;&nbsp;<FONT SIZE=1><A HREF="ButtonBox.html" TARGET=Manual>ButtonBox</A></FONT><BR>
&nbsp;&nbsp;<FONT SIZE=1><A HREF="PagesManager.html" TARGET=Manual>PagesManager</A></FONT><BR>
&nbsp;&nbsp;<FONT SIZE=1><A HREF="NoteBook.html" TARGET=Manual>NoteBook</A></FONT><BR>
&nbsp;&nbsp;<FONT SIZE=1><A HREF="Dialog.html" TARGET=Manual>Dialog</A></FONT><BR>
<FONT SIZE=1><STRONG>Composite Widgets</STRONG></FONT><BR>
&nbsp;&nbsp;<FONT SIZE=1><A HREF="LabelEntry.html" TARGET=Manual>LabelEntry</A></FONT><BR>
&nbsp;&nbsp;<FONT SIZE=1><A HREF="ComboBox.html" TARGET=Manual>ComboBox</A></FONT><BR>
&nbsp;&nbsp;<FONT SIZE=1><A HREF="SpinBox.html" TARGET=Manual>SpinBox</A></FONT><BR>
&nbsp;&nbsp;<FONT SIZE=1><A HREF="Tree.html" TARGET=Manual>Tree</A></FONT><BR>
&nbsp;&nbsp;<FONT SIZE=1><A HREF="ListBox.html" TARGET=Manual>ListBox</A></FONT><BR>
&nbsp;&nbsp;<FONT SIZE=1><A HREF="MessageDlg.html" TARGET=Manual>MessageDlg</A></FONT><BR>
&nbsp;&nbsp;<FONT SIZE=1><A HREF="ProgressDlg.html" TARGET=Manual>ProgressDlg</A></FONT><BR>
&nbsp;&nbsp;<FONT SIZE=1><A HREF="PasswdDlg.html" TARGET=Manual>PasswdDlg</A></FONT><BR>
&nbsp;&nbsp;<FONT SIZE=1><A HREF="SelectFont.html" TARGET=Manual>SelectFont</A></FONT><BR>
&nbsp;&nbsp;<FONT SIZE=1><A HREF="SelectColor.html" TARGET=Manual>SelectColor</A></FONT><BR>
<FONT SIZE=1><STRONG>Commands Classes</STRONG></FONT><BR>
&nbsp;&nbsp;<FONT SIZE=1><A HREF="Widget.html" TARGET=Manual>Widget</A></FONT><BR>
&nbsp;&nbsp;<FONT SIZE=1><A HREF="DynamicHelp.html" TARGET=Manual>DynamicHelp</A></FONT><BR>
&nbsp;&nbsp;<FONT SIZE=1><A HREF="DragSite.html" TARGET=Manual>DragSite</A></FONT><BR>
&nbsp;&nbsp;<FONT SIZE=1><A HREF="DropSite.html" TARGET=Manual>DropSite</A></FONT><BR>
&nbsp;&nbsp;<FONT SIZE=1><A HREF="BWidget.html" TARGET=Manual>BWidget</A></FONT><BR>
</BODY></HTML>

Added pybwidget-0.1.2_1.7.0/BWidget-1.7.0/BWman/options.htm.

>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>

<HTML><HEAD><TITLE>Tk Built-In Commands - options manual page</TITLE></HEAD>
<BODY BGCOLOR=white>
<DL>
<DD><A HREF="options.htm#M2" NAME="L2">NAME</A>
<DL><DD>options - Standard options supported by widgets</DL>
<DD><A HREF="options.htm#M3" NAME="L3">DESCRIPTION</A>
<DL>
<DD><A HREF="options.htm#M-activebackground" NAME="L4">-activebackground, activeBackground, Foreground</A>
<DD><A HREF="options.htm#M-activeborderwidth" NAME="L5">-activeborderwidth, activeBorderWidth, BorderWidth</A>
<DD><A HREF="options.htm#M-activeforeground" NAME="L6">-activeforeground, activeForeground, Background</A>
<DD><A HREF="options.htm#M-anchor" NAME="L7">-anchor, anchor, Anchor</A>
<DD><A HREF="options.htm#M-background" NAME="L8">-background or -bg, background, Background</A>
<DD><A HREF="options.htm#M-bitmap" NAME="L9">-bitmap, bitmap, Bitmap</A>
<DD><A HREF="options.htm#M-borderwidth" NAME="L10">-borderwidth or -bd, borderWidth, BorderWidth</A>
<DD><A HREF="options.htm#M-cursor" NAME="L11">-cursor, cursor, Cursor</A>
<DD><A HREF="options.htm#M-disabledbackground" NAME="L12">-disabledbackground, disabledBackground, DisabledBackground</A>
<DD><A HREF="options.htm#M-disabledforeground" NAME="L12">-disabledforeground, disabledForeground, DisabledForeground</A>
<DD><A HREF="options.htm#M-exportselection" NAME="L13">-exportselection, exportSelection, ExportSelection</A>
<DD><A HREF="options.htm#M-font" NAME="L14">-font, font, Font</A>
<DD><A HREF="options.htm#M-foreground" NAME="L15">-foreground or -fg, foreground, Foreground</A>
<DD><A HREF="options.htm#M-highlightbackground" NAME="L16">-highlightbackground, highlightBackground, HighlightBackground</A>
<DD><A HREF="options.htm#M-highlightcolor" NAME="L17">-highlightcolor, highlightColor, HighlightColor</A>
<DD><A HREF="options.htm#M-highlightthickness" NAME="L18">-highlightthickness, highlightThickness, HighlightThickness</A>
<DD><A HREF="options.htm#M-image" NAME="L19">-image, image, Image</A>
<DD><A HREF="options.htm#M-insertbackground" NAME="L20">-insertbackground, insertBackground, Foreground</A>
<DD><A HREF="options.htm#M-insertborderwidth" NAME="L21">-insertborderwidth, insertBorderWidth, BorderWidth</A>
<DD><A HREF="options.htm#M-insertofftime" NAME="L22">-insertofftime, insertOffTime, OffTime</A>
<DD><A HREF="options.htm#M-insertontime" NAME="L23">-insertontime, insertOnTime, OnTime</A>
<DD><A HREF="options.htm#M-insertwidth" NAME="L24">-insertwidth, insertWidth, InsertWidth</A>
<DD><A HREF="options.htm#M-jump" NAME="L25">-jump, jump, Jump</A>
<DD><A HREF="options.htm#M-justify" NAME="L26">-justify, justify, Justify</A>
<DD><A HREF="options.htm#M-orient" NAME="L27">-orient, orient, Orient</A>
<DD><A HREF="options.htm#M-padx" NAME="L28">-padx, padX, Pad</A>
<DD><A HREF="options.htm#M-pady" NAME="L29">-pady, padY, Pad</A>
<DD><A HREF="options.htm#M-relief" NAME="L30">-relief, relief, Relief</A>
<DD><A HREF="options.htm#M-repeatdelay" NAME="L31">-repeatdelay, repeatDelay, RepeatDelay</A>
<DD><A HREF="options.htm#M-repeatinterval" NAME="L32">-repeatinterval, repeatInterval, RepeatInterval</A>
<DD><A HREF="options.htm#M-selectbackground" NAME="L33">-selectbackground, selectBackground, Foreground</A>
<DD><A HREF="options.htm#M-selectborderwidth" NAME="L34">-selectborderwidth, selectBorderWidth, BorderWidth</A>
<DD><A HREF="options.htm#M-selectforeground" NAME="L35">-selectforeground, selectForeground, Background</A>
<DD><A HREF="options.htm#M-setgrid" NAME="L36">-setgrid, setGrid, SetGrid</A>
<DD><A HREF="options.htm#M-takefocus" NAME="L37">-takefocus, takeFocus, TakeFocus</A>
<DD><A HREF="options.htm#M-text" NAME="L38">-text, text, Text</A>
<DD><A HREF="options.htm#M-textvariable" NAME="L39">-textvariable, textVariable, Variable</A>
<DD><A HREF="options.htm#M-troughcolor" NAME="L40">-troughcolor, troughColor, Background</A>
<DD><A HREF="options.htm#M-underline" NAME="L41">-underline, underline, Underline</A>
<DD><A HREF="options.htm#M-wraplength" NAME="L42">-wraplength, wrapLength, WrapLength</A>
<DD><A HREF="options.htm#M-xscrollcommand" NAME="L43">-xscrollcommand, xScrollCommand, ScrollCommand</A>
<DD><A HREF="options.htm#M-yscrollcommand" NAME="L44">-yscrollcommand, yScrollCommand, ScrollCommand</A>
</DL>
<DD><A HREF="options.htm#M4" NAME="L45">KEYWORDS</A>
</DL><HR>
<H3><A NAME="M2">NAME</A></H3>
options - Standard options supported by widgets
<H3><A NAME="M3">DESCRIPTION</A></H3>
This manual entry describes the common configuration options supported
by widgets in the Tk toolkit.  Every widget does not necessarily support
every option (see the manual entries for individual widgets for a list
of the standard options supported by that widget), but if a widget does
support an option with one of the names listed below, then the option
has exactly the effect described below.
<P>
In the descriptions below, ``Command-Line Name'' refers to the
switch used in class commands and <B>configure</B> widget commands to
set this value.  For example, if an option's command-line switch is
<B>-foreground</B> and there exists a widget <B>.a.b.c</B>, then the
command
<PRE><B>.a.b.c  configure  -foreground black</B></PRE>
may be used to specify the value <B>black</B> for the option in the
the widget <B>.a.b.c</B>.  Command-line switches may be abbreviated,
as long as the abbreviation is unambiguous.
``Database Name'' refers to the option's name in the option database (e.g.
in .Xdefaults files).  ``Database Class'' refers to the option's class value
in the option database.
<DL>
<DT>Command-Line Name: <B><A NAME="M-activebackground">-activebackground</A></B>
<DT>Database Name: <B>activeBackground</B>
<DT>Database Class: <B>Foreground</B>
<DD>Specifies background color to use when drawing active elements.
An element (a widget or portion of a widget) is active if the
mouse cursor is positioned over the element and pressing a mouse button
will cause some action to occur.
If strict Motif compliance has been requested by setting the
<B>tk_strictMotif</B> variable, this option will normally be
ignored;  the normal background color will be used instead.
For some elements on Windows and Macintosh systems, the active color
will only be used while mouse button 1 is pressed over the element.
<P><DT>Command-Line Name: <B><A NAME="M-activeborderwidth">-activeborderwidth</A></B>
<DT>Database Name: <B>activeBorderWidth</B>
<DT>Database Class: <B>BorderWidth</B>
<DD>Specifies a non-negative value indicating
the width of the 3-D border drawn around active elements.  See above for
definition of active elements.
The value may have any of the forms acceptable to <B><A HREF="../TkLib/GetPixels.htm">Tk_GetPixels</A></B>.
This option is typically only available in widgets displaying more
than one element at a time (e.g. menus but not buttons).
<P><DT>Command-Line Name: <B><A NAME="M-activeforeground">-activeforeground</A></B>
<DT>Database Name: <B>activeForeground</B>
<DT>Database Class: <B>Background</B>
<DD>Specifies foreground color to use when drawing active elements.
See above for definition of active elements.
<P><DT>Command-Line Name: <B><A NAME="M-anchor">-anchor</A></B>
<DT>Database Name: <B>anchor</B>
<DT>Database Class: <B>Anchor</B>
<DD>Specifies how the information in a widget (e.g. text or a bitmap)
is to be displayed in the widget.
Must be one of the values <B>n</B>, <B>ne</B>, <B>e</B>, <B>se</B>,
<B>s</B>, <B>sw</B>, <B>w</B>, <B>nw</B>, or <B>center</B>.
For example, <B>nw</B> means display the information such that its
top-left corner is at the top-left corner of the widget.
<P><DT>Command-Line Name: <B><A NAME="M-background">-background or -bg</A></B>
<DT>Database Name: <B>background</B>
<DT>Database Class: <B>Background</B>
<DD>Specifies the normal background color to use when displaying the
widget.
<P><DT>Command-Line Name: <B><A NAME="M-bitmap">-bitmap</A></B>
<DT>Database Name: <B>bitmap</B>
<DT>Database Class: <B>Bitmap</B>
<DD>Specifies a bitmap to display in the widget, in any of the forms
acceptable to <B><A HREF="../TkLib/GetBitmap.htm">Tk_GetBitmap</A></B>.
The exact way in which the bitmap is displayed may be affected by
other options such as <B>anchor</B> or <B>justify</B>.
Typically, if this option is specified then it overrides other
options that specify a textual value to display in the widget;
the <B>bitmap</B> option may be reset to an empty string to re-enable
a text display.
In widgets that support both <B>bitmap</B> and <B>image</B> options,
<B>image</B> will usually override <B>bitmap</B>.
<P><DT>Command-Line Name: <B><A NAME="M-borderwidth">-borderwidth or -bd</A></B>
<DT>Database Name: <B>borderWidth</B>
<DT>Database Class: <B>BorderWidth</B>
<DD>Specifies a non-negative value indicating the width
of the 3-D border to draw around the outside of the widget (if such a
border is being drawn;  the <B>relief</B> option typically determines
this).  The value may also be used when drawing 3-D effects in the
interior of the widget.
The value may have any of the forms acceptable to <B><A HREF="../TkLib/GetPixels.htm">Tk_GetPixels</A></B>.
<P><DT>Command-Line Name: <B><A NAME="M-cursor">-cursor</A></B>
<DT>Database Name: <B>cursor</B>
<DT>Database Class: <B>Cursor</B>
<DD>Specifies the mouse cursor to be used for the widget.
The value may have any of the forms acceptable to <B><A HREF="../TkLib/GetCursor.htm">Tk_GetCursor</A></B>.
<P><DT>Command-Line Name: <B><A NAME="M-disabledforeground">-disabledforeground</A></B>
<P><DT>Command-Line Name: <B><A NAME="M-disabledbackground">-disabledbackground</A></B>
<DT>Database Name: <B>disabledBackground</B>
<DT>Database Class: <B>DisabledBackground</B>
<DD>Specifies background color to use when drawing a disabled element.
If the option is specified as an empty string (which is typically the
case on monochrome displays), disabled elements are drawn with the
normal background color but they are dimmed by drawing them
with a stippled fill pattern.
<DT>Database Name: <B>disabledForeground</B>
<DT>Database Class: <B>DisabledForeground</B>
<DD>Specifies foreground color to use when drawing a disabled element.
If the option is specified as an empty string (which is typically the
case on monochrome displays), disabled elements are drawn with the
normal foreground color but they are dimmed by drawing them
with a stippled fill pattern.
<P><DT>Command-Line Name: <B><A NAME="M-exportselection">-exportselection</A></B>
<DT>Database Name: <B>exportSelection</B>
<DT>Database Class: <B>ExportSelection</B>
<DD>Specifies whether or not a selection in the widget should also be
the X selection.
The value may have any of the forms accepted by <B><A HREF="../TclLib/GetInt.htm">Tcl_GetBoolean</A></B>,
such as <B>true</B>, <B>false</B>, <B>0</B>, <B>1</B>, <B>yes</B>, or <B>no</B>.
If the selection is exported, then selecting in the widget deselects
the current X selection, selecting outside the widget deselects any
widget selection, and the widget will respond to selection retrieval
requests when it has a selection.  The default is usually for widgets
to export selections.
<P><DT>Command-Line Name: <B><A NAME="M-font">-font</A></B>
<DT>Database Name: <B><A HREF="../TkCmd/font.htm">font</A></B>
<DT>Database Class: <B><A HREF="../TkCmd/font.htm">Font</A></B>
<DD>Specifies the font to use when drawing text inside the widget.
<P><DT>Command-Line Name: <B><A NAME="M-foreground">-foreground or -fg</A></B>
<DT>Database Name: <B>foreground</B>
<DT>Database Class: <B>Foreground</B>
<DD>Specifies the normal foreground color to use when displaying the widget.
<P><DT>Command-Line Name: <B><A NAME="M-highlightbackground">-highlightbackground</A></B>
<DT>Database Name: <B>highlightBackground</B>
<DT>Database Class: <B>HighlightBackground</B>
<DD>Specifies the color to display in the traversal highlight region when
the widget does not have the input focus.
<P><DT>Command-Line Name: <B><A NAME="M-highlightcolor">-highlightcolor</A></B>
<DT>Database Name: <B>highlightColor</B>
<DT>Database Class: <B>HighlightColor</B>
<DD>Specifies the color to use for the traversal highlight rectangle that is
drawn around the widget when it has the input focus.
<P><DT>Command-Line Name: <B><A NAME="M-highlightthickness">-highlightthickness</A></B>
<DT>Database Name: <B>highlightThickness</B>
<DT>Database Class: <B>HighlightThickness</B>
<DD>Specifies a non-negative value indicating the width of the highlight
rectangle to draw around the outside of the widget when it has the
input focus.
The value may have any of the forms acceptable to <B><A HREF="../TkLib/GetPixels.htm">Tk_GetPixels</A></B>.
If the value is zero, no focus highlight is drawn around the widget.
<P><DT>Command-Line Name: <B><A NAME="M-image">-image</A></B>
<DT>Database Name: <B>image</B>
<DT>Database Class: <B>Image</B>
<DD>Specifies an image to display in the widget, which must have been
created with the <B><A HREF="../TkCmd/image.htm">image create</A></B> command.
Typically, if the <B>image</B> option is specified then it overrides other
options that specify a bitmap or textual value to display in the widget;
the <B>image</B> option may be reset to an empty string to re-enable
a bitmap or text display.
<P><DT>Command-Line Name: <B><A NAME="M-insertbackground">-insertbackground</A></B>
<DT>Database Name: <B>insertBackground</B>
<DT>Database Class: <B>Foreground</B>
<DD>Specifies the color to use as background in the area covered by the
insertion cursor.  This color will normally override either the normal
background for the widget (or the selection background if the insertion
cursor happens to fall in the selection).
<P><DT>Command-Line Name: <B><A NAME="M-insertborderwidth">-insertborderwidth</A></B>
<DT>Database Name: <B>insertBorderWidth</B>
<DT>Database Class: <B>BorderWidth</B>
<DD>Specifies a non-negative value indicating the width
of the 3-D border to draw around the insertion cursor.
The value may have any of the forms acceptable to <B><A HREF="../TkLib/GetPixels.htm">Tk_GetPixels</A></B>.
<P><DT>Command-Line Name: <B><A NAME="M-insertofftime">-insertofftime</A></B>
<DT>Database Name: <B>insertOffTime</B>
<DT>Database Class: <B>OffTime</B>
<DD>Specifies a non-negative integer value indicating the number of
milliseconds the insertion cursor should remain ``off'' in each blink cycle.
If this option is zero then the cursor doesn't blink:  it is on
all the time.
<P><DT>Command-Line Name: <B><A NAME="M-insertontime">-insertontime</A></B>
<DT>Database Name: <B>insertOnTime</B>
<DT>Database Class: <B>OnTime</B>
<DD>Specifies a non-negative integer value indicating the number of
milliseconds the insertion cursor should remain ``on'' in each blink cycle.
<P><DT>Command-Line Name: <B><A NAME="M-insertwidth">-insertwidth</A></B>
<DT>Database Name: <B>insertWidth</B>
<DT>Database Class: <B>InsertWidth</B>
<DD>Specifies a  value indicating the total width of the insertion cursor.
The value may have any of the forms acceptable to <B><A HREF="../TkLib/GetPixels.htm">Tk_GetPixels</A></B>.
If a border has been specified for the insertion
cursor (using the <B>insertBorderWidth</B> option), the border
will be drawn inside the width specified by the <B>insertWidth</B>
option.
<P><DT>Command-Line Name: <B><A NAME="M-jump">-jump</A></B>
<DT>Database Name: <B>jump</B>
<DT>Database Class: <B>Jump</B>
<DD>For widgets with a slider that can be dragged to adjust a value,
such as scrollbars, this option determines when
notifications are made about changes in the value.
The option's value must be a boolean of the form accepted by
<B><A HREF="../TclLib/GetInt.htm">Tcl_GetBoolean</A></B>.
If the value is false, updates are made continuously as the
slider is dragged.
If the value is true, updates are delayed until the mouse button
is released to end the drag;  at that point a single notification
is made (the value ``jumps'' rather than changing smoothly).
<P><DT>Command-Line Name: <B><A NAME="M-justify">-justify</A></B>
<DT>Database Name: <B>justify</B>
<DT>Database Class: <B>Justify</B>
<DD>When there are multiple lines of text displayed in a widget, this
option determines how the lines line up with each other.
Must be one of <B>left</B>, <B>center</B>, or <B>right</B>.
<B>Left</B> means that the lines' left edges all line up, <B>center</B>
means that the lines' centers are aligned, and <B>right</B> means
that the lines' right edges line up.
<P><DT>Command-Line Name: <B><A NAME="M-orient">-orient</A></B>
<DT>Database Name: <B>orient</B>
<DT>Database Class: <B>Orient</B>
<DD>For widgets that can lay themselves out with either a horizontal
or vertical orientation, such as scrollbars, this option specifies
which orientation should be used.  Must be either <B>horizontal</B>
or <B>vertical</B> or an abbreviation of one of these.
<P><DT>Command-Line Name: <B><A NAME="M-padx">-padx</A></B>
<DT>Database Name: <B>padX</B>
<DT>Database Class: <B>Pad</B>
<DD>Specifies a non-negative value indicating how much extra space
to request for the widget in the X-direction.
The value may have any of the forms acceptable to <B><A HREF="../TkLib/GetPixels.htm">Tk_GetPixels</A></B>.
When computing how large a window it needs, the widget will
add this amount to the width it would normally need (as determined
by the width of the things displayed in the widget);  if the geometry
manager can satisfy this request, the widget will end up with extra
internal space to the left and/or right of what it displays inside.
Most widgets only use this option for padding text:  if they are
displaying a bitmap or image, then they usually ignore padding
options.
<P><DT>Command-Line Name: <B><A NAME="M-pady">-pady</A></B>
<DT>Database Name: <B>padY</B>
<DT>Database Class: <B>Pad</B>
<DD>Specifies a non-negative value indicating how much extra space
to request for the widget in the Y-direction.
The value may have any of the forms acceptable to <B><A HREF="../TkLib/GetPixels.htm">Tk_GetPixels</A></B>.
When computing how large a window it needs, the widget will add
this amount to the height it would normally need (as determined by
the height of the things displayed in the widget);  if the geometry
manager can satisfy this request, the widget will end up with extra
internal space above and/or below what it displays inside.
Most widgets only use this option for padding text:  if they are
displaying a bitmap or image, then they usually ignore padding
options.
<P><DT>Command-Line Name: <B><A NAME="M-relief">-relief</A></B>
<DT>Database Name: <B>relief</B>
<DT>Database Class: <B>Relief</B>
<DD>Specifies the 3-D effect desired for the widget.  Acceptable
values are <B>raised</B>, <B>sunken</B>, <B>flat</B>, <B>ridge</B>,
<B>solid</B>, and <B>groove</B>.
The value
indicates how the interior of the widget should appear relative
to its exterior;  for example, <B>raised</B> means the interior of
the widget should appear to protrude from the screen, relative to
the exterior of the widget.
<P><DT>Command-Line Name: <B><A NAME="M-repeatdelay">-repeatdelay</A></B>
<DT>Database Name: <B>repeatDelay</B>
<DT>Database Class: <B>RepeatDelay</B>
<DD>Specifies the number of milliseconds a button or key must be held
down before it begins to auto-repeat.  Used, for example, on the
up- and down-arrows in scrollbars.
<P><DT>Command-Line Name: <B><A NAME="M-repeatinterval">-repeatinterval</A></B>
<DT>Database Name: <B>repeatInterval</B>
<DT>Database Class: <B>RepeatInterval</B>
<DD>Used in conjunction with <B>repeatDelay</B>:  once auto-repeat
begins, this option determines the number of milliseconds between
auto-repeats.
<P><DT>Command-Line Name: <B><A NAME="M-selectbackground">-selectbackground</A></B>
<DT>Database Name: <B>selectBackground</B>
<DT>Database Class: <B>Foreground</B>
<DD>Specifies the background color to use when displaying selected
items.
<P><DT>Command-Line Name: <B><A NAME="M-selectborderwidth">-selectborderwidth</A></B>
<DT>Database Name: <B>selectBorderWidth</B>
<DT>Database Class: <B>BorderWidth</B>
<DD>Specifies a non-negative value indicating the width
of the 3-D border to draw around selected items.
The value may have any of the forms acceptable to <B><A HREF="../TkLib/GetPixels.htm">Tk_GetPixels</A></B>.
<P><DT>Command-Line Name: <B><A NAME="M-selectforeground">-selectforeground</A></B>
<DT>Database Name: <B>selectForeground</B>
<DT>Database Class: <B>Background</B>
<DD>Specifies the foreground color to use when displaying selected
items.
<P><DT>Command-Line Name: <B><A NAME="M-setgrid">-setgrid</A></B>
<DT>Database Name: <B>setGrid</B>
<DT>Database Class: <B>SetGrid</B>
<DD>Specifies a boolean value that determines whether this widget controls the
resizing grid for its top-level window.
This option is typically used in text widgets, where the information
in the widget has a natural size (the size of a character) and it makes
sense for the window's dimensions to be integral numbers of these units.
These natural window sizes form a grid.
If the <B>setGrid</B> option is set to true then the widget will
communicate with the window manager so that when the user interactively
resizes the top-level window that contains the widget, the dimensions of
the window will be displayed to the user in grid units and the window
size will be constrained to integral numbers of grid units.
See the section GRIDDED GEOMETRY MANAGEMENT in the <B><A HREF="../TkCmd/wm.htm">wm</A></B> manual
entry for more details.
<P><DT>Command-Line Name: <B><A NAME="M-takefocus">-takefocus</A></B>
<DT>Database Name: <B>takeFocus</B>
<DT>Database Class: <B>TakeFocus</B>
<DD>Determines whether the window accepts the focus during keyboard
traversal (e.g., Tab and Shift-Tab).
Before setting the focus to a window, the traversal scripts
consult the value of the <B>takeFocus</B> option.
A value of <B>0</B> means that the window should be skipped entirely
during keyboard traversal. 
<B>1</B> means that the window should receive the input
focus as long as it is viewable (it and all of its ancestors are mapped).
An empty value for the option means that the traversal scripts make
the decision about whether or not to focus on the window:  the current
algorithm is to skip the window if it is
disabled, if it has no key bindings, or if it is not viewable.
If the value has any other form, then the traversal scripts take
the value, append the name of the window to it (with a separator space),
and evaluate the resulting string as a Tcl script.
The script must return <B>0</B>, <B>1</B>, or an empty string:  a 
<B>0</B> or <B>1</B> value specifies whether the window will receive
the input focus, and an empty string results in the default decision
described above.
Note: this interpretation of the option is defined entirely by
the Tcl scripts that implement traversal:  the widget implementations
ignore the option entirely, so you can change its meaning if you
redefine the keyboard traversal scripts.
<P><DT>Command-Line Name: <B><A NAME="M-text">-text</A></B>
<DT>Database Name: <B><A HREF="../TkCmd/text.htm">text</A></B>
<DT>Database Class: <B><A HREF="../TkCmd/text.htm">Text</A></B>
<DD>Specifies a string to be displayed inside the widget.  The way in which
the string is displayed depends on the particular widget and may be
determined by other options, such as <B>anchor</B> or <B>justify</B>.
<P><DT>Command-Line Name: <B><A NAME="M-textvariable">-textvariable</A></B>
<DT>Database Name: <B>textVariable</B>
<DT>Database Class: <B><A HREF="../TclCmd/variable.htm">Variable</A></B>
<DD>Specifies the name of a variable.  The value of the variable is a text
string to be displayed inside the widget;  if the variable value changes
then the widget will automatically update itself to reflect the new value.
The way in which the string is displayed in the widget depends on the
particular widget and may be determined by other options, such as
<B>anchor</B> or <B>justify</B>.
<P><DT>Command-Line Name: <B><A NAME="M-troughcolor">-troughcolor</A></B>
<DT>Database Name: <B>troughColor</B>
<DT>Database Class: <B>Background</B>
<DD>Specifies the color to use for the rectangular trough areas
in widgets such as scrollbars and scales.
<P><DT>Command-Line Name: <B><A NAME="M-underline">-underline</A></B>
<DT>Database Name: <B>underline</B>
<DT>Database Class: <B>Underline</B>
<DD>Specifies the integer index of a character to underline in the widget.
This option is used by the default bindings to implement keyboard
traversal for menu buttons and menu entries.
0 corresponds to the first character of the text displayed in the
widget, 1 to the next character, and so on.
<P><DT>Command-Line Name: <B><A NAME="M-wraplength">-wraplength</A></B>
<DT>Database Name: <B>wrapLength</B>
<DT>Database Class: <B>WrapLength</B>
<DD>For widgets that can perform word-wrapping, this option specifies
the maximum line length.
Lines that would exceed this length are wrapped onto the next line,
so that no line is longer than the specified length.
The value may be specified in any of the standard forms for
screen distances.
If this value is less than or equal to 0 then no wrapping is done:  lines
will break only at newline characters in the text.
<P><DT>Command-Line Name: <B><A NAME="M-xscrollcommand">-xscrollcommand</A></B>
<DT>Database Name: <B>xScrollCommand</B>
<DT>Database Class: <B>ScrollCommand</B>
<DD>Specifies the prefix for a command used to communicate with horizontal
scrollbars.
When the view in the widget's window changes (or
whenever anything else occurs that could change the display in a
scrollbar, such as a change in the total size of the widget's
contents), the widget will
generate a Tcl command by concatenating the scroll command and
two numbers.
Each of the numbers is a fraction between 0 and 1, which indicates
a position in the document.  0 indicates the beginning of the document,
1 indicates the end, .333 indicates a position one third the way through
the document, and so on.
The first fraction indicates the first information in the document
that is visible in the window, and the second fraction indicates
the information just after the last portion that is visible.
The command is
then passed to the Tcl interpreter for execution.  Typically the
<B>xScrollCommand</B> option consists of the path name of a scrollbar
widget followed by ``set'', e.g. ``.x.scrollbar set'':  this will cause
the scrollbar to be updated whenever the view in the window changes.
If this option is not specified, then no command will be executed.
<P><DT>Command-Line Name: <B><A NAME="M-yscrollcommand">-yscrollcommand</A></B>
<DT>Database Name: <B>yScrollCommand</B>
<DT>Database Class: <B>ScrollCommand</B>
<DD>Specifies the prefix for a command used to communicate with vertical
scrollbars.  This option is treated in the same way as the
<B>xScrollCommand</B> option, except that it is used for vertical
scrollbars and is provided by widgets that support vertical scrolling.
See the description of <B>xScrollCommand</B> for details
on how this option is used.

</DL>
<H3><A NAME="M4">KEYWORDS</A></H3>
<A href="../Keywords/C.htm#class">class</A>, <A href="../Keywords/N.htm#name">name</A>, <A href="../Keywords/S.htm#standard option">standard option</A>, <A href="../Keywords/S.htm#switch">switch</A>
<HR><PRE>
<A HREF="../copyright.htm">Copyright</A> &#169; 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
<A HREF="../copyright.htm">Copyright</A> &#169; 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
<A HREF="../copyright.htm">Copyright</A> &#169; 1995-1997 Roger E. Critchlow Jr.</PRE>
</BODY></HTML>

Added pybwidget-0.1.2_1.7.0/BWidget-1.7.0/CHANGES.txt.

>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>

____________________________________________________________
BWidget 1.2.1 (07/09/1999)

CHANGES FROM 1.2 TO 1.2.1

  This version is the first patch of 1.2. It does not introduce
  incompatibilites.
  This patch include some new requested features, that I think
  can't wait for 1.3:
     - special menu handling (see MainFrame)
     - tabs bindings in NoteBook
     - label alignment of LabelFrame
     - -repeatdelay and -repeatinterval options on SpinBox


* Entry
    - <Destroy> event added to tag BwDisabledEntry
    - fixed bug when -textvariable use a variable containing space

* MainFrame
    - fixed bug when -textvariable use a variable containing space
    - menubar entry creation modified to use the menuid as the
      subpathname to permit special menu (help, system, apple)

* LabelFrame
    - LabelFrame::align command added

* ScrollableFrame
    - fixed typo bug

* PagesManager
    - fixed bug of window size
    - 'pages' modified to optionally include first and last indices.
      ('page' is still available but deprecated)

* NoteBook
    - new command 'bindtabs'
    - fixed bug in handling result of -leavecmd command
    - 'pages' modified to optionally include first and last indices.
      ('page' is still available but deprecated)

* ComboBox
    - little border added around the popdown list, which appeared
      to have no border under windows when popped above a widget
      with the same background color.

* SpinBox
    - options -repeatdelay and -repeatinterval added.

* Tree
    - fixed strange behaviour when editing: 'selection range'
      replaced by 'selection from'/'selection to'
    - widget is redrawn if needed in 'edit' and 'see'
    - fixed bug in see
    - nodes modified to optionally include first and last indices.
    - _subdelete modified to iterative method

* ListBox
    - fixed strange behaviour when editing: 'selection range'
      replaced by 'selection from'/'selection to'
    - ListBox is redrawn if needed in 'edit' and 'see'
    - fixed bug in see
    - 'items' modified to optionally include first and last indices.
      ('item' is still available but deprecated)

* SelectColor
    - fixed bug in call to GlobalVar::trace renamed GlobalVar::tracevar

* DragSite and DropSite
    - fixed bug introduced by new button event.

* DynamicHelp
    - restored version of 1.1, due to the bug under windows

* BWidget::place
    - fixed bug when x or y is 0.

* es.rc resource file included


____________________________________________________________
BWidget 1.2 (05/21/1999)

CHANGES FROM 1.1 TO 1.2


* 4 new widget:
    - ScrollableFrame
    - ScrollView
    - PagesManager
    - PasswdDlg (contributed by Stephane Lavirotte)

* Widget:
    - Flag option type added
    - option resource database read while widget creation,
      not while widget class creation.
    - better handling of BWidget definition using another BWidget as a top pathname.

* MainFrame
    - more options included for ProgressBar
      (INCOMPATIBILITY: option -variable renamed -progressvar)
    - -menu option modified to have tags on entries and menu id on cascad menu
      (INCOMPATIBILITY of option -menu)
    - new command: getmenu
    - new command: setmenustate

* DropSite
    - operations completly reworked
    - option -droptypes modified (INCOMPATIBILITY)
    - return code of -dropovercmd modified
      bit 'ok' and bit 'recall' reverted
      (INCOMPATIBILITY in -dropovercmd command)
    - new command: setoperation

* DragSite:
    - Drag now initiates while <ButtonPress-x> followed by <Bx-Motion> of
      4 pixels, so it is possible to have a <ButtonPress-x> event and
      drag event on the same button.
    - -dragevent option modified: must be the number of the button: 1, 2 or 3
      Option is now defaulted to 1, but Entry widget keep it to 3.
      (INCOMPATIBILITY)
    - return result of -draginitcmd modified (INCOMPATIBILITY)

* ListBox:
    - edit command improved.
      new arguments: initial text, and command to verify the text before accept it.
      (INCOMPATIBILITY in call to edit)
    - Drag and Drop modified
      (INCOMPATIBILITY in -dropovercmd command)
    - new command: reorder

* Tree:
    - edit command improved.
      new arguments: initial text, and command to verify the text before accept it.
      (INCOMPATIBILITY in call to edit)
    - Drag and Drop modified
      (INCOMPATIBILITY in -dropovercmd command)
    - new command: reorder
    - new command: visible
    - less full-redraw

* NoteBook:
    - relief reworked
    - added option -leavecmd on pages
    - option -image implemented
    - new command: move
    - delete command now accept an optionnal argument specifying 
      whether the frame of the page should be destroyed or not.
      If not, this frame is reused by insert command for the same page.

* Entry and LabelEntry:
    - direct access to entry command
    - bind command added on the entry subwidget

* ComboBox:
    - option -postcommand added
    - bind command added on the entry subwidget

* SpinBox:
    - bind command added on the entry subwidget
    - floating point fixed - work needed

* ProgressBar:
    - now can be incremental or not limited ('unknow-time' processing)

* Bitmap:
    - xpm image type added with use of xpm-to-image by Roger E. Critchlow Jr.

* Lots of focus problem solved

* ...and bugs corrected.


INCOMPATIBILITIES

  Incompatibilities are very localized, so we hope that it will
  not be painfull to upgrade to 1.2.

* MainFrame related imcompatibilities
    - Upgrade MainFrame -menu option and change -variable option
      by -progressvar.

* Drag and drop related imcompatibilities
    - Upgrade -dragevent option, and command associated to -draginitcmd
      and -dropovercmd.
    - Upgrade -dragendcmd/-dragovercmd command of Tree and ListBox widget

* Edition in Tree and ListBox
    - Verify arguments passed in call to edit command of
      Tree and ListBox


____________________________________________________________
BWidget 1.1 (03/12/1999)

CHANGES FROM 1.0 TO 1.1

WHAT'S NEW

The most important change in BWidget 1.1 is the support
of tk path command, but the old syntax is always available.
configure command now returns a valid configuration information list.

(I hope that) All submitted bugs have been corrected.

Following widget have been reworked:

* ListBox:
    - ListBox items have now a -indent option.
    - insert command modified to look more as a tk
      listbox insert command (see  INCOMPATIBILITIES)
    - item command added to retreive one or more items

* Tree:
    - insert command modified to look more as a
      listbox insert command (see  INCOMPATIBILITIES)

* LabelEntry:
    - -value and -variable options renamed to -text and -textvariable
      (see  INCOMPATIBILITIES)

* SpinBox and ComboBox:
    - -value and -variable options renamed to -text and -textvariable
      (see  INCOMPATIBILITIES)
    - New command getvalue and setvalue added to manipulate
      current value by index.

* NoteBook:
    - Pages have now an identifier.
    - insert command modififed (see  INCOMPATIBILITIES)
    - page command added to retreive one or more pages
    - getframe command added


INCOMPATIBILITIES (sorry for this)

* LabelEntry, SpinBox and ComboBox:
    - -value and -variable options renamed to -text and -textvariable

* Entry and LabelEntry:
    - setfocus doesn't exist anymore. Directly use tk command focus.

* NoteBook:
    - Pages have now an identifier, which modifies insert command:
        NoteBook::insert $nb index ?option value ...?
      is now
        $nb insert index page ?option value ...?

* Tree:
    - insert command modified:
        Tree::insert $nb $parent $node $index ?option value ...?
      becomes
        $tree insert $index $parent $node ?option value ...?

* ListBox:
    - insert command modified:
        ListBox::insert $list $item $index ?option value ...?
      becomes
        $list insert $index $item ?option value ...?


____________________________________________________________
BWidget 1.0 (02/19/1999)

  First release.

Added pybwidget-0.1.2_1.7.0/BWidget-1.7.0/ChangeLog.

>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>

2003-12-18  Bob Techentin <techentin@sourceforge.net>

	**** BWIDGET 1.7.0 TAGGED ****

	* README.txt: Changed revision to 1.7.0.  Note that
	1.7.0 does not include 2003-11-26 mod to notebook.tcl.

2003-11-26  Jeff Hobbs  <jeffh@ActiveState.com>

	* notebook.tcl (NoteBook::bindtabs): correct tab name returned.	(groth)

2003-11-17  Jeff Hobbs  <jeffh@ActiveState.com>

	* entry.tcl (Entry::create): add missing line continuation.
	[Patch #843932] (oehlmann)

2003-11-10  Damon Courtney  <damon@unreality.com>

	* entry.tcl: Use a button widget for -disabled options if
	we're using 8.3 [Bug 839469]

2003-11-05  Damon Courtney  <damon@unreality.com>

	* combobox.tcl: Fixed dropdown listbox selection for
	standard Tk listbox [Bug 831496].

2003-11-05  Jeff Hobbs  <jeffh@ActiveState.com>

	* scrollview.tcl (ScrollView::_set_view): correct :canvas to
	renamed :cmd.

2003-10-30  Jeff Hobbs  <jeffh@ActiveState.com>

	* scrollw.tcl (ScrolledWindow::setwidget): check that the old
	widget associated still exists before unconfiguring it. [Bug #833034]

2003-10-27  Damon Courtney  <damon@unreality.com>

	* combobox.tcl, listbox.tcl: Fixed keyboard navigation in the
	combobox drop down [Bug 831496].

	* listbox.tcl: Added curselection subcommand to mimic Tk listbox
	behavior.

	Added keyboard navigation to the listbox.

	* widget.tcl: Added Widget::exists command to return whether a
	widget is a BWidget (based on whether it exists in the _class array).

	Widget::destroy now properly unsets the widget's variable in
	the _class array.

2003-10-27  Joe English  <jenglish@users.sourceforge.net>
	* DragSite.html, DropSite.html: Fix markup errors [Bug #740484]

2003-10-20  Damon Courtney  <damon@unreality.com>
	* arrow.tcl, bitmap.tcl, button.tcl, buttonbox.tcl, color.tcl,
	* combobox.tcl, dialog.tcl, dragsite.tcl, dropsite.tcl, entry.tcl
	* font.tcl, label.tcl, labelentry.tcl, labelframe.tcl, listbox.tcl
	* mainframe.tcl, messagedlg.tcl, notebook.tcl, pagesmgr.tcl
	* panedw.tcl, passwddlg.tcl, progressbar.tcl, progressdlg.tcl
	* scrollframe.tcl, scrollview.tcl, scrollw.tcl, separator.tcl
	* spinbox.tcl, titleframe.tcl, tree.tcl, utils.tcl, widget.tcl
	* xpm2image.tcl: Revamp again to let core Widget commands handle
	most of the esoteric work of creating and destroying widgets
	properly in the BWidget environment.

	The command Widget::define defines a class, its filename and a
	list of classes which it uses.  This command handles creating
	the command to create new widgets, creates a ::use command for
	the class and calls the ::use command for each class included.

	The command Widget::create does the renaming of the widget to
	$path:cmd and creates the proc to redirect the widget commands.

	Widget::destroy now does the rename $path "" that almost all
	widgets do.

	* button.tcl: Added a -state option to configure the state of the
	entire box at once.

	Added new insert and delete subcommands.

	Added an after cancel to stop button repeat upon release.
	[Bug 697022]

	* combobox.tcl: Added -bwlistbox, -listboxwidth and -hottrack options.
	-images option already existed, but now it actually does something.

	Added getlistbox, get, icursor, post and unpost subcommands.

	* dynhelp.tcl: Added add subcommand to replace the (now) deprecated
	register command.  The new command adds for a lot more flexibility
	in applying dynamic help.

	Help popup now comes up -topmost 1 on Windows if available.

	* entry.tcl: Added -disabledbackground option so that the BWidget
	entry more closely resembles the standard Tk entry.
	[Bug 638236].

	* init.tcl: Moved Widget::traverseTo into widget.tcl.

	* label.tcl: Renamed BWLabel class to just Label.

	* listbox.tcl: Added a default -dropcmd so that if -dragenabled
	and -dropenabled are true, drag-and-drop within the same widget
	is possible without any other options.

	Added -autofocus option to specify that clicking within the listbox
	should draw the focus in order to handle mouse wheel events.

	Added -selectfill option for drawing a full selection rectangle
	around selected items instead of just around the item.

	Added getcanvas subcommand.  [Bug 436762].

	bindImage and bindText now map %W to $path in order to get an
	accurate path in events.  This can probably be fixed better
	when we have more control over event parameters.  [Bug 607745]

	Added mouse wheel bindings by default.

	Added <<ListboxSelect>> event when selection changes.

	* mainframe.tcl: Fixed bug for adding CTRL-F items to a mainframe
	[Bug 784269]

	* messagedlg.tcl: Added -buttonwidth option.

	* notebook.tcl: Added dynamic help to tabs.

	Added -tabpady option to specify the padding between the text and
	the tab.

	Notebooks now handle multi-line text properly.  [Bug 565284]

	* scrollview.tcl: Rewritten to use a variable per path instead of
	a big array.

	* tree.tcl: Added -anchor option to nodes to specify the anchor for
	an image or window when displayed.

	Added -crossopenimage, -crosscloseimage, -crossopenbitmap and
	-crossclosebitmap options to change the open / close cross.

	Added mouse wheel bindings by default.

	Added toggle subcommand to toggle a single tree node.

	Added <<TreeSelect>> event when selection changes.

	The characters "& | ^ !" are all converted to | silently in
	node names.  This is to avoid errors because these characters
	are special to the canvas widget.  [Bug 746960]

	bindImage and bindText now map %W to $path in order to get an
	accurate path in events.  This can probably be fixed better
	when we have more control over event parameters.  [Bug 607745]

	* utils.tcl: Added BWidget::wrongNumArgsString command to return
	a standard wrong # args error string.

	Added BWidget::classes command that returns a list of all classes
	required by a given class.

	Added BWidget::inuse command to determine if a given class is inuse.

	Added BWidget::library command to return a body of code that can
	be saved into a project or other code based on the given classes.
	When called with a list of classes, all the classes and code
	necessary to use those classes is returned in a large string which
	can then be written out to a file.

	Added BWidget::write command to write to a given file the current
	set of classes that are in use.

	Added BWidget::bindMouseWheel command to setup default mouse
	bindings on a given widget.

	* widget.tcl: Added a new option type 'Padding' which will accept
	the standard padding arguments in Tcl 8.4+.

	Added Widget::define command to define a new BWidget class.

	Added Widget::create command to create a BWidget properly.

	Widget::destroy now attempts to delete a widget command created
	through Widget::create.

	Added Widget::options command to return the current options of
	a given widget in a style that can be used to serialize a widget.

	Added Widget::getOption command to get options based on children
	having the same option.

	* wizard.tcl: Added new Wizard widget.


2003-10-17  Jeff Hobbs  <jeffh@ActiveState.com>

	* arrow.tcl, bitmap.tcl, button.tcl, buttonbox.tcl, color.tcl,
	* combobox.tcl, dialog.tcl, dragsite.tcl, dropsite.tcl, entry.tcl
	* font.tcl, label.tcl, labelentry.tcl, labelframe.tcl, listbox.tcl
	* mainframe.tcl, messagedlg.tcl, notebook.tcl, pagesmgr.tcl
	* panedw.tcl, passwddlg.tcl, progressbar.tcl, progressdlg.tcl
	* scrollframe.tcl, scrollview.tcl, scrollw.tcl, separator.tcl
	* spinbox.tcl, titleframe.tcl, tree.tcl, utils.tcl, widget.tcl
	* xpm2image.tcl: major revamp to reduce incorrect use of eval and
	other list-safetiness evils.  Also change !strcomp to streq.

2003-08-06  Jeff Hobbs  <jeffh@ActiveState.com>

	* listbox.tcl: Correct Listbox selection drawing [Bug #781652]

2003-07-17  Joe English  <jenglish@users.sourceforge.net>
	* init.tcl, combobox.tcl:  Fix for [Bug 720032] "BWidget
	breaks Tk entry behaviour".  Highlight the entry
	in a <<TraverseIn>> binding, instead of doing so
	on every <FocusIn> event.  Change the global <Tab> 
	and <Shift-Tab> bindings to generate <<TraverseIn>>
	and <<TraverseOut>> events.

2003-07-17  Jeff Hobbs  <jeffh@ActiveState.com>

	* notebook.tcl: Use list with eval for safety.
	Use lsearch -exact instead of default -glob in all uses.

	* listbox.tcl (_multiple_select): correct shift-selection when
	selectmode is multiple.  [Bug 653266]
	Use lsearch -exact instead of default -glob in all uses.
	Use list with eval for safety.

	* BWman/ScrolledWindow.html: clarify management of embedded widget.

2003-06-23  Damon Courtney <damon@unreality.com>
	* combobox.tcl: Added a little better handling of keys in the
	auto-complete.

2003-06-06  Damon Courtney <damon@unreality.com>
	* combobox.tcl: Added a rudimentary auto-complete function
	with option (-autocomplete) that is turned off by default.
	Over time, I'm sure this function can be improved, but I
	think it works pretty well for now.

	* BWman/ComboBox.tcl: Added documentation for -autocomplete.

2003-06-05  Damon Courtney <damon@unreality.com>
	* listbox.tcl: Liberal use of list where appropriate to make
	the code safe for space-containing node names.

2003-05-23  Bob Techentin <techentin@sourceforge.net>

	**** BWIDGET 1.6.0 TAGGED ****

	* README.txt: 

2003-05-18  Jeff Hobbs  <jeffh@ActiveState.com>

	* progressbar.tcl: correctly handle progressbar being quickly
	created and deleted by deleting afters and checking var existence.

2003-05-18  Joe English  <jenglish@users.sourceforge.net>

	* widget.tcl (Widget::focusOK): Don't assume that '-editable' 
	option is always 1 or 0 for all widgets. [Bug 710658]

2003-05-14  Jeff Hobbs  <jeffh@ActiveState.com>

	* demo/tree.tcl: make the tree scrollview make sense in demo.
	[Bug 684462]

	* notebook.tcl: ensure that bd is min 1 at all times. [Bug 688227]
	Correct use of eval with list.

	* tree.tcl: correct node lsearch'ing to use -exact to allow for []
	containing nodes [Bug 628041] (decoster)

2003-05-07  Jeff Hobbs  <jeffh@ActiveState.com>

	* dynhelp.tcl (DynamicHelp::_motion_balloon): correctly listify
	after delayed _show_help callback.

2003-05-06  Jeff Hobbs  <jeffh@ActiveState.com>

	* scrollw.tcl (ScrolledWindow::setwidget): remove any existing
	widget before setting the next.

2003-05-01  Jeff Hobbs  <jeffh@ActiveState.com>

	* tree.tcl (Tree::configure, Tree::_draw_node): add a full-width
	box underneath the text and image/window that will react to the
	node binding if -selectfill is true.  It is an empty box that is
	overly wide, but it could be improved to resize on Configure to
	just the window width and replace the sel box.

2003-04-23  Jeff Hobbs  <jeffh@ActiveState.com>

	* tree.tcl: liberal use of list where appropriate to make the code
	safe for space-containing node names.
	Make use of string equal instead of !string compare.
	(Tree::_redraw_selection): correct -selectfill to include the
	image, in any, in the bbox calculation since it may be larger.

2003-04-15  Damon Courtney <damon@unreality.com>

	* listbox.tcl
	* tree.tcl: Added a #auto substitution for inserting new items
	into a tree or listbox.

	* BWman/ListBox.html
	* BWman/Tree.html: Added documentation for #auto substitution.

2003-04-14  Jeff Hobbs  <jeffh@ActiveState.com>

	* utils.tcl (BWidget::focus): add optional refocus arg
	* combobox.tcl: make droplist use solid 1-pixel relief more in
	accordance with Windows style.  Set topmost attribute on droplist.
	Add bindings that unmap the droplist if we lose focus to another
	application (where [focus] == ""), without refocusing to the entry.

2003-04-11  Jeff Hobbs  <jeffh@ActiveState.com>

	* combobox.tcl (ComboBox::_expand): add tab expansion behavior
	when -expand tab is specified
	(ComboBox::_focus_in): autohighlight full contents only when no
	existing selection exists. [Bug #720024]

	* BWman/ComboBox.html: doc -expand none|tab

2003-03-12  Damon Courtney <damon@unreality.com>

	* listbox.tcl: Added dynamic help support to listbox items.

	* tree.tcl: Fixed a little inconsistency in the tree dynamic help.
	We don't need to save the whole path in the help array, just the
	node.

2003-02-25  Jeff Hobbs  <jeffh@ActiveState.com>

	* scrollw.tcl: add lock around grid remove scrollbar to prevent
	infinite loop in small window situations. (kienzle)

	* pkgIndex.tcl:
	* configure.in: bumped to v1.6

	* scrollw.tcl: complete rewrite of ScrolledWindow widget to
	address infinite loop scrollbar problems.  This one is much
	simpler and does not suffer the infinite loop.  There still seems
	to be an issue with shrinking smaller than one scrollbar width /
	height in size, but that's not common (nor fatal).  Addresses
	[Patch #671821, #520903] [Bug #472718, #564691]
	This may introduce new incompatabilities, but it does work as
	expected for noted bugs and in the demos.

	* widget.tcl: code cleanup
	* scrollframe.tcl: code cleanup

2003-02-24  Jeff Hobbs  <jeffh@ActiveState.com>

	* panedw.tcl (_realize): only allow _realize to be called once the
	Configure binding has triggered once. [Bug #613134]
	[Patch #63500] (decoster)

2003-02-17  Jeff Hobbs  <jeffh@ActiveState.com>

	* font.tcl: comment out the adding of default style bits for bold
	and italic.  The allows setting the font to something like
	"Courier 8", clicking B on and off and getting "Courier 8" back
	again (otherwise gave "Courier 8 normal roman").

2003-02-08  Damon Courtney <damon@unreality.com>
	* BWman/SelectColor.html
	* color.tcl:   Cleaned up some of the documentation of SelectColor
	  and made it actually work like the documentation says it does.

	* BWman/DynamicHelp.html
	* dynhelp.tcl:  Added -topbackground, -padx and -pady options to
	  allow a little more flexibility in the look-and-feel of balloons.

	  Added the ability to bind dynamic help to individual items or tags
	  on a canvas.

	* BWman/Tree.html
	* tree.tcl:  Added -padx and -deltax options to individual nodes
	  within a tree.  Each option defaults to -1, meaning to take its
	  value from the global option of the same name.

	  Added dynamic help to nodes within a tree.  Adds the following
	  options: -helptext, -helptype and -helpvar to each node.

	* BWman/BWidget.html
	* utils.tcl:  Added BWidget::badOptionString utility to return a
	  standard error string when a given option doesn't match a list.

	* BWman/Widget.html
	* widget.tcl:  Added Widget::getVariable proc to create a reference
	  to a variable relative to the given widget path.

2003-01-26  Damon Courtney <damon@unreality.com>
	* BWman/DynamicHelp.html:
	* dynhelp.tcl:  Added -state option to disable help balloons on a
	  global scale.

	* BWman/Tree.html:
	* tree.tcl: Added -crossfill option to allow the + / - bitmap to
	  be filled with a different color than the connecting node lines.
	  -linesfill is now accurate in its help entry and only adjusts
	  the foreground color of the lines between the nodes.

2003-01-24  Joe English  <jenglish@users.sourceforge.net>
	* tree.tcl (Tree::delete, Tree::_subdelete): remove all deleted
	nodes from the the selection [Bug #621178].

2003-01-17  Pat Thoyts  <patthoyts@users.sourceforge.net>

	* labelentry.tcl: fixed -textvariable option [bug #649383]

2002-10-14  Jeff Hobbs  <jeffh@ActiveState.com>

	* pkgIndex.tcl:
	* configure.in: bump version to 1.5

	* button.tcl: remove -repeatdelay and -repeatinterval for 8.4 to
	allow Button to override them. [Bug #620103]

	* combobox.tcl: make -entrybg also control the listbox background.
	[Bug #519189] (chevreux)

	* tree.tcl (_see): change to always show left edge of requested
	item. [Patch #556077] (english)  [NOTE: also included Patch #621331 
	"Allow delete of selected Tree nodes"]

	* dynhelp.tcl: allow variable and balloon help simultaneously.
	[Patch #567982] (decoster)

	* BWman/LabelFrame.html:
	* labelframe.tcl: allow -bitmap -image and -textvariable options
	of the BWLabel component of a LabelFrame. [Patch #620753] (decoster)

	* widget.tcl (_get_tkwidget_options): withdraw toplevel if it is
	the TkResource base widget. [Patch #620754] (decoster)

	* tree.tcl (delete): correct tree deletion with selected nodes.
	[Patch #621331] (decoster)

	* progressbar.tcl (_modify): use updated idletasks instead of
	update. [Patch #622927] (decoster)

2002-09-25  Jeff Hobbs  <jeffh@ActiveState.com>

	* Makefile.in: better DESTDIR/libdir support (steffen)

2002-09-11  Jeff Hobbs  <jeffh@ActiveState.com>

	* color.tcl (SelectColor::menu): added tkwait and update to make
	sure that the grab doesn't fail on Unix.

	* listbox.tcl: corrected multiple selectmode bindings.
	[Patch #483838, Bug #594853] (decoster)

2002-08-23  Andreas Kupries  <andreas_kupries@users.sourceforge.net>

	* tree.tcl: Modified subcommand 'includes' of the method
	  'selection to properly extract its argument. ... Revamped the
	  whole subcommand to properly extract and check its arguments.

	  (create) Added Control-Button-1 bindings to allow toggling the
	  selection of a node. I will do no bindings for shift-selecting
	  and/or drag-selecting ranges. To complex for me right now.

	  Moved the code executing the -selectcommand callback to an
	  internal procedure, and added calls to that procedure to all
	  subcommands which change the selection. This fixes SF Bwidget
	  Bug #547245.

	* BWman/Tree.html: Documented the 'includes' and 'range'
	  subcommands of the method 'selection' of tree widgets.
	  Documented the node option '-selectable'. Documented that the
	  subcommands extending or setting the selection silently ignore
	  unselectable nodes. Documented new 'toggle' subcommand of method
	  'selection'. Documented option --slectcommand'. Fixed bogus
	  table html in option lists.

2002-06-04  Jeff Hobbs  <jeffh@ActiveState.com>

	**** BWIDGET 1.4.1 TAGGED ****

	* README.txt: 
	* configure.in: 
	* pkgIndex.tcl: up'ed version to 1.4.1

	* listbox.tcl: corrected use of 'end' as move index. [Bug #561391]
	* buttonbox.tcl: 
	* tree.tcl: force frame -padx/-pady to 0 to handle 8.4+ frame
	padding options. [Bug #545119]

	* scrollframe.tcl: corrected scrollregion configuration on
	Configure of frame to use full width/height of canvas when the
	canvas is larger.  This ensures that scrolling "anchors" properly
	to topleft.

	* dialog.tcl: prevent dialog from freezing on Windows with tkwait
	visibility on withdrawn toplevels. [Patch #521386] (chevreux)

	* font.tcl: reworked loadfont to not sort font names unless
	requested.  [Patch #524353] (kienzle, hobbs)

	* panedw.tcl: corrected handling of weighted panes following a
	Configure event. [Patch #513320] (decoster)

	* progressbar.tcl: Fixed display of vertical progressbar.
	[Patch #561403]

2002-05-29  Andreas Kupries  <andreas_kupries@users.sourceforge.net>

	* combobox.tcl: Changed relief of popup list to ridge, for Win*
	  platforms.

2002-05-09  Andreas Kupries  <andreas_kupries@users.sourceforge.net>

	* dynhelp.tcl: Accepted patch for bug 528929. Reported by
	  <bach@users.sourceforge.net>, patch also by him.

2002-04-25  Andreas Kupries  <andreas_kupries@users.sourceforge.net>

	* notebook.tcl: Accepted patch for bug #532246, fixing the
	  appearance of the tabs so that text is always visible
	  completely.

2002-01-26  Pat Thoyts  <patthoyts@users.sourceforge.net>

	* utils.tcl: Modified BWidget::place to support multiple screens
	under Windows. Better support would require Tk modifications.
	* demo/tree.tcl: Fixed for starting on secondary monitor under
	windows.
	* BWMan/BWidget.html: added documentation for BWidget::place.
	
2002-01-22  Jeff Hobbs  <jeffh@ActiveState.com>

	**** BWidget 1.4.0 tagged ****

	* widget.tcl: added Color as an optional type, with _test_color
	test.  [RFE #443124].

2002-01-15  Jeff Hobbs  <jeffh@ActiveState.com>

	* BWman/ComboBox.html: removed reference to label options that
	were removed when the LabelFrame was dropped.  [Bug #477130]

	* listbox.tcl: allowed drop handler to work in empty listbox.
	[Bug #456883]

	* mainframe.tcl: correct unprotected eval calls.  [Patch #501210]
	(chevreux)

2001-12-28  Jeff Hobbs  <jeffh@ActiveState.com>

	* BWman/Dialog.html:
	* dialog.tcl: Added '-transient' and '-place' flags.
	[Patch #483838] (decoster)

	* BWman/Tree.html:
	* tree.tcl: Added a 'recursive' argument to 'Tree::opentree' and
	'Tree::closetree'. [Patch #483838] (decoster)

	* BWman/ProgressBar.html:
	* progressbar.tcl: Added new type 'nonincremental_infinite' and
	modified movement of progressbar when in 'infinite' or
	'nonincremental_infinite' mode. The 'nonincremental_infinite' can
	be used when a certain process monitored by a ProgressBar returns
	a total count and not an increment count. [Patch #483838] (decoster)

	* BWman/PanedWindow.html:
	* panedw.tcl: Added '-weights' flag with possible value 'extra' or
	'available'.  Since BWidget-1.3.1, the meaning of the '-weight'
	flag for the 'PanedWindow::add' command was changed. This made it
	difficult to create a layout where the panes occupy a certain
	amount of the screen. When using the '-weights extra' flag when
	creating a PanedWindow widget, the >=1.3.1 behavior is used: the
	weights for the different panes are only used for extra space.
	When using the '-weights available' flag, the weights for the
	different panes are used to set the size of each panes relative to
	the total available space. [Patch #483838] (decoster)

	* BWman/ListBox.html:
	* listbox.tcl: Added '-selectmode' flag and 2 possible
	select-modes: single and multiple. [Patch #483838] (decoster)

	* widget.tcl: Select element 4 (was 3) from the config-options to
	get value from optiondb. [Patch #483838] (decoster)

	* utils.tcl: added else case to place is called with location
	different from 'at' and 'center' and without a parent.
	[Patch #484123] (decoster)

	* mainframe.tcl: added options -menubarfont, -menuentryfont and
	-statusbarfont at creation time of the widget as well as
	subsequent configures. [Patch #479935] (chevreux)

	* listbox.tcl: added multipleinsert command to allow faster
	inserts of multiple items. [Patch #458446] (chevreux)
	* widget.tcl: added Widget::copyinit. [Patch #458446] (chevreux)

	* BWman/NoteBook.html:
	* notebook.tcl: added options for enhanced tab shape in notebooks.
	[Patch #402466] (haneef)

	* configure.in:
	* pkgIndex.tcl:
	* README.txt: bumped version to 1.4.0 (not released)

	* mainframe.tcl (_create_menubar): start tagstate initially on.
	[Patch #470273] (chevreux)
	(_parse_accelerator): improve F* function key accelerator support.
	[Patch #444172] (venski)

2001-10-14  Jeff Hobbs  <jeffh@ActiveState.com>

	* pagesmgr.tcl: reverted fix of 2001-10-11 - it was bogus.

2001-10-11  Jeff Hobbs  <jeffh@ActiveState.com>

	* pagesmgr.tcl: allowed the ability to specify page by name,
	not just number.

2001-09-11  Andreas Kupries  <andreas_kupries@users.sourceforge.net>

	* notebook.tcl: Removed 'Canvas' from the list of bindtags for the
	  internal canvas to prevent interference from application
	  specific bindings with our special widget. [459033].

2001-09-06  Andreas Kupries  <andreas_kupries@users.sourceforge.net>

	* passwddlg.tcl: Accepted change by Bastien Chevreux
	  <bach@users.sourceforge.net> adding a -logineditable option to
	  the password dialog. [436340].

2001-09-05  Andreas Kupries  <andreas_kupries@users.sourceforge.net>

	* panedw.tcl: Added option -activator to allow user to choose sash
	  activator. Reduced minimum allowed sash width. [442474]. Request
	  made by Bastien Chevreux <bach@users.sourceforge.net>.

	* label.tcl: Corrected typo in BWlabel::configure [454505], report
	  and fix by Bastien Chevreux <bach@users.sourceforge.net>.

	* arrow.tcl: Changed containing frame to be more invisible
	  (borderwidth 0). Fixes [458301], by Georgios Petasis
	  <petasis@users.sourceforge.net>.

2001-08-08  Andreas Kupries <andreas_kupries@users.sourceforge.net>

	* tree.tcl (Tree::_keynav): Added code to call the open and close
	  commands when the open-status of a node is toggled with the
	  space bar. Bug [449284].

	* color.tcl: Added the missing definition of the main
	  'SelectColor' procedure. This prevented users from creating
	  these widgets in the documented way. Bug [449276].

2001-06-21  eric melski  <ericm@ajubasolutions.com>

	* tree.tcl: Corrected keyboard navigation so that open/close
	commands are invoked when right/left arrows are used to open/close
	nodes, patch from [Bug #435097].  Also corrected keyboard
	navigation on right arrow press; previously only opened closed
	nodes that had children, but should always open nodes, regardless
	of whether it has children.

2001-06-11  Jeff Hobbs  <jeffh@ActiveState.com>

	* pkgIndex.tcl: bumped version to 1.3.1 and added Tk 8.1.1 package
	require as Tcl 8.1.1 is needed in certain core areas for the new
	string methods.

	* mainframe.tcl: corrected state interpretation.  It doesn't do
	exact argument matching, but it is consistent with the rest of
	BWidget.  [Bug #224476]

	* demo/demo.tcl: fixed demo script to run when called from
	another directory

	* messagedlg.tcl: corrected winfo exists call

	* listbox.tcl: fixed string compare call

	* combobox.tcl: added package require Tk 8.3.

	* passwddlg.tcl: 
	* xpm2image.tcl: 
	* mainframe.tcl: 
	* panedw.tcl: 
	* utils.tcl: 
	* entry.tcl: 
	* dynhelp.tcl: 
	* dragsite.tcl: 
	* color.tcl: added braces to expr where appropriate

2000-10-31  Dan Kuchler  <kuchler@ajubasolutions.com>

        * combobox.tcl: Added the '-exact' option to the 'lsearch'
        commands in the combobox code so that the correct index
        of items will be returned even when there are glob/regexp
        characters.

2000-10-10  Dan Kuchler  <kuchler@ajubasolutions.com>

        * dynhelp.tcl: Added the '-screen' option to the toplevel that
        is created to display the help text to fix a bug reported by
        Tupone Alfredo.

2000-10-01  Eric Melski  <ericm@ajubasolutions.com>

	* notebook.tcl: Fixed typo in _draw_page that incorrectly placed
	images on tabs.

2000-09-17  Eric Melski  <ericm@ajubasolutions.com>

	* widget.tcl (_test_boolean): Altered to return strictly 0 or 1
	(for false and true, respectively), rather than allowing the
	string booleans (false, true, off, on, etc).

2000-09-07  Sven Delmas  <sven@scriptics.com>

	* mainframe.tcl: Fixed the typo of Alt (Atl) as reported in bug #
	6079.

2000-09-05  Eric Melski  <ericm@ajubasolutions.com>

	* label.tcl: Corrected bindtags for BWidgets Label components:
	primary component widget now includes the megawidget pathname in
	its bindtags list, so that bindings on the megawidget pathname are
	applied properly.

2000-08-10  Eric Melski  <ericm@ajubasolutions.com>

	* widget.tcl: Corrected a problem caused by the destruction of the
	special .#BWidget* widgets, which are used by BWidgets for some
	option value validations; formerly, if these were destroyed, it
	could confuse the BWidgets system's internal state, and creating
	BWidgets after destroying these helper widgets would throw an error.

2000-06-14  Dan Kuchler  <kuchler@scriptics.com>

	* dialog.tcl
	* dropsite.tcl
	* dynhelp.tcl
	* scrollview.tcl: Replaced several catch {unset varname} calls with
	if {[info exists varname]} {unset varname}.  This avoids using the
	catch, and also prevents the ::errorInfo corruption that was happening
	in BWidgets.

2000-05-14  Dan Kuchler  <kuchler@scriptics.com>

	* tree.tcl: Fixed a typing error in the Tree::find procedure.
	The procedure wouldn't work because there was a 'llengh' where there
	should have been a 'llength'.

2000-05-08  Dan Kuchler  <kuchler@scriptics.com>

	* titleframe.tcl: Added a '-state' flag that is associated to the
	state of the label.  Now that labels can be disabled (in 8.3 and
	beyond) this allows for the titleframe to have a disabled appearence.

2000-05-02  Eric Melski  <ericm@scriptics.com>

	* tree.tcl: Did some fancy focus footwork [Bug: 4491].  Now you
	can do this: "Tree .t ; bind .t <Button-1> foo", and it will do
	the right thing.  This will enable the use of proper
	focus-on-mouse-click bindings for trees, which in turn will fix
	the focus problem described in 4491.  In addition, I added a
	binding to the canvas widget in the tree that redirects focus when
	it leaves the canvas and goes to the frame, just in case.
	
	* dialog.tcl: Added a -geometry option, to allow the specification
	of geometry for the dialog.  No particular care is taken to
	validate the geometry string, so if it is bogus, you lose. [RFE:
	5188].

2000-04-27  Eric Melski  <ericm@scriptics.com>

	* entry.tcl: Added smarts to handle Copy for non-editable entries
	(it should be allowed, but was not previously) [Bug: 3755].

	* notebook.tcl: Small tweaks for placement of images on tabs.

	* combobox.tcl: Added code to ensure that non-editable (but
	enabled) comboboxes could still be tabbed in to.

2000-04-26  Dan Kuchler  <kuchler@scriptics.com>

	* button.tcl: Fixed the bindings that get setup on buttons with
	an underline specified to be case insensitive (i.e  if 'A' or 'a'
	was the underline character, Alt-A and Alt-a would both be bound
	to the button.

2000-03-29  Sven Delmas  <sven@scriptics.com>

	* tree.tcl:  Added protection for the left arrow key click in case
	we are already at the root node. This used to throw a Tcl error
	(fixes bug # 4619).

2000-03-20  Eric Melski  <ericm@scriptics.com>

	* progressbar.tcl: (configure) Added test for change to -maximum
	value, so that bar is redrawn if maximum changes. [Bug: 4399].

	* BWman/SpinBox.html: Removed references to -label* options.

	* demo/select.tcl: Removed use of -label* options on ComboBox and
	SpinBox. [Bug: 4394].

2000-03-14  Eric Melski  <ericm@scriptics.com>

	* button.tcl: (configure) replaced several hasChanged calls with
	one hasChangedX call.

	* dynhelp.tcl: (sethelp) replaced several hasChanged calls with
	one hasChangedX call.

	* entry.tcl: Replaced stack of hasChanged calls with one
	hasChangedX (in configure); replaced a couple cget's with
	getMegawidgetOption's.

	* spinbox.tcl: Updated _test_options to use setMegawidgetOption,
	and to only do that if it has to, instead of always doing it.

	* tree.tcl: Worked on itemcget; instead of upvar'ing the
	one-time-use variable, just refer to it directly.

	* widget.tcl: One problem with [set
	${class}::${path}:opt($option)] -- if path contains "foo(foo)",
	the command will choke.  Removed that particular
	micro-optimization.  Added setMegawidgetOption to compliment
	getMegawidgetOption; extended hasChangedX to accept multiple
	options to check.  This allows us to compress stacks of hasChanged
	calls into a single call (so there's a single function call, and a
	single upvar...).

2000-03-13  Eric Melski  <ericm@scriptics.com>

	* combobox.tcl: Tweaked bg/background options so that button
	didn't pick up entry background.

	* widget.tcl: Removed dead code; micro-optimizations to initFromODB.

	* tree.tcl: Added option for default -fill of tree nodes on windows.

	* notebook.tcl: Removed commented code.

	* button.tcl: 
	* tree.tcl: 
	* spinbox.tcl: 
	* entry.tcl: 
	* dropsite.tcl: 
	* dragsite.tcl: 
	* arrow.tcl: Replaced selected cget/getoption calls with
	getMegawidgetOption calls.

	* combobox.tcl: Removed LabelFrame from ComboBox (30% faster).

	* widget.tcl: Added getMegawidgetOption function, which allows
	direct access to megawidget-specific options (those that do not
	map to a component widget option).  This is dangerous, because it
	bypasses some checks, and it will only work with options that are
	specific to the megawidget.  However, it is much faster, and
	enables some functions (like visiblenodes) to be much faster.

	* tree.tcl: Reworked visiblenodes function to do a tree walk to
	find visible nodes.  This is faster and more correct than the
	previous implementation, which queried all the nodes in the tree
	for their open bit.
	

2000-03-10  Eric Melski  <ericm@scriptics.com>

	* widget.tcl: Replaced an upvar with a direct reference to the
	variable in initFromODB.

	* dynhelp.tcl: Changed sethelp function to use new hasChangedX
	function instead of hasChanged, which avoids an unneeded upvar,
	for a little better speed.

	* button.tcl: Changed to parseArgs/initFromODB format for a small
	(25%) speedup in creation time.

2000-03-10  Sven Delmas  <sven@scriptics.com>

	* tree.tcl: Changed the allnodes procedure to visiblenodes, and
	also the mechanism of retrieving those nodes. This took care of
	the previously required update.

2000-03-09  Eric Melski  <ericm@scriptics.com>

	* entry.tcl: Added code to re-sync the -text option with the
	contents of the entry widget before doing configuration; this
	fixes [Bug: 4304].

2000-03-09  Sven Delmas  <sven@scriptics.com>

	* tree.tcl: Disabled the update before the find withtag in the
	allnodes procedure. The nodes are apparently created delayed, so
	before this procedure is called, the program has to do an
	update. I don't do this in the procedure anymore, because it
	caused multiple updates, making the app slower.

2000-03-08  Sven Delmas  <sven@scriptics.com>

	* tree.tcl: The new allnodes procedure was not handling the
	"current" tag correctly. This is now stripped of.

2000-03-07  Eric Melski  <ericm@scriptics.com>

	* button.tcl: Added check for -state flag, to initialize it properly.

	* entry.tcl: Changed to parseArgs/initFromODB format; added check
	for -text flag to initialize it properly.

	* labelentry.tcl: Changed to use parseArgs/initFromODB format.

2000-03-03  Eric Melski  <ericm@scriptics.com>

	* spinbox.tcl: Added a call in setvalue to scan the current value into
	a float to trim out any 0 padding on the number (otherwise the zero's 
	make it look like octal to tcl, which chokes on numbers > 8)

2000-03-07  Sven Delmas  <sven@scriptics.com>

	* passwddlg.tcl: Reenabled the <Return> binding to activate the ok
	button. 

	* dragsite.tcl: I added an extra protection into the _begin_drag
	procedure to guard against a motion event that (sometimes) arrives
	before the press event. This fixes bug # 4324.

2000-03-03  Eric Melski  <ericm@scriptics.com>

	* spinbox.tcl: Removed LabelFrame from SpinBox (BACKWARDS
	INCOMPATIBLE) to speed creation; updated configure proc to use
	hasChangedX instead of hasChanged, as it didn't really need the
	values of the options it was checking.

2000-03-01  Eric Melski  <ericm@scriptics.com>

	* spinbox.tcl: Changed bindings to be on class SpinBox instead of
	BwSpinBox, and added class SpinBoxEntry to the bindtags of the
	SpinBox entry component.

	* configure.in:
	* pkgIndex.tcl: Bumped version to 1.3.0.

	* tree.tcl: Changed focus redirect to use {after idle} to avoid
	focus loops.

	* label.tcl: Added -bd 0 -highlight... etc to wrapper frame; moved
	class bindings to the frame instead of the component label.

	* utils.tcl: Added helper function BWidget::refocus, to handle
	focus redirection calls.

	* spinbox.tcl: Changed focus redirect to use {after idle} to avoid
	focus loops.

	* combobox.tcl: Changed init to parseArgs/initFromODB style;
	changed focus redirect to use {after idle} to avoid focus loops.

2000-02-29  Eric Melski  <ericm@scriptics.com>

	* widget.tcl: Added bits to handle
	$path#subclass_that_inherits_from_other_bw_class megawidget names.

	* passwddlg.tcl:
	* progressdlg.tcl: 
	* progressbar.tcl: Changed init to parseArgs/initFromODB style.

	* pkgIndex.tcl: Changed Label -> BWLabel

	* messagedlg.tcl: Changed initialization to parseArgs/initFromODB
	style.  Changed to use tk_messageBox on UNIX.
	
	* labelframe.tcl: Updated to use BWLabel instead of Label.

	* labelentry.tcl: Added -class LabelEntry to widget.

	* label.tcl: Changed class name to BWLabel (to avoid option db
	clashes with tk labels), changed initialization	to
	parseArgs/initFromODB style.

	* init.tcl: dropped obsolete Tree option from init.

	* dialog.tcl: changed initialization to parseArgs/initFromODB style.

	* notebook.tcl: Added -bd 0 -highlightthickness 0 -relief flat to
	the notebook container frame so geometries are correct.

	* entry.tcl: Fixed a conflict with configuring the Entry -text and
	textvariables.

	* dialog.tcl: added a -class option to the dialog, to allow the
	class of the dialog to be set (this enables proper optiondb use
	for things like the PasswdDlg).

2000-02-28  Eric Melski  <ericm@scriptics.com>

	* widget.tcl: Added Widget::varForOption function, which returns a 
	variable name that can be used to trace changes to an option for a
	particular megawidget (such as the -values option of a combobox).
	
	* entry.tcl: Made cget -text a little more efficient by
	shortcircuiting in that case.

	* combobox.tcl: Fixed bug #4248 by making the listbox use a
	-listvariable instead of trying to micromanage the listbox contents.

	* tests/entry.test: tests for the Entry widget.

	* widget.tcl: minor code cleanup.

	* tree.tcl: Was not getting proper default bg color on Windows,
	and keyboard navigation was goofy because of internal structure
	changes.

	* entry.tcl: Fixed an issue with initial foreground color not
	being picked up correctly.

2000-02-28  Sven Delmas  <sven@scriptics.com>

	* tree.tcl: Added a procedure called "allnodes" to retrieve the
	names of all currently defined treenodes. Apparently the internal
	widget structure of tree was changed recently. I adjusted the
	"allnodes" procedure to that.

2000-02-25  Eric Melski  <ericm@scriptics.com>

	* combobox.tcl: Fixed a problem with non-editable comboboxes and
	selecting values.

	* arrow.tcl: 
	Fixed a problem with the invoke method (doing one too many winfo
	parents in some cases)

	* button.tcl: 
	* buttonbox.tcl: 
	* combobox.tcl: 
	* dialog.tcl: 
	* dynhelp.tcl: 
	* entry.tcl: (also fixed validation)
	* label.tcl: 
	* labelframe.tcl: 
	* listbox.tcl: 
	* mainframe.tcl: 
	* notebook.tcl: 
	* pagesmgr.tcl: 
	* panedw.tcl: 
	* progressbar.tcl: 
	* scrollview.tcl: 
	* scrollw.tcl: 
	* separator.tcl: 
	* spinbox.tcl: 
	* titleframe.tcl: 
	* tree.tcl: Updated to new megawidget architecture.

	* widget.tcl: Changed internal architecture.  When possible,
	megawidget options are stored in component widgets instead of in
	an intermediary array.  Also, made use of option database to make
	megawidget creation more efficient.

2000-02-24  Eric Melski  <ericm@scriptics.com>

	* LICENSE.txt: Removed LGPL license; added Tcl-license terms.

2000-02-23  Eric Melski  <ericm@scriptics.com>

	* widget.tcl: Replaced _test_boolean function with a more efficient
	implementation.

2000-02-18  Eric Melski  <ericm@scriptics.com>

	* images/target.xbm: Placeholder for actual icon.

	* color.tcl: Change env(BWIDGET_LIBRARY) to ::BWIDGET::LIBRARY;
	changed proc "dialogue" to "dialog"

	* pkgIndex.tcl: Updated function spec for color.tcl.

	* widget.tcl: Various minor speed tweaks; added a reverse mapping
	from component widget options -> mega-widget options so that
	subcget can be faster.

	* entry.tcl: 
	* dropsite.tcl: 
	* dragsite.tcl: 
	* arrow.tcl: Tcl list'd the specs for Widget::declare calls.

	* combobox.tcl: Removed extraneous ListBox::use call.
	

2000-02-17  Eric Melski  <ericm@scriptics.com>

	* notebook.tcl: Added an extra check to move the leftmost tab a
	touch to the right when it is not selected (again, to make the
	tabs more Windows-like).  Also replaced redundant [string equal]
	checks with a stored pre-check (ie, set foo [string equal ...]).

2000-02-16  Eric Melski  <ericm@scriptics.com>

	* notebook.tcl: Changed appearance of tabs; leftmost tab is now 
	flush with the left of the notebook, and the tabs look more
	Windows-like.

2000-02-16  Sven Delmas  <sven@scriptics.com>

	* dialog.tcl: Added a new parameter to the draw procedure that
	allows me to pass in the desired geometry for the window. This was
	needed to support tracking of dialog window geometries.

	* tree.tcl: Changed the <KeyPress-space> binding to use "+", so it
	will not overwrite existing bindings (if there are any). Also
	added some extra protection in the keynav procedure against the
	user typing <Left> on a root node (this used to cause a stack
	trace).

2000-02-11  Eric Melski  <ericm@scriptics.com>

	* tree.tcl: Integrated changes from Eric Boudaillier:
	[itemconfigure -open ...]
	    optimized to only call redraw_idle 3 if node has subnodes.
	_cross_event:
	    itemconfigure -open called before -opencmd/closecmd; no more
	    call to _redraw_idle (handled by other procedures)
	_over_cmd:
	    allow position {root 0} when tree is empty
	new [find] command:  
	    [find @x,y ?confine?]
	    	    if confine is "confine" returns the node at window
		    coordinate x,y (x,y must be inside the bbox of the
		    node) else returns the node found on the line (in
		    pixel) pixel y
	    [find line]
	            returns the node on the line $line (in -deltay coords)
	new [line] command:
	    [line node]
	            returns the line where node is drawn
	-selectfill option added:
	    if true, selection is draw on full width of tree (instead of
	    just highlighting the bbox of the selected nodes)
	
	* combobox.tcl: Integrated changes from Eric Boudaillier:
	internal widget restructuring.

	* tree.tcl: Added "range" subcommand to selection.  Given two
	nodes, node1 and node2, it will set the selection to the visible
	nodes between (and including) node1 and node2.  If node1 or node2
	is not visible, it will find the first visible ancestor of the
	node and use that as the start/end point instead.

	* listbox.tcl: Integrated changes from Eric Boudaillier:
	_over_cmd: allow position 0 when listbox is empty
	find command, similar to tree find command.
	
	* spinbox.tcl: Integrated changes from Eric Boudaillier:
	cosmetic changes.
	
	* color.tcl: Integrated changes from Eric Boudaillier:
	split widget into two commands: SelectColor::menu and
	SelectColor::dialog.

	* progressbar.tcl: Integrated changes from Eric Boudaillier:
	added -idle option to prevent call to update in case where task is
	done in idle (ie, fileevents)

	* scrollview.tcl: Integrated changes from Eric Boudaillier:
	bindings changed.

	* scrollw.tcl: Integrated changes from Eric Boudaillier:
	-managed option: if true, scrollbar are managed during creation,
	so their size are included in the requested size of the
	ScrolledWindow.  If false, they are not.
	-sides option: specifies the side of the scrollbar.
	-size option: specifies size of scrollbar.
	-ipad option: specifies pad between scrollbar and scrolled widget.

	* mainframe.tcl: Integrated changes from Eric Boudaillier: support
	for function keys in accelerators, support for no modifier in
	accelerators.

	* notebook.tcl: Integrated changes from Eric Boudaillier:
	-internalborderwidth (-ibd) option specifies pad around pages;
	-foreground, -background, -activeforeground, -activebackground,
	-disabledforeground options for each tab.
	Code cleanup.

1999-12-23  Sven Delmas  <sven@scriptics.com>

	* scrollw.tcl: Added "update idletask" to scrollbar update to
	prevent loss of update events.

1999-12-14  Sven Delmas  <sven@scriptics.com>

	* combobox.tcl: When the selected item is changed, the selection
	is now set to the entire string.

1999-12-13  Eric Melski  <ericm@scriptics.com>

	* buttonbox.tcl: Added a getbuttonstate function, which retrieves 
	the value of a tag used on a button in the buttonbox.

1999-12-08  Eric Melski  <ericm@scriptics.com>

	* combobox.tcl: Removed code that cleared entry selection on focus out 
	events, as this crippled exportselection.

1999-10-29  Eric Melski  <ericm@scriptics.com>

	* buttonbox.tcl: Added a gettags function, which allows the user
	to query the tags that are used on buttons in the buttonbox.

1999-10-29  Eric Melski  <ericm@scriptics.com>

	* font.tcl: Added one new flag: -querysystem.  This lets the user 
	control whether the font selector queries the system 
	(via font families) for the list of fonts, or if it uses a preset 
	list of fonts (which is much faster and less likely to crash some 
	systems).

1999-10-25  Eric Melski  <ericm@scriptics.com>

	* font.tcl: Added support for two new flags: -families and -styles; 
	-families allows you to specify one of all, fixed, or variable, to
	limit the choice of fonts to those fonts; -styles allows you to
	specify a list of styles that can be set with the widget (ie,
	bold, italic, etc).

1999-10-22  Eric Melski  <ericm@scriptics.com>

	* tree.tcl: Fixed some problems with keyboard traversal.  Added
	support for left/right arrows a la MS Explorer.
	Added support for keyboard-based scrolling.
	
1999-10-21  Sven Delmas  <sven@scriptics.com>

	* combobox.tcl: Added support for keyboard traversal.  The widget
	will now tab in even when it is not editable.  Also the entry
	widget content will be selected when the user tabs in. The key
	bindings now allow a traversal of the list (<Down> brings up the
	list). The arrow button no longer switches to an up button, but
	instead changes relief. The button is now more Windows NT like
	(for Windows NT).  Changed keyboard bindings:  down/up now
	display/hide the listbox; control-{up|down|prev|next} move through
	the options without displaying the listbox.
	
1999-10-21  Eric Melski  <ericm@scriptics.com>

	* tree.tcl: Added a -selectable option to tree nodes, which
	controls whether or not a given node is selectable (duh).  This
	works with the new -selectcommand option for the tree, and with
	keyboard traversal (also new).  Now, whenever the tree gets a
	"selection set", it calls the given -selectcommand with the name
	of the tree and the list of selected nodes, which makes it easier
	to just drop in place and use.

1999-10-15  Eric Melski  <ericm@scriptics.com>

	* panedw.tcl: Added a -class PanedWindow option to the main frame 
	(the megawidget) of the paned window.

1999-10-15  Eric Melski  <ericm@scriptics.com>

	* dialog.tcl: Added an overrideredirect option to Dialog::draw, which
	allows the user to control the overrideredirect state of the dialog.

1999-09-19  Eric Melski  <ericm@scriptics.com>

	* mainframe.tcl:  Fixed _destroy to unset ALL state variables, so that
	when a new MainFrame of the same name as an old one is created, it
	doesn't pick up residual state from the old one.

1999-09-17  Eric Melski  <ericm@scriptics.com

	* mainframe.tcl: Modified menu creation/setmenustate functions to
	support a new model of menustate.  Instead of enabling/disabling a
	menu item whenever any one of its tags changes state, now it only
	enables menu items if all of its tags are set.  This makes it
	really easy to, say, only enable the "New Action" entry if both a
	project is open and an element is selected.

	* buttonbox.tcl: Added tagging mechanism to buttonbox.  When using
	$bbox add, the first parameter is a list of tags for the button.  Then
	use $bbox setbuttonstate to change the state of a tag.

1999-09-16  Eric Melski  <ericm@scriptics.com>

	* notebook.tcl: Added some (non-functional) code for doing
	tab-notebooks with the tabs on the bottom.

Added pybwidget-0.1.2_1.7.0/BWidget-1.7.0/LICENSE.txt.

>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>

BWidget ToolKit
Copyright (c) 1998-1999 UNIFIX. 
Copyright (c) 2001-2002 ActiveState Corp. 

The following terms apply to all files associated with the software
unless explicitly disclaimed in individual files.

The authors hereby grant permission to use, copy, modify, distribute,
and license this software and its documentation for any purpose, provided
that existing copyright notices are retained in all copies and that this
notice is included verbatim in any distributions. No written agreement,
license, or royalty fee is required for any of the authorized uses.
Modifications to this software may be copyrighted by their authors
and need not follow the licensing terms described here, provided that
the new terms are clearly indicated on the first page of each file where
they apply.

IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR DISTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE TO ANY PARTY
FOR DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
ARISING OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, ITS DOCUMENTATION, OR ANY
DERIVATIVES THEREOF, EVEN IF THE AUTHORS HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.

THE AUTHORS AND DISTRIBUTORS SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIM ANY WARRANTIES,
INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND NON-INFRINGEMENT.  THIS SOFTWARE
IS PROVIDED ON AN "AS IS" BASIS, AND THE AUTHORS AND DISTRIBUTORS HAVE
NO OBLIGATION TO PROVIDE MAINTENANCE, SUPPORT, UPDATES, ENHANCEMENTS, OR
MODIFICATIONS.

GOVERNMENT USE: If you are acquiring this software on behalf of the
U.S. government, the Government shall have only "Restricted Rights"
in the software and related documentation as defined in the Federal 
Acquisition Regulations (FARs) in Clause 52.227.19 (c) (2).  If you
are acquiring the software on behalf of the Department of Defense, the
software shall be classified as "Commercial Computer Software" and the
Government shall have only "Restricted Rights" as defined in Clause
252.227-7013 (c) (1) of DFARs.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the
authors grant the U.S. Government and others acting in its behalf
permission to use and distribute the software in accordance with the
terms specified in this license.

Added pybwidget-0.1.2_1.7.0/BWidget-1.7.0/Makefile.in.

>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>

# Makefile.in --
#
#	This file is a Makefile for the BLE executable.
#
# Copyright (c) 1999-2000 Ajuba Solutions.
#
# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
# of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
#
# RCS: @(#) $Id: Makefile.in,v 1.1 2004/12/24 16:32:01 jepler Exp $


BWIDGET_SOURCES = \
	arrow.tcl \
	bitmap.tcl \
	button.tcl \
	buttonbox.tcl \
	color.tcl \
	combobox.tcl \
	dialog.tcl \
	dragsite.tcl \
	dropsite.tcl \
	dynhelp.tcl \
	entry.tcl \
	font.tcl \
	init.tcl \
	label.tcl \
	labelentry.tcl \
	labelframe.tcl \
	listbox.tcl \
	mainframe.tcl \
	messagedlg.tcl \
	notebook.tcl \
	pagesmgr.tcl \
	panedw.tcl \
	passwddlg.tcl \
	progressbar.tcl \
	progressdlg.tcl \
	scrollframe.tcl \
	scrollview.tcl \
	scrollw.tcl \
	separator.tcl \
	spinbox.tcl \
	titleframe.tcl \
	tree.tcl \
	utils.tcl \
	widget.tcl \
	xpm2image.tcl

PKGINDEX_TCL = \
	$(srcdir)/pkgIndex.tcl

#STARTUP_SCRIPT = src/bwidget.tcl

#========================================================================
# Executable name for creating a wrapped application
# We don't currently build a wrapped bwidgets.
#========================================================================

#BWIDGET	= bwidget$(EXEEXT)

#========================================================================
# Nothing of the variables below this line need to be changed.
#========================================================================

SHELL = @SHELL@
EXEEXT	= @EXEEXT@

DESTDIR =

srcdir = @srcdir@
top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
prefix = @prefix@
exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
bindir = @bindir@

libdir = @libdir@
pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@@VERSION@

top_builddir = .

INSTALL = @INSTALL@
INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@

PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@
VERSION = @VERSION@
PROWRAP = @PROWRAP@
AUTOCONF = autoconf
CYGPATH=@CYGPATH@
CONFIGDIR = @CONFIGDIR@
mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(CONFIGDIR)/mkinstalldirs

#========================================================================
# TEA TARGETS.  Please note that the "libraries:" target refers to platform
# independent files, and the "binaries:" target inclues executable programs and
# platform-dependent libraries.  Modify these targets so that they install
# the various pieces of your package.  The make and install rules
# for the BINARIES that you specified above have already been done.
#========================================================================

all: binaries libraries doc

binaries:

libraries:

doc:

install: all install-binaries install-libraries install-doc

test:

depend:

install-binaries:

install-libraries: installdirs
	@echo "Installing script files in $(DESTDIR)$(pkglibdir)"
	@for i in $(BWIDGET_SOURCES) ; do \
	    $(INSTALL_SCRIPT) $(srcdir)/$$i $(DESTDIR)$(pkglibdir) ; \
	done;
	@echo "Installing language files in $(DESTDIR)$(pkglibdir)/lang"
	@for i in $(srcdir)/lang/*.rc ; do \
	    $(INSTALL_SCRIPT) $$i $(DESTDIR)$(pkglibdir)/lang ; \
	done;
	@echo "Installing image files in $(DESTDIR)$(pkglibdir)/images"
	@for i in $(srcdir)/images/*.gif $(srcdir)/images/*.xbm ; do \
	    $(INSTALL_SCRIPT) $$i $(DESTDIR)$(pkglibdir)/images ; \
	done;
	$(INSTALL_SCRIPT) $(PKGINDEX_TCL) $(DESTDIR)$(pkglibdir)

install-doc:
	@echo "Installing html documentation in $(DESTDIR)$(pkglibdir)/htmldoc"
	@for i in $(srcdir)/BWman/*.html ; do \
	    $(INSTALL_SCRIPT) $$i $(DESTDIR)$(pkglibdir)/htmldoc ; \
	done;

installdirs:
	$(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(pkglibdir)
	$(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(pkglibdir)/lang
	$(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(pkglibdir)/images
	$(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(pkglibdir)/htmldoc

clean:  
	-test -z "$(BINARIES)" || rm -f $(BINARIES)
	-rm -f *.o core *.core
	-rm -f *.$(OBJEXT)
	-test -z "$(CLEANFILES)" || rm -f $(CLEANFILES)

distclean: clean
	-rm -f *.tab.c
	-rm -f Makefile $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)
	-rm -f config.cache config.log stamp-h stamp-h[0-9]*
	-rm -f config.status

Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in  $(top_builddir)/config.status
	cd $(top_builddir) \
	  && CONFIG_FILES=$@ CONFIG_HEADERS= $(SHELL) ./config.status

#config.status: $(srcdir)/configure
#	$(SHELL) ./config.status --recheck

#$(srcdir)/configure: $(srcdir)/configure.in
#	cd $(srcdir) && $(AUTOCONF) -l $(srcdir)/../../../sampleextension

.PHONY: all binaries clean depend distclean doc install installdirs \
libraries test

# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables.
# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
.NOEXPORT:

Added pybwidget-0.1.2_1.7.0/BWidget-1.7.0/README.txt.

>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>

BWidget ToolKit 1.7.0				December 2003
Copyright (c) 1998-1999 UNIFIX.
Copyright (c) 2001-2002 ActiveState Corp. 

See the file LICENSE.txt for license info (uses Tcl's BSD-style license).

--------------------------------------------------------------------------

WHAT IS BWIDGET ?

The BWidget Toolkit is a high-level Widget Set for Tcl/Tk built using
native Tcl/Tk 8.x namespaces.

The BWidgets have a professional look&feel as in other well known
Toolkits (Tix or Incr Widgets), but the concept is radically different
because everything is pure Tcl/Tk.  No platform dependencies, and no
compiling required.  The code is 100% Pure Tcl/Tk.

The BWidget library was originally developed by UNIFIX Online, and
released under both the GNU Public License and the Tcl license.
BWidget is now maintained as a community project, hosted by
Sourceforge.  Scores of fixes and enhancements have been added by
community developers.  See the ChangeLog file for details.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------

WIDGET LIST (1.7)

Simple Widgets 
      Label           Extended Label widget
      Entry           Extended Entry widget
      Button          Extended Button widget
      ArrowButton     Button widget with an arrow shape.
      ProgressBar     Progress indicator widget
      ScrollView      Display the visible area of a scrolled window
      Separator       3D separator widget

Manager Widgets 
      MainFrame       Manage toplevel with menu, toolbar and statusbar 
      LabelFrame      Frame with a Label
      TitleFrame      Frame with a title
      ScrolledWindow  Generic scrolled widget
      ScrollableFrame Scrollable frame containing widget
      PanedWindow     Tiled layout manager widget
      ButtonBox       Set of buttons with horizontal or vertical layout
      PagesManager    Pages manager widget
      NoteBook        Notebook manager widget
      Dialog          Dialog abstraction with custom buttons

Composite Widgets 
      LabelEntry      LabelFrame containing an Entry widget. 
      ComboBox        ComboBox widget
      SpinBox         SpinBox widget
      Tree            Tree widget
      ListBox         ListBox widget
      MessageDlg      Message dialog box
      ProgressDlg     Progress indicator dialog box
      PasswdDlg       Login/Password dialog box (contributed by Stephane Lavirotte)
      SelectFont      Font selection widget
      SelectColor     Color selection widget

Commands Classes 
      Widget          The Widget base class
      DynamicHelp     Provide help to Tk widget or BWidget
      DragSite        Commands set for Drag facilities
      DropSite        Commands set for Drop facilities
      BWidget         Utilities

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
INSTALLATION AND USE

- On Unix Platform:
  Uncompress the file BWidget-<version>.tar.Z|gz

  To use the BWidget:
  - If you have uncompressed the archive file under the Tcl Library Path
    directory, you only need to do:
      % package require BWidget
  - If not, you have to specify the BWidget installation path in auto_path
    global variable:
      % lappend auto_path <install_path>
      % package require BWidget

  To launch the demo, you need to cd into the demo subdirectory:
      $ cd <install_path>/demo
      $ wish demo.tcl

- On Windows and others Platforms:
  Uncompress the file BWidget-<version>.zip

  To use the BWidget:
  - If you uncompressed the archive file under the Tcl Library Path
    directory, you only need to do:
      % package require BWidget
  - If not, you have to specify the BWidget installation path in auto_path
    global variable:
      % lappend auto_path your_path
      % package require BWidget

  To launch the demo :
      Double click on demo.tcl in the demo subdirectory


Distribution contains these directories:

BWidget-<version>   Root directory and BWidget Tcl sources
   BWman        HTML manual pages
   images       images used by BWidget
   lang         Resources for language customization
   demo         Demo sources
   tests        BWidgets test suite         


--------------------------------------------------------------------------

DOCUMENTATION

HTML manual pages are available in the BWman subdirectory.  Point to
index.html for frame version with tree navigation, or to contents.html
for no frame version.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------

CONTACTS

The BWidget toolkit is maintained on Sourceforge, at
http://www.sourceforge.net/projects/tcllib/

Added pybwidget-0.1.2_1.7.0/BWidget-1.7.0/aclocal.m4.

builtin(include,config/tcl.m4)

Added pybwidget-0.1.2_1.7.0/BWidget-1.7.0/arrow.tcl.

>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>

# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
#  arrow.tcl
#  This file is part of Unifix BWidget Toolkit
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
#  Index of commands:
#   Public commands
#     - ArrowButton::create
#     - ArrowButton::configure
#     - ArrowButton::cget
#     - ArrowButton::invoke
#   Private commands (redraw commands)
#     - ArrowButton::_redraw
#     - ArrowButton::_redraw_state
#     - ArrowButton::_redraw_relief
#     - ArrowButton::_redraw_whole
#   Private commands (event bindings)
#     - ArrowButton::_destroy
#     - ArrowButton::_enter
#     - ArrowButton::_leave
#     - ArrowButton::_press
#     - ArrowButton::_release
#     - ArrowButton::_repeat
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

namespace eval ArrowButton {
    Widget::define ArrowButton arrow DynamicHelp

    Widget::tkinclude ArrowButton button .c \
	    include [list \
		-borderwidth -bd \
		-relief -highlightbackground \
		-highlightcolor -highlightthickness -takefocus]

    Widget::declare ArrowButton [list \
	    [list -type		Enum button 0 [list arrow button]] \
	    [list -dir		Enum top    0 [list top bottom left right]] \
	    [list -width	Int	15	0	"%d >= 0"] \
	    [list -height	Int	15	0	"%d >= 0"] \
	    [list -ipadx	Int	0	0	"%d >= 0"] \
	    [list -ipady	Int	0	0	"%d >= 0"] \
	    [list -clean	Int	2	0	"%d >= 0 && %d <= 2"] \
	    [list -activeforeground	TkResource	""	0 button] \
	    [list -activebackground	TkResource	""	0 button] \
	    [list -disabledforeground 	TkResource	""	0 button] \
	    [list -foreground		TkResource	""	0 button] \
	    [list -background		TkResource	""	0 button] \
	    [list -state		TkResource	""	0 button] \
	    [list -troughcolor		TkResource	""	0 scrollbar] \
	    [list -arrowbd	Int	1	0	"%d >= 0 && %d <= 2"] \
	    [list -arrowrelief	Enum	raised	0	[list raised sunken]] \
	    [list -command		String	""	0] \
	    [list -armcommand		String	""	0] \
	    [list -disarmcommand	String	""	0] \
	    [list -repeatdelay		Int	0	0	"%d >= 0"] \
	    [list -repeatinterval	Int	0	0	"%d >= 0"] \
	    [list -fg	Synonym	-foreground] \
	    [list -bg	Synonym	-background] \
	    ]
    DynamicHelp::include ArrowButton balloon

    bind BwArrowButtonC <Enter>           {ArrowButton::_enter %W}
    bind BwArrowButtonC <Leave>           {ArrowButton::_leave %W}
    bind BwArrowButtonC <ButtonPress-1>   {ArrowButton::_press %W}
    bind BwArrowButtonC <ButtonRelease-1> {ArrowButton::_release %W}
    bind BwArrowButtonC <Key-space>       {ArrowButton::invoke %W; break}
    bind BwArrowButtonC <Return>          {ArrowButton::invoke %W; break}
    bind BwArrowButton <Configure>       {ArrowButton::_redraw_whole %W %w %h}
    bind BwArrowButton <Destroy>         {ArrowButton::_destroy %W}

    variable _grab
    variable _moved

    array set _grab {current "" pressed "" oldstate "" oldrelief ""}
}


# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#  Command ArrowButton::create
# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc ArrowButton::create { path args } {
    # Initialize configuration mappings and parse arguments
    array set submaps [list ArrowButton [list ] .c [list ]]
    array set submaps [Widget::parseArgs ArrowButton $args]

    # Create the class frame (so we can do the option db queries)
    frame $path -class ArrowButton -borderwidth 0 -highlightthickness 0 
    Widget::initFromODB ArrowButton $path $submaps(ArrowButton)

    # Create the canvas with the initial options
    eval canvas $path.c $submaps(.c)

    # Compute the width and height of the canvas from the width/height
    # of the ArrowButton and the borderwidth/hightlightthickness.
    set w   [Widget::getMegawidgetOption $path -width]
    set h   [Widget::getMegawidgetOption $path -height]
    set bd  [Widget::cget $path -borderwidth]
    set ht  [Widget::cget $path -highlightthickness]
    set pad [expr {2*($bd+$ht)}]

    $path.c configure -width [expr {$w-$pad}] -height [expr {$h-$pad}]
    bindtags $path [list $path BwArrowButton [winfo toplevel $path] all]
    bindtags $path.c [list $path.c BwArrowButtonC [winfo toplevel $path.c] all]
    pack $path.c -expand yes -fill both

    DynamicHelp::sethelp $path $path.c 1

    set ::ArrowButton::_moved($path) 0

    return [Widget::create ArrowButton $path]
}


# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#  Command ArrowButton::configure
# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc ArrowButton::configure { path args } {
    set res [Widget::configure $path $args]

    set ch1 [expr {[Widget::hasChanged $path -width  w] |
                   [Widget::hasChanged $path -height h] |
                   [Widget::hasChanged $path -borderwidth bd] |
                   [Widget::hasChanged $path -highlightthickness ht]}]
    set ch2 [expr {[Widget::hasChanged $path -type    val] |
                   [Widget::hasChanged $path -ipadx   val] |
                   [Widget::hasChanged $path -ipady   val] |
                   [Widget::hasChanged $path -arrowbd val] |
                   [Widget::hasChanged $path -clean   val] |
                   [Widget::hasChanged $path -dir     val]}]

    if { $ch1 } {
        set pad [expr {2*($bd+$ht)}]
        $path.c configure \
            -width [expr {$w-$pad}] -height [expr {$h-$pad}] \
            -borderwidth $bd -highlightthickness $ht
	set ch2 1
    }
    if { $ch2 } {
        _redraw_whole $path [winfo width $path] [winfo height $path]
    } else {
        _redraw_relief $path
        _redraw_state $path
    }
    DynamicHelp::sethelp $path $path.c

    return $res
}


# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#  Command ArrowButton::cget
# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc ArrowButton::cget { path option } {
    return [Widget::cget $path $option]
}


# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
#  Command ArrowButton::invoke
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc ArrowButton::invoke { path } {
    if { ![string equal [winfo class $path] "ArrowButton"] } {
	set path [winfo parent $path]
    }
    if { ![string equal [Widget::getoption $path -state] "disabled"] } {
        set oldstate [Widget::getoption $path -state]
        if { [string equal [Widget::getoption $path -type] "button"] } {
            set oldrelief [Widget::getoption $path -relief]
            configure $path -state active -relief sunken
        } else {
            set oldrelief [Widget::getoption $path -arrowrelief]
            configure $path -state active -arrowrelief sunken
        }
	update idletasks
        if { [set cmd [Widget::getoption $path -armcommand]] != "" } {
            uplevel \#0 $cmd
        }
	after 10
        if { [string equal [Widget::getoption $path -type] "button"] } {
            configure $path -state $oldstate -relief $oldrelief
        } else {
            configure $path -state $oldstate -arrowrelief $oldrelief
        }
        if { [set cmd [Widget::getoption $path -disarmcommand]] != "" } {
            uplevel \#0 $cmd
        }
        if { [set cmd [Widget::getoption $path -command]] != "" } {
            uplevel \#0 $cmd
        }
    }
}


# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
#  Command ArrowButton::_redraw
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc ArrowButton::_redraw { path width height } {
    variable _moved

    set _moved($path) 0
    set type  [Widget::getoption $path -type]
    set dir   [Widget::getoption $path -dir]
    set bd    [expr {[$path.c cget -borderwidth] + [$path.c cget -highlightthickness] + 1}]
    set clean [Widget::getoption $path -clean]
    if { [string equal $type "arrow"] } {
        if { [set id [$path.c find withtag rect]] == "" } {
            $path.c create rectangle $bd $bd [expr {$width-$bd-1}] [expr {$height-$bd-1}] -tags rect
        } else {
            $path.c coords $id $bd $bd [expr {$width-$bd-1}] [expr {$height-$bd-1}]
        }
        $path.c lower rect
        set arrbd [Widget::getoption $path -arrowbd]
        set bd    [expr {$bd+$arrbd-1}]
    } else {
        $path.c delete rect
    }
    # w and h are max width and max height of arrow
    set w [expr {$width  - 2*([Widget::getoption $path -ipadx]+$bd)}]
    set h [expr {$height - 2*([Widget::getoption $path -ipady]+$bd)}]

    if { $w < 2 } {set w 2}
    if { $h < 2 } {set h 2}

    if { $clean > 0 } {
        # arrange for base to be odd
        if { [string equal $dir "top"] ||
             [string equal $dir "bottom"] } {
            if { !($w % 2) } {
                incr w -1
            }
            if { $clean == 2 } {
                # arrange for h = (w+1)/2
                set h2 [expr {($w+1)/2}]
                if { $h2 > $h } {
                    set w [expr {2*$h-1}]
                } else {
                    set h $h2
                }
            }
        } else {
            if { !($h % 2) } {
                incr h -1
            }
            if { $clean == 2 } {
                # arrange for w = (h+1)/2
                set w2 [expr {($h+1)/2}]
                if { $w2 > $w } {
                    set h [expr {2*$w-1}]
                } else {
                    set w $w2
                }
            }
        }
    }

    set x0 [expr {($width-$w)/2}]
    set y0 [expr {($height-$h)/2}]
    set x1 [expr {$x0+$w-1}]
    set y1 [expr {$y0+$h-1}]

    switch $dir {
        top {
            set xd [expr {($x0+$x1)/2}]
            if { [set id [$path.c find withtag poly]] == "" } {
                $path.c create polygon $x0 $y1 $x1 $y1 $xd $y0 -tags poly
            } else {
                $path.c coords $id $x0 $y1 $x1 $y1 $xd $y0
            }
            if { [string equal $type "arrow"] } {
                if { [set id [$path.c find withtag bot]] == "" } {
                    $path.c create line $x0 $y1 $x1 $y1 $xd $y0 -tags bot
                } else {
                    $path.c coords $id $x0 $y1 $x1 $y1 $xd $y0
                }
                if { [set id [$path.c find withtag top]] == "" } {
                    $path.c create line $x0 $y1 $xd $y0 -tags top
                } else {
                    $path.c coords $id $x0 $y1 $xd $y0
                }
                $path.c itemconfigure top -width $arrbd
                $path.c itemconfigure bot -width $arrbd
            } else {
                $path.c delete top
                $path.c delete bot
            }
        }
        bottom {
            set xd [expr {($x0+$x1)/2}]
            if { [set id [$path.c find withtag poly]] == "" } {
                $path.c create polygon $x1 $y0 $x0 $y0 $xd $y1 -tags poly
            } else {
                $path.c coords $id $x1 $y0 $x0 $y0 $xd $y1
            }
            if { [string equal $type "arrow"] } {
                if { [set id [$path.c find withtag top]] == "" } {
                    $path.c create line $x1 $y0 $x0 $y0 $xd $y1 -tags top
                } else {
                    $path.c coords $id $x1 $y0 $x0 $y0 $xd $y1
                }
                if { [set id [$path.c find withtag bot]] == "" } {
                    $path.c create line $x1 $y0 $xd $y1 -tags bot
                } else {
                    $path.c coords $id $x1 $y0 $xd $y1
                }
                $path.c itemconfigure top -width $arrbd
                $path.c itemconfigure bot -width $arrbd
            } else {
                $path.c delete top
                $path.c delete bot
            }
        }
        left {
            set yd [expr {($y0+$y1)/2}]
            if { [set id [$path.c find withtag poly]] == "" } {
                $path.c create polygon $x1 $y0 $x1 $y1 $x0 $yd -tags poly
            } else {
                $path.c coords $id $x1 $y0 $x1 $y1 $x0 $yd
            }
            if { [string equal $type "arrow"] } {
                if { [set id [$path.c find withtag bot]] == "" } {
                    $path.c create line $x1 $y0 $x1 $y1 $x0 $yd -tags bot
                } else {
                    $path.c coords $id $x1 $y0 $x1 $y1 $x0 $yd
                }
                if { [set id [$path.c find withtag top]] == "" } {
                    $path.c create line $x1 $y0 $x0 $yd -tags top
                } else {
                    $path.c coords $id $x1 $y0 $x0 $yd
                }
                $path.c itemconfigure top -width $arrbd
                $path.c itemconfigure bot -width $arrbd
            } else {
                $path.c delete top
                $path.c delete bot
            }
        }
        right {
            set yd [expr {($y0+$y1)/2}]
            if { [set id [$path.c find withtag poly]] == "" } {
                $path.c create polygon $x0 $y1 $x0 $y0 $x1 $yd -tags poly
            } else {
                $path.c coords $id $x0 $y1 $x0 $y0 $x1 $yd
            }
            if { [string equal $type "arrow"] } {
                if { [set id [$path.c find withtag top]] == "" } {
                    $path.c create line $x0 $y1 $x0 $y0 $x1 $yd -tags top
                } else {
                    $path.c coords $id $x0 $y1 $x0 $y0 $x1 $yd
                }
                if { [set id [$path.c find withtag bot]] == "" } {
                    $path.c create line $x0 $y1 $x1 $yd -tags bot
                } else {
                    $path.c coords $id $x0 $y1 $x1 $yd
                }
                $path.c itemconfigure top -width $arrbd
                $path.c itemconfigure bot -width $arrbd
            } else {
                $path.c delete top
                $path.c delete bot
            }
        }
    }
}


# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
#  Command ArrowButton::_redraw_state
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc ArrowButton::_redraw_state { path } {
    set state [Widget::getoption $path -state]
    if { [string equal [Widget::getoption $path -type] "button"] } {
        switch $state {
            normal   {set bg -background;       set fg -foreground}
            active   {set bg -activebackground; set fg -activeforeground}
            disabled {set bg -background;       set fg -disabledforeground}
        }
        set fg [Widget::getoption $path $fg]
        $path.c configure -background [Widget::getoption $path $bg]
        $path.c itemconfigure poly -fill $fg -outline $fg
    } else {
        switch $state {
            normal   {set stipple "";     set bg [Widget::getoption $path -background] }
            active   {set stipple "";     set bg [Widget::getoption $path -activebackground] }
            disabled {set stipple gray50; set bg black }
        }
        set thrc [Widget::getoption $path -troughcolor]
        $path.c configure -background [Widget::getoption $path -background]
        $path.c itemconfigure rect -fill $thrc -outline $thrc
        $path.c itemconfigure poly -fill $bg   -outline $bg -stipple $stipple
    }
}


# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
#  Command ArrowButton::_redraw_relief
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc ArrowButton::_redraw_relief { path } {
    variable _moved

    if { [string equal [Widget::getoption $path -type] "button"] } {
        if { [string equal [Widget::getoption $path -relief] "sunken"] } {
            if { !$_moved($path) } {
                $path.c move poly 1 1
                set _moved($path) 1
            }
        } else {
            if { $_moved($path) } {
                $path.c move poly -1 -1
                set _moved($path) 0
            }
        }
    } else {
        set col3d [BWidget::get3dcolor $path [Widget::getoption $path -background]]
        switch [Widget::getoption $path -arrowrelief] {
            raised {set top [lindex $col3d 1]; set bot [lindex $col3d 0]}
            sunken {set top [lindex $col3d 0]; set bot [lindex $col3d 1]}
        }
        $path.c itemconfigure top -fill $top
        $path.c itemconfigure bot -fill $bot
    }
}


# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
#  Command ArrowButton::_redraw_whole
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc ArrowButton::_redraw_whole { path width height } {
    _redraw $path $width $height
    _redraw_relief $path
    _redraw_state $path
}


# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
#  Command ArrowButton::_enter
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc ArrowButton::_enter { path } {
    variable _grab
    set path [winfo parent $path]
    set _grab(current) $path
    if { ![string equal [Widget::getoption $path -state] "disabled"] } {
        set _grab(oldstate) [Widget::getoption $path -state]
        configure $path -state active
        if { $_grab(pressed) == $path } {
            if { [string equal [Widget::getoption $path -type] "button"] } {
                set _grab(oldrelief) [Widget::getoption $path -relief]
                configure $path -relief sunken
            } else {
                set _grab(oldrelief) [Widget::getoption $path -arrowrelief]
                configure $path -arrowrelief sunken
            }
        }
    }
}


# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
#  Command ArrowButton::_leave
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc ArrowButton::_leave { path } {
    variable _grab
    set path [winfo parent $path]
    set _grab(current) ""
    if { ![string equal [Widget::getoption $path -state] "disabled"] } {
        configure $path -state $_grab(oldstate)
        if { $_grab(pressed) == $path } {
            if { [string equal [Widget::getoption $path -type] "button"] } {
                configure $path -relief $_grab(oldrelief)
            } else {
                configure $path -arrowrelief $_grab(oldrelief)
            }
        }
    }
}


# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
#  Command ArrowButton::_press
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc ArrowButton::_press { path } {
    variable _grab
    set path [winfo parent $path]
    if { ![string equal [Widget::getoption $path -state] "disabled"] } {
        set _grab(pressed) $path
            if { [string equal [Widget::getoption $path -type] "button"] } {
            set _grab(oldrelief) [Widget::getoption $path -relief]
            configure $path -relief sunken
        } else {
            set _grab(oldrelief) [Widget::getoption $path -arrowrelief]
            configure $path -arrowrelief sunken
        }
        if { [set cmd [Widget::getoption $path -armcommand]] != "" } {
            uplevel \#0 $cmd
            if { [set delay [Widget::getoption $path -repeatdelay]]    > 0 ||
                 [set delay [Widget::getoption $path -repeatinterval]] > 0 } {
                after $delay "ArrowButton::_repeat $path"
            }
        }
    }
}


# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
#  Command ArrowButton::_release
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc ArrowButton::_release { path } {
    variable _grab
    set path [winfo parent $path]
    if { $_grab(pressed) == $path } {
        set _grab(pressed) ""
            if { [string equal [Widget::getoption $path -type] "button"] } {
            configure $path -relief $_grab(oldrelief)
        } else {
            configure $path -arrowrelief $_grab(oldrelief)
        }
        if { [set cmd [Widget::getoption $path -disarmcommand]] != "" } {
            uplevel \#0 $cmd
        }
        if { $_grab(current) == $path &&
             ![string equal [Widget::getoption $path -state] "disabled"] &&
             [set cmd [Widget::getoption $path -command]] != "" } {
            uplevel \#0 $cmd
        }
    }
}


# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
#  Command ArrowButton::_repeat
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc ArrowButton::_repeat { path } {
    variable _grab
    if { $_grab(current) == $path && $_grab(pressed) == $path &&
         ![string equal [Widget::getoption $path -state] "disabled"] &&
         [set cmd [Widget::getoption $path -armcommand]] != "" } {
        uplevel \#0 $cmd
    }
    if { $_grab(pressed) == $path &&
         ([set delay [Widget::getoption $path -repeatinterval]] > 0 ||
          [set delay [Widget::getoption $path -repeatdelay]]    > 0) } {
        after $delay "ArrowButton::_repeat $path"
    }
}


# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
#  Command ArrowButton::_destroy
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc ArrowButton::_destroy { path } {
    variable _moved
    Widget::destroy $path
    unset _moved($path)
}

Added pybwidget-0.1.2_1.7.0/BWidget-1.7.0/bitmap.tcl.

>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>

# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
#  bitmap.tcl
#  This file is part of Unifix BWidget Toolkit
#  $Id: bitmap.tcl,v 1.1 2004/12/24 16:32:01 jepler Exp $
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
#  Index of commands:
#     - Bitmap::get
#     - Bitmap::_init
# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
namespace eval Bitmap {
    Widget::define Bitmap bitmap -classonly

    variable path
    variable _bmp
    variable _types {
        photo  .gif
        photo  .ppm
        bitmap .xbm
        photo  .xpm
    }

    proc use {} {}
}


# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#  Command Bitmap::get
# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc Bitmap::get { name } {
    variable path
    variable _bmp
    variable _types

    if {[info exists _bmp($name)]} {
        return $_bmp($name)
    }

    # --- Nom de fichier avec extension ---------------------------------
    set ext [file extension $name]
    if { $ext != "" } {
        if { ![info exists _bmp($ext)] } {
            error "$ext not supported"
        }

        if { [file exists $name] } {
            if {[string equal $ext ".xpm"]} {
                set _bmp($name) [xpm-to-image $name]
                return $_bmp($name)
            }
            if {![catch {set _bmp($name) [image create $_bmp($ext) -file $name]}]} {
                return $_bmp($name)
            }
        }
    }

    foreach dir $path {
        foreach {type ext} $_types {
            if { [file exists [file join $dir $name$ext]] } {
                if {[string equal $ext ".xpm"]} {
                    set _bmp($name) [xpm-to-image [file join $dir $name$ext]]
                    return $_bmp($name)
                } else {
                    if {![catch {set _bmp($name) [image create $type -file [file join $dir $name$ext]]}]} {
                        return $_bmp($name)
                    }
                }
            }
        }
    }

    return -code error "$name not found"
}


# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#  Command Bitmap::_init
# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc Bitmap::_init { } {
    global   env
    variable path
    variable _bmp
    variable _types

    set path [list "." [file join $::BWIDGET::LIBRARY images]]
    set supp [image types]
    foreach {type ext} $_types {
        if { [lsearch $supp $type] != -1} {
            set _bmp($ext) $type
        }
    }
}


Bitmap::_init

Added pybwidget-0.1.2_1.7.0/BWidget-1.7.0/button.tcl.

>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>

# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#  button.tcl
#  This file is part of Unifix BWidget Toolkit
# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#  Index of commands:
#   Public commands
#     - Button::create
#     - Button::configure
#     - Button::cget
#     - Button::invoke
#   Private commands (event bindings)
#     - Button::_destroy
#     - Button::_enter
#     - Button::_leave
#     - Button::_press
#     - Button::_release
#     - Button::_repeat
# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------

namespace eval Button {
    Widget::define Button button DynamicHelp

    set remove [list -command -relief -text -textvariable -underline -state]
    if {[info tclversion] > 8.3} {
	lappend remove -repeatdelay -repeatinterval
    }
    Widget::tkinclude Button button :cmd remove $remove

    Widget::declare Button {
        {-name            String "" 0}
        {-text            String "" 0}
        {-textvariable    String "" 0}
        {-underline       Int    -1 0 "%d >= -1"}
        {-armcommand      String "" 0}
        {-disarmcommand   String "" 0}
        {-command         String "" 0}
        {-state           TkResource "" 0 button}
        {-repeatdelay     Int    0  0 "%d >= 0"}
        {-repeatinterval  Int    0  0 "%d >= 0"}
        {-relief          Enum   raised  0 {raised sunken flat ridge solid groove link}}
    }

    DynamicHelp::include Button balloon

    Widget::syncoptions Button "" :cmd {-text {} -underline {}}

    variable _current ""
    variable _pressed ""

    bind BwButton <Enter>           {Button::_enter %W}
    bind BwButton <Leave>           {Button::_leave %W}
    bind BwButton <ButtonPress-1>   {Button::_press %W}
    bind BwButton <ButtonRelease-1> {Button::_release %W}
    bind BwButton <Key-space>       {Button::invoke %W; break}
    bind BwButton <Return>          {Button::invoke %W; break}
    bind BwButton <Destroy>         {Widget::destroy %W}
}


# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#  Command Button::create
# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc Button::create { path args } {
    array set maps [list Button {} :cmd {}]
    array set maps [Widget::parseArgs Button $args]
    eval [concat [list button $path] $maps(:cmd)]
    Widget::initFromODB Button $path $maps(Button)

    # Do some extra configuration on the button
    set relief [Widget::getMegawidgetOption $path -relief]
    if { [string equal $relief "link"] } {
        set relief "flat"
    }
    set var [Widget::getMegawidgetOption $path -textvariable]
    set st [Widget::getMegawidgetOption $path -state]
    if {  ![string length $var] } {
        set desc [BWidget::getname [Widget::getMegawidgetOption $path -name]]
        if { [llength $desc] } {
            set text  [lindex $desc 0]
            set under [lindex $desc 1]
            Widget::configure $path [list -text $text]
            Widget::configure $path [list -underline $under]
        } else {
            set text  [Widget::getMegawidgetOption $path -text]
            set under [Widget::getMegawidgetOption $path -underline]
        }
    } else {
        set under -1
        set text  ""
        Widget::configure $path [list -underline $under]
    }

    $path configure -relief $relief -text $text -underline $under \
	    -textvariable $var -state $st
    bindtags $path [list $path BwButton [winfo toplevel $path] all]

    set accel1 [string tolower [string index $text $under]]
    set accel2 [string toupper $accel1]
    if { $accel1 != "" } {
        bind [winfo toplevel $path] <Alt-$accel1> [list Button::invoke $path]
        bind [winfo toplevel $path] <Alt-$accel2> [list Button::invoke $path]
    }

    DynamicHelp::sethelp $path $path 1

    return [Widget::create Button $path]
}


# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#  Command Button::configure
# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc Button::configure { path args } {
    set oldunder [$path:cmd cget -underline]
    if { $oldunder != -1 } {
        set oldaccel1 [string tolower [string index [$path:cmd cget -text] $oldunder]]
        set oldaccel2 [string toupper $oldaccel1]
    } else {
        set oldaccel1 ""
        set oldaccel2 ""
    }
    set res [Widget::configure $path $args]

    # Extract all the modified bits we're interested in
    foreach {cr cs cv cn ct cu} [Widget::hasChangedX $path \
	    -relief -state -textvariable -name -text -underline] break
    if { $cr || $cs } {
	set relief [Widget::cget $path -relief]
	set state  [Widget::cget $path -state]
        if { [string equal $relief "link"] } {
            if { [string equal $state "active"] } {
                set relief "raised"
            } else {
                set relief "flat"
            }
        }
        $path:cmd configure -relief $relief -state $state
    }

    if { $cv || $cn || $ct || $cu } {
	set var		[Widget::cget $path -textvariable]
	set text	[Widget::cget $path -text]
	set under	[Widget::cget $path -underline]
        if {  ![string length $var] } {
            set desc [BWidget::getname [Widget::cget $path -name]]
            if { [llength $desc] } {
                set text  [lindex $desc 0]
                set under [lindex $desc 1]
            }
        } else {
            set under -1
            set text  ""
        }
        set top [winfo toplevel $path]
        if { $oldaccel1 != "" } {
            bind $top <Alt-$oldaccel1> {}
            bind $top <Alt-$oldaccel2> {}
        }
        set accel1 [string tolower [string index $text $under]]
        set accel2 [string toupper $accel1]
        if { $accel1 != "" } {
            bind $top <Alt-$accel1> [list Button::invoke $path]
            bind $top <Alt-$accel2> [list Button::invoke $path]
        }
        $path:cmd configure -text $text -underline $under -textvariable $var
    }
    DynamicHelp::sethelp $path $path

    set res
}


# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#  Command Button::cget
# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc Button::cget { path option } {
    Widget::cget $path $option
}


# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#  Command Button::invoke
# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc Button::invoke { path } {
    if { ![string equal [$path:cmd cget -state] "disabled"] } {
	$path:cmd configure -state active -relief sunken
	update idletasks
	set cmd [Widget::getMegawidgetOption $path -armcommand]
        if { $cmd != "" } {
            uplevel \#0 $cmd
        }
	after 100
        set relief [Widget::getMegawidgetOption $path -relief]
        if { [string equal $relief "link"] } {
            set relief flat
        }
	$path:cmd configure \
            -state  [Widget::getMegawidgetOption $path -state] \
            -relief $relief
	set cmd [Widget::getMegawidgetOption $path -disarmcommand]
        if { $cmd != "" } {
            uplevel \#0 $cmd
        }
	set cmd [Widget::getMegawidgetOption $path -command]
        if { $cmd != "" } {
            uplevel \#0 $cmd
        }
    }
}


# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#  Command Button::_enter
# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc Button::_enter { path } {
    variable _current
    variable _pressed

    set _current $path
    if { ![string equal [$path:cmd cget -state] "disabled"] } {
        $path:cmd configure -state active
        if { $_pressed == $path } {
            $path:cmd configure -relief sunken
        } elseif { [string equal [Widget::cget $path -relief] "link"] } {
            $path:cmd configure -relief raised
        }
    }
}


# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#  Command Button::_leave
# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc Button::_leave { path } {
    variable _current
    variable _pressed

    set _current ""
    if { ![string equal [$path:cmd cget -state] "disabled"] } {
        $path:cmd configure -state [Widget::cget $path -state]
        set relief [Widget::cget $path -relief]
        if { $_pressed == $path } {
            if { [string equal $relief "link"] } {
                set relief raised
            }
            $path:cmd configure -relief $relief
        } elseif { [string equal $relief "link"] } {
            $path:cmd configure -relief flat
        }
    }
}


# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#  Command Button::_press
# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc Button::_press { path } {
    variable _pressed

    if { ![string equal [$path:cmd cget -state] "disabled"] } {
        set _pressed $path
	$path:cmd configure -relief sunken
	set cmd [Widget::getMegawidgetOption $path -armcommand]
        if { $cmd != "" } {
            uplevel \#0 $cmd
	    set repeatdelay [Widget::getMegawidgetOption $path -repeatdelay]
	    set repeatint [Widget::getMegawidgetOption $path -repeatinterval]
            if { $repeatdelay > 0 } {
                after $repeatdelay "Button::_repeat $path"
            } elseif { $repeatint > 0 } {
                after $repeatint "Button::_repeat $path"
	    }
        }
    }
}


# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#  Command Button::_release
# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc Button::_release { path } {
    variable _current
    variable _pressed

    if { $_pressed == $path } {
        set _pressed ""
        set relief [Widget::getMegawidgetOption $path -relief]
	after cancel "Button::_repeat $path"
        if { [string equal $relief "link"] } {
            set relief raised
        }
        $path:cmd configure -relief $relief
	set cmd [Widget::getMegawidgetOption $path -disarmcommand]
        if { $cmd != "" } {
            uplevel \#0 $cmd
        }
        if { $_current == $path &&
             ![string equal [$path:cmd cget -state] "disabled"] && \
	     [set cmd [Widget::getMegawidgetOption $path -command]] != "" } {
            uplevel \#0 $cmd
        }
    }
}


# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#  Command Button::_repeat
# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc Button::_repeat { path } {
    variable _current
    variable _pressed

    if { $_current == $path && $_pressed == $path &&
         ![string equal [$path:cmd cget -state] "disabled"] &&
         [set cmd [Widget::getMegawidgetOption $path -armcommand]] != "" } {
        uplevel \#0 $cmd
    }
    if { $_pressed == $path &&
         ([set delay [Widget::getMegawidgetOption $path -repeatinterval]] >0 ||
          [set delay [Widget::getMegawidgetOption $path -repeatdelay]] > 0) } {
        after $delay "Button::_repeat $path"
    }
}

Added pybwidget-0.1.2_1.7.0/BWidget-1.7.0/buttonbox.tcl.

>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>

# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#  buttonbox.tcl
#  This file is part of Unifix BWidget Toolkit
# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#  Index of commands:
#     - ButtonBox::create
#     - ButtonBox::configure
#     - ButtonBox::cget
#     - ButtonBox::add
#     - ButtonBox::itemconfigure
#     - ButtonBox::itemcget
#     - ButtonBox::setfocus
#     - ButtonBox::invoke
#     - ButtonBox::index
#     - ButtonBox::_destroy
# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------

namespace eval ButtonBox {
    Widget::define ButtonBox buttonbox Button

    Widget::declare ButtonBox {
        {-background  TkResource ""         0 frame}
        {-orient      Enum       horizontal 1 {horizontal vertical}}
        {-state       Enum       "normal"   0 {normal disabled}}
        {-homogeneous Boolean    1          1}
        {-spacing     Int        10         0 "%d >= 0"}
        {-padx        TkResource ""         0 button}
        {-pady        TkResource ""         0 button}
        {-default     Int        -1         0 "%d >= -1"} 
        {-bg          Synonym    -background}
    }

    Widget::addmap ButtonBox "" :cmd {-background {}}

    bind ButtonBox <Destroy> [list ButtonBox::_destroy %W]
}


# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#  Command ButtonBox::create
# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc ButtonBox::create { path args } {
    Widget::init ButtonBox $path $args

    variable $path
    upvar 0  $path data

    eval [list frame $path] [Widget::subcget $path :cmd] \
	[list -class ButtonBox -takefocus 0 -highlightthickness 0]
    # For 8.4+ we don't want to inherit the padding
    catch {$path configure -padx 0 -pady 0}

    set data(max)      0
    set data(nbuttons) 0
    set data(buttons)  [list]
    set data(default)  [Widget::getoption $path -default]

    return [Widget::create ButtonBox $path]
}


# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#  Command ButtonBox::configure
# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc ButtonBox::configure { path args } {
    variable $path
    upvar 0  $path data

    set res [Widget::configure $path $args]

    if { [Widget::hasChanged $path -default val] } {
        if { $data(default) != -1 && $val != -1 } {
            set but $path.b$data(default)
            if { [winfo exists $but] } {
                $but configure -default normal
            }
            set but $path.b$val
            if { [winfo exists $but] } {
                $but configure -default active
            }
            set data(default) $val
        } else {
            Widget::setoption $path -default $data(default)
        }
    }

    if {[Widget::hasChanged $path -state val]} {
	foreach i $data(buttons) {
	    $path.b$i configure -state $val
	}
    }

    return $res
}


# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#  Command ButtonBox::cget
# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc ButtonBox::cget { path option } {
    return [Widget::cget $path $option]
}


# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#  Command ButtonBox::add
# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc ButtonBox::add { path args } {
    return [eval insert $path end $args]
}


proc ButtonBox::insert { path idx args } {
    variable $path
    upvar 0  $path data

    set but     $path.b$data(nbuttons)
    set spacing [Widget::getoption $path -spacing]

    ## Save the current spacing setting for this button.  Buttons
    ## appended to the end of the box have their spacing applied
    ## to their left while all other have their spacing applied
    ## to their right.
    if {$idx == "end"} {
	set data(spacing,$data(nbuttons)) [list left $spacing]
	lappend data(buttons) $data(nbuttons)
    } else {
	set data(spacing,$data(nbuttons)) [list right $spacing]
        set data(buttons) [linsert $data(buttons) $idx $data(nbuttons)]
    }

    if { $data(nbuttons) == $data(default) } {
        set style active
    } elseif { $data(default) == -1 } {
        set style disabled
    } else {
        set style normal
    }

    array set flags $args
    set tags ""
    if { [info exists flags(-tags)] } {
	set tags $flags(-tags)
	unset flags(-tags)
	set args [array get flags]
    }

    eval [list Button::create $but \
        -background [Widget::getoption $path -background]\
        -padx       [Widget::getoption $path -padx] \
	      -pady       [Widget::getoption $path -pady]] \
        $args [list -default $style]

    # ericm@scriptics.com:  set up tags, just like the menu items
    foreach tag $tags {
	lappend data(tags,$tag) $but
	if { ![info exists data(tagstate,$tag)] } {
	    set data(tagstate,$tag) 0
	}
    }
    set data(buttontags,$but) $tags
    # ericm@scriptics.com

    _redraw $path

    incr data(nbuttons)

    return $but
}


proc ButtonBox::delete { path idx } {
    variable $path
    upvar 0  $path data

    set i [lindex $data(buttons) $idx]
    set data(buttons) [lreplace $data(buttons) $idx $idx]
    destroy $path.b$i
}


# ButtonBox::setbuttonstate --
#
#	Set the state of a given button tag.  If this makes any buttons
#       enable-able (ie, all of their tags are TRUE), enable them.
#
# Arguments:
#	path        the button box widget name
#	tag         the tag to modify
#	state       the new state of $tag (0 or 1)
#
# Results:
#	None.

proc ButtonBox::setbuttonstate {path tag state} {
    variable $path
    upvar 0  $path data
    # First see if this is a real tag
    if { [info exists data(tagstate,$tag)] } {
	set data(tagstate,$tag) $state
	foreach but $data(tags,$tag) {
	    set expression "1"
	    foreach buttontag $data(buttontags,$but) {
		append expression " && $data(tagstate,$buttontag)"
	    }
	    if { [expr $expression] } {
		set state normal
	    } else {
		set state disabled
	    }
	    $but configure -state $state
	}
    }
    return
}

# ButtonBox::getbuttonstate --
#
#	Retrieve the state of a given button tag.
#
# Arguments:
#	path        the button box widget name
#	tag         the tag to modify
#
# Results:
#	None.

proc ButtonBox::getbuttonstate {path tag} {
    variable $path
    upvar 0  $path data
    # First see if this is a real tag
    if { [info exists data(tagstate,$tag)] } {
	return $data(tagstate,$tag)
    } else {
	error "unknown tag $tag"
    }
}

# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#  Command ButtonBox::itemconfigure
# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc ButtonBox::itemconfigure { path index args } {
    if { [set idx [lsearch $args -default]] != -1 } {
        set args [lreplace $args $idx [expr {$idx+1}]]
    }
    return [eval [list Button::configure $path.b[index $path $index]] $args]
}


# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#  Command ButtonBox::itemcget
# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc ButtonBox::itemcget { path index option } {
    return [Button::cget $path.b[index $path $index] $option]
}


# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#  Command ButtonBox::setfocus
# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc ButtonBox::setfocus { path index } {
    set but $path.b[index $path $index]
    if { [winfo exists $but] } {
        focus $but
    }
}


# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#  Command ButtonBox::invoke
# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc ButtonBox::invoke { path index } {
    set but $path.b[index $path $index]
    if { [winfo exists $but] } {
        Button::invoke $but
    }
}


# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#  Command ButtonBox::index
# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc ButtonBox::index { path index } {
    variable $path
    upvar 0  $path data

    set n [expr {$data(nbuttons) - 1}]

    if {[string equal $index "default"]} {
        set res [Widget::getoption $path -default]
    } elseif {$index == "end" || $index == "last"} {
	set res $n
    } elseif {![string is integer $index]} {
	## It's not an integer.  Search the text of each button
	## in the box and return the index that matches.
	foreach i $data(buttons) {
	    set w $path.b$i
	    lappend text  [$w cget -text]
	    lappend names [$w cget -name]
	}
	set res [lsearch -exact [concat $names $text] $index]
    } else {
        set res $index
	if {$index > $n} { set res $n }
    }
    return $res
}


# ButtonBox::gettags --
#
#	Return a list of all the tags on all the buttons in a buttonbox.
#
# Arguments:
#	path      the buttonbox to query.
#
# Results:
#	taglist   a list of tags on the buttons in the buttonbox

proc ButtonBox::gettags {path} {
    upvar ::ButtonBox::$path data
    set taglist {}
    foreach tag [array names data "tags,*"] {
	lappend taglist [string range $tag 5 end]
    }
    return $taglist
}


# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#  Command ButtonBox::_redraw
# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc ButtonBox::_redraw { path } {
    variable $path
    upvar 0  $path data
    Widget::getVariable $path buttons

    ## We re-grid the buttons from left-to-right.  As we go through
    ## each button, we check its spacing and which direction the
    ## spacing applies to.  Once spacing has been applied to an index,
    ## it is not changed.  This means spacing takes precedence from
    ## left-to-right.

    set idx  0
    set idxs [list]
    foreach i $data(buttons) {
	set dir     [lindex $data(spacing,$i) 0]
	set spacing [lindex $data(spacing,$i) 1]
        set but $path.b$i
        if {[string equal [Widget::getoption $path -orient] "horizontal"]} {
            grid $but -column $idx -row 0 -sticky nsew
            if { [Widget::getoption $path -homogeneous] } {
                set req [winfo reqwidth $but]
                if { $req > $data(max) } {
                    grid columnconfigure $path [expr {2*$i}] -minsize $req
                    set data(max) $req
                }
                grid columnconfigure $path $idx -minsize $data(max) -weight 1
            } else {
                grid columnconfigure $path $idx -weight 0
            }

	    set col [expr {$idx - 1}]
	    if {[string equal $dir "right"]} { set col [expr {$idx + 1}] }
	    if {$col > 0 && [lsearch $idxs $col] < 0} {
		lappend idxs $col
		grid columnconfigure $path $col -minsize $spacing
	    }
        } else {
            grid $but -column 0 -row $idx -sticky nsew
            grid rowconfigure $path $idx -weight 0

	    set row [expr {$idx - 1}]
	    if {[string equal $dir "right"]} { set row [expr {$idx + 1}] }
	    if {$row > 0 && [lsearch $idxs $row] < 0} {
		lappend idxs $row
		grid rowconfigure $path $row -minsize $spacing
	    }
        }
        incr idx 2
    }
}


# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#  Command ButtonBox::_destroy
# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc ButtonBox::_destroy { path } {
    variable $path
    upvar 0  $path data
    Widget::destroy $path
    unset data
}

Added pybwidget-0.1.2_1.7.0/BWidget-1.7.0/color.tcl.

>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>

namespace eval SelectColor {
    Widget::define SelectColor color Dialog

    Widget::declare SelectColor {
        {-title     String     "Select a color" 0}
        {-parent    String     ""               0}
        {-color     TkResource ""               0 {label -background}}
	{-type      Enum       "dialog"         1 {dialog popup}}
	{-placement String     "center"         1}
    }

    variable _baseColors {
        \#0000ff \#00ff00 \#00ffff \#ff0000 \#ff00ff \#ffff00
        \#000099 \#009900 \#009999 \#990000 \#990099 \#999900
        \#000000 \#333333 \#666666 \#999999 \#cccccc \#ffffff
    }

    variable _userColors {
        \#ffffff \#ffffff \#ffffff \#ffffff \#ffffff \#ffffff
        \#ffffff \#ffffff \#ffffff \#ffffff \#ffffff
    }

    if {[string equal $::tcl_platform(platform) "unix"]} {
        set useTkDialogue 0
    } else {
        set useTkDialogue 1
    }

    variable _selectype
    variable _selection
    variable _wcolor
    variable _image
    variable _hsv
}

proc SelectColor::create { path args } {
    Widget::init SelectColor $path $args

    set type [Widget::cget $path -type]

    switch -- [Widget::cget $path -type] {
	"dialog" {
	    return [eval [list SelectColor::dialog $path] $args]
	}

	"popup" {
	    set list      [list at center left right above below]
	    set placement [Widget::cget $path -placement]
	    set where     [lindex $placement 0]

	    if {[lsearch $list $where] < 0} {
		return -code error \
		    [BWidget::badOptionString placement $placement $list]
	    }

	    ## If they specified a parent and didn't pass a second argument
	    ## in the placement, set the placement relative to the parent.
	    set parent [Widget::cget $path -parent]
	    if {[string length $parent]} {
		if {[llength $placement] == 1} { lappend placement $parent }
	    }
	    return [eval [list SelectColor::menu $path $placement] $args]
	}
    }
}

proc SelectColor::menu {path placement args} {
    variable _baseColors
    variable _userColors
    variable _wcolor
    variable _selectype
    variable _selection

    Widget::init SelectColor $path $args
    set top [::menu $path]
    wm withdraw  $top
    wm transient $top [winfo toplevel [winfo parent $top]]

    set frame [frame $top.frame \
                   -highlightthickness 0 \
                   -relief raised -borderwidth 2]
    set col    0
    set row    0
    set count  0
    set colors [concat $_baseColors $_userColors]
    foreach color $colors {
        set f [frame $frame.c$count \
                   -highlightthickness 1 \
                   -highlightcolor white \
                   -relief solid -borderwidth 1 \
                   -width 16 -height 16 -background $color]
        bind $f <ButtonPress-1> [list set SelectColor::_selection $count]
        bind $f <Enter>         {focus %W}
        grid $f -column $col -row $row -padx 1 -pady 1
        bindtags $f $f
        incr count
        if {[incr col] == 6 } {
            set  col 0
            incr row
        }
    }
    set f [label $frame.c$count \
               -highlightthickness 1 \
               -highlightcolor white \
               -relief flat -borderwidth 0 \
               -width 16 -height 16 -image [Bitmap::get palette]]
    grid $f -column $col -row $row -padx 1 -pady 1
    bind $f <ButtonPress-1> [list set SelectColor::_selection $count]
    bind $f <Enter>         {focus %W}
    pack $frame

    bind $frame <ButtonPress-1> {set SelectColor::_selection -1}
    bind $frame <FocusOut>      {set SelectColor::_selection -2}
    eval [list BWidget::place $top 0 0] $placement

    wm deiconify $top
    raise $top
    if {$::tcl_platform(platform) == "unix"} {
	tkwait visibility $top
	update
    }
    focus -force $frame
    BWidget::grab set $frame

    tkwait variable SelectColor::_selection
    update
    BWidget::grab release $frame
    destroy $top
    update
    Widget::destroy $top
    if {$_selection == $count} {
        return [eval [list dialog $path] $args]
    } else {
        return [lindex $colors $_selection]
    }
}


proc SelectColor::dialog {path args} {
    variable _baseColors
    variable _userColors
    variable _widget
    variable _selection
    variable _image
    variable _hsv

    Widget::init SelectColor $path:SelectColor $args
    set top   [Dialog::create $path \
                   -title  [Widget::cget $path:SelectColor -title]  \
                   -parent [Widget::cget $path:SelectColor -parent] \
                   -separator 1 -default 0 -cancel 1]
    wm resizable $top 0 0
    set dlgf  [$top getframe]  
    set fg    [frame $dlgf.fg]
    set desc  [list \
                   base _baseColors "Base colors" \
                   user _userColors "User colors"]
    set count 0
    foreach {type varcol defTitle} $desc {
        set col   0
        set lin   0
        set title [lindex [BWidget::getname "${type}Colors"] 0]
        if {![string length $title]} {
            set title $defTitle
        }
        set titf  [TitleFrame $fg.$type -text $title]
        set subf  [$titf getframe]
        foreach color [set $varcol] {
            set fround [frame $fg.round$count \
                            -highlightthickness 1 \
                            -relief sunken -borderwidth 2]
            set fcolor [frame $fg.color$count -width 16 -height 12 \
                            -highlightthickness 0 \
                            -relief flat -borderwidth 0 \
                            -background $color]
            pack $fcolor -in $fround
            grid $fround -in $subf -row $lin -column $col -padx 1 -pady 1

            bind $fround <ButtonPress-1> [list SelectColor::_select_rgb $count]
            bind $fcolor <ButtonPress-1> [list SelectColor::_select_rgb $count]

	    bind $fround <Double-1> \
	    	"SelectColor::_select_rgb [list $count]; [list $top] invoke 0"
	    bind $fcolor <Double-1> \
	    	"SelectColor::_select_rgb [list $count]; [list $top] invoke 0"

            incr count
            if {[incr col] == 6} {
                incr lin
                set  col 0
            }
        }
        pack $titf -anchor w -pady 2
    }
    set fround [frame $fg.round \
                    -highlightthickness 0 \
                    -relief sunken -borderwidth 2]
    set fcolor [frame $fg.color \
                    -width 50 \
                    -highlightthickness 0 \
                    -relief flat -borderwidth 0]
    pack $fcolor -in $fround -fill y -expand yes
    pack $fround -anchor e -pady 2 -fill y -expand yes

    set fd  [frame $dlgf.fd]
    set f1  [frame $fd.f1 -relief sunken -borderwidth 2]
    set f2  [frame $fd.f2 -relief sunken -borderwidth 2]
    set c1  [canvas $f1.c -width 200 -height 200 -bd 0 -highlightthickness 0]
    set c2  [canvas $f2.c -width 15  -height 200 -bd 0 -highlightthickness 0]

    for {set val 0} {$val < 40} {incr val} {
        $c2 create rectangle 0 [expr {5*$val}] 15 [expr {5*$val+5}] -tags val[expr {39-$val}]
    }
    $c2 create polygon 0 0 10 5 0 10 -fill black -outline white -tags target

    pack $c1 $c2
    pack $f1 $f2 -side left -padx 10 -anchor n

    pack $fg $fd -side left -anchor n -fill y

    bind $c1 <ButtonPress-1> [list SelectColor::_select_hue_sat %x %y]
    bind $c1 <B1-Motion>     [list SelectColor::_select_hue_sat %x %y]

    bind $c2 <ButtonPress-1> [list SelectColor::_select_value %x %y]
    bind $c2 <B1-Motion>     [list SelectColor::_select_value %x %y]

    if {![info exists _image] || [catch {image type $_image}]} {
        set _image [image create photo -width 200 -height 200]
        for {set x 0} {$x < 200} {incr x 4} {
            for {set y 0} {$y < 200} {incr y 4} {
                $_image put \
		    [eval [list format "\#%04x%04x%04x"] \
			[hsvToRgb [expr {$x/196.0}] [expr {(196-$y)/196.0}] 0.85]] \
			-to $x $y [expr {$x+4}] [expr {$y+4}]
            }
        }
    }
    $c1 create image  0 0 -anchor nw -image $_image
    $c1 create bitmap 0 0 \
        -bitmap @[file join $::BWIDGET::LIBRARY "images" "target.xbm"] \
        -anchor nw -tags target

    set _selection -1
    set _widget(fcolor) $fg
    set _widget(chs)    $c1
    set _widget(cv)     $c2
    set rgb             [winfo rgb $path [Widget::cget $path:SelectColor -color]]
    set _hsv            [eval rgbToHsv $rgb]
    _set_rgb     [eval format "\#%04x%04x%04x" $rgb]
    _set_hue_sat [lindex $_hsv 0] [lindex $_hsv 1]
    _set_value   [lindex $_hsv 2]

    $top add -name ok
    $top add -name cancel
    set res [$top draw]
    if {$res == 0} {
        set color [$fg.color cget -background]
    } else {
        set color ""
    }
    destroy $top
    return $color
}

proc SelectColor::setcolor { idx color } {
    variable _userColors
    set _userColors [lreplace $_userColors $idx $idx $color]
}

proc SelectColor::_select_rgb {count} {
    variable _baseColors
    variable _userColors
    variable _selection
    variable _widget
    variable _hsv

    set frame $_widget(fcolor)
    if {$_selection >= 0} {
        $frame.round$_selection configure \
            -relief sunken -highlightthickness 1 -borderwidth 2
    }
    $frame.round$count configure \
        -relief flat -highlightthickness 2 -borderwidth 1
    focus $frame.round$count
    set _selection $count
    set bg   [$frame.color$count cget -background]
    set user [expr {$_selection-[llength $_baseColors]}]
    if {$user >= 0 &&
        [string equal \
              [winfo rgb $frame.color$_selection $bg] \
              [winfo rgb $frame.color$_selection white]]} {
        set bg [$frame.color cget -bg]
        $frame.color$_selection configure -background $bg
        set _userColors [lreplace $_userColors $user $user $bg]
    } else {
        set _hsv [eval rgbToHsv [winfo rgb $frame.color$count $bg]]
        _set_hue_sat [lindex $_hsv 0] [lindex $_hsv 1]
        _set_value   [lindex $_hsv 2]
        $frame.color configure -background $bg
    }
}


proc SelectColor::_set_rgb {rgb} {
    variable _selection
    variable _baseColors
    variable _userColors
    variable _widget

    set frame $_widget(fcolor)
    $frame.color configure -background $rgb
    set user [expr {$_selection-[llength $_baseColors]}]
    if {$user >= 0} {
        $frame.color$_selection configure -background $rgb
        set _userColors [lreplace $_userColors $user $user $rgb]
    }
}


proc SelectColor::_select_hue_sat {x y} {
    variable _widget
    variable _hsv

    if {$x < 0} {
        set x 0
    } elseif {$x > 200} {
        set x 200
    }
    if {$y < 0 } {
        set y 0
    } elseif {$y > 200} {
        set y 200
    }
    set hue  [expr {$x/200.0}]
    set sat  [expr {(200-$y)/200.0}]
    set _hsv [lreplace $_hsv 0 1 $hue $sat]
    $_widget(chs) coords target [expr {$x-9}] [expr {$y-9}]
    _draw_values $hue $sat
    _set_rgb [eval [list format "\#%04x%04x%04x"] [eval [list hsvToRgb] $_hsv]]
}


proc SelectColor::_set_hue_sat {hue sat} {
    variable _widget

    set x [expr {$hue*200-9}]
    set y [expr {(1-$sat)*200-9}]
    $_widget(chs) coords target $x $y
    _draw_values $hue $sat
}



proc SelectColor::_select_value {x y} {
    variable _widget
    variable _hsv

    if {$y < 0} {
        set y 0
    } elseif {$y > 200} {
        set y 200
    }
    $_widget(cv) coords target 0 [expr {$y-5}] 10 $y 0 [expr {$y+5}]
    set _hsv [lreplace $_hsv 2 2 [expr {(200-$y)/200.0}]]
    _set_rgb [eval [list format "\#%04x%04x%04x"] [eval [list hsvToRgb] $_hsv]]
}


proc SelectColor::_draw_values {hue sat} {
    variable _widget

    for {set val 0} {$val < 40} {incr val} {
        set l   [hsvToRgb $hue $sat [expr {$val/39.0}]]
        set col [eval [list format "\#%04x%04x%04x"] $l]
        $_widget(cv) itemconfigure val$val -fill $col -outline $col
    }
}


proc SelectColor::_set_value {value} {
    variable _widget

    set y [expr {int((1-$value)*200)}]
    $_widget(cv) coords target 0 [expr {$y-5}] 10 $y 0 [expr {$y+5}]
}


# --
#  Taken from tk8.0/demos/tcolor.tcl
# --
# The procedure below converts an HSB value to RGB.  It takes hue, saturation,
# and value components (floating-point, 0-1.0) as arguments, and returns a
# list containing RGB components (integers, 0-65535) as result.  The code
# here is a copy of the code on page 616 of "Fundamentals of Interactive
# Computer Graphics" by Foley and Van Dam.

proc SelectColor::hsvToRgb {hue sat val} {
    set v [expr {round(65535.0*$val)}]
    if {$sat == 0} {
	return [list $v $v $v]
    } else {
	set hue [expr {$hue*6.0}]
	if {$hue >= 6.0} {
	    set hue 0.0
	}
	set i [expr {int($hue)}]
	set f [expr {$hue-$i}]
	set p [expr {round(65535.0*$val*(1 - $sat))}]
        set q [expr {round(65535.0*$val*(1 - ($sat*$f)))}]
        set t [expr {round(65535.0*$val*(1 - ($sat*(1 - $f))))}]
        switch $i {
	    0 {return [list $v $t $p]}
	    1 {return [list $q $v $p]}
	    2 {return [list $p $v $t]}
	    3 {return [list $p $q $v]}
	    4 {return [list $t $p $v]}
            5 {return [list $v $p $q]}
        }
    }
}


# --
#  Taken from tk8.0/demos/tcolor.tcl
# --
# The procedure below converts an RGB value to HSB.  It takes red, green,
# and blue components (0-65535) as arguments, and returns a list containing
# HSB components (floating-point, 0-1) as result.  The code here is a copy
# of the code on page 615 of "Fundamentals of Interactive Computer Graphics"
# by Foley and Van Dam.

proc SelectColor::rgbToHsv {red green blue} {
    if {$red > $green} {
	set max $red.0
	set min $green.0
    } else {
	set max $green.0
	set min $red.0
    }
    if {$blue > $max} {
	set max $blue.0
    } else {
	if {$blue < $min} {
	    set min $blue.0
	}
    }
    set range [expr {$max-$min}]
    if {$max == 0} {
	set sat 0
    } else {
	set sat [expr {($max-$min)/$max}]
    }
    if {$sat == 0} {
	set hue 0
    } else {
	set rc [expr {($max - $red)/$range}]
	set gc [expr {($max - $green)/$range}]
	set bc [expr {($max - $blue)/$range}]
	if {$red == $max} {
	    set hue [expr {.166667*($bc - $gc)}]
	} else {
	    if {$green == $max} {
		set hue [expr {.166667*(2 + $rc - $bc)}]
	    } else {
		set hue [expr {.166667*(4 + $gc - $rc)}]
	    }
	}
	if {$hue < 0.0} {
	    set hue [expr {$hue + 1.0}]
	}
    }
    return [list $hue $sat [expr {$max/65535}]]
}

Added pybwidget-0.1.2_1.7.0/BWidget-1.7.0/combobox.tcl.

>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>